COIMBATORE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

(Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)

VISION AND MISSION OF THE INSTITUTE

VISION

The Institute strives to inculcate a sound knowledge in engineering along with realized social responsibilities
to enable its students to combat the current and impending challenges faced by our country and to extend
their expertise to the global arena.

MISSION

The mission of CIT is to impart high quality education and training to its students to make them World -
Class Engineers with a foresight to the changes and problems, and pioneers to offer innovative solutions
to benefit the nation and the world at large.

1
 COIMBATORE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
(Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

VISION AND MISSON OF THE DEPARTMENT

VISION

To empower the graduates with "Capabilities of Academic, Technical and Professional competence and
to nurture them in the emerging fields of research, and innovative product development".

MISSION

The mission of the Electrical and Electronics Engineering program is to :

1. Make the students more active in using basic engineering and technology of the course by deep
teaching learning method.

2. Train the students to create new product development procedures by agile based learning and master
the operation of systems engineering.

3. Inculcate the ethics on realizing the importance of engineering, technology development and research
on society and their future

2
 COIMBATORE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
(Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. To offer thematic oriented teaching through practical engineering operation and make the students
to learn from practice to be successful in their career.

2. To promote creative thinking to inspire the real world engineering design based on demand through
research and development

3. To make the students to realize the importance of becoming entrepreneurs by promoting project
design considering the product R&D, production, marketing, service aspects and product life cycle

4. To foster teamwork, communication, leadership and cultivate techno-commercial-socio-economic

problem solving capabilities

3
 COIMBATORE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
( Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University )

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING PROGRAMME

OUTCOMES AND PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES

(POs & PSOs)

At the end of the programme, Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Graduates will be able to :
PO1 : Engineering knowledge : Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals and an engineering specialisation for the solution of complex engineering problems.
Competency Indicators
1.1 Demonstrate competence in mathematical 1.1.1 Apply mathematical techniques such as
modelling calculus, linear algebra, and statistics to
solve problems
1.1.2 Apply advanced mathematical techniques to
model and solve electrical engineering
problems
1.2 Demonstrate competence in basic sciences 1.2.1 Apply laws of natural science to an
engineering problem
1.3 Demonstrate competence in engineering 1.3.1 Apply fundamental engineering concepts to
fundamentals solve engineering problems
1.4 Demonstrate competence in specialized 1.4.1 Apply electrical engineering concepts to
engineering knowledge to the program solve engineering problems.

PO 2 : Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyse complex engineering
problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural
sciences, and engineering sciences.
Competency Indicators
2.1 Demonstrate an ability to identify and 2.1.1 Articulate problem statements and identify
formulate complex engineering problem objectives
2.1.2 Identify engineering systems, variables, and
parameters to solve the problems
2.1.3 Identify the mathematical, engineering and
other relevant knowledge that applies to a
given problem
2.2 Demonstrate an ability to formulate a 2.2.1 Reframe complex problems into
solution plan and methodology for an interconnected sub-problems
engineering problem
4
 2.2.2 Identify, assemble and evaluate information
and resources.
2.2.3 Identify existing processes/solution methods
for solving the problem, including forming
justified approximations and assumptions
2.2.4 Compare and contrast alternative solution
processes to select the best process.
2.3 Demonstrate an ability to formulate and 2.3.1 Combine scientific principles and
interpret a model engineering concepts to formulate model/s
(mathematical or otherwise) of a system or
process that is appropriate in terms of
applicability and required accuracy.
2.3.2 Identify assumptions (mathematical and
physical) necessary to allow modeling of a
system at the level of accuracy required
2.4 Demonstrate an ability to execute a solution 2.4.1 Apply engineering mathematics and
process and analyze results computations to solve mathematical models
2.4.2 Produce and validate results through skilful
use of contemporary engineering tools and
models
2.4.3 Identify sources of error in the solution
process, and limitations of the solution.
2.4.4 Extract desired understanding and
conclusions consistent with objectives and
limitations of the analysis

PO3 : Design/Development of Solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for public health and safety, and cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
Competency Indicators
3.1 Demonstrate an ability to define a complex/ 3.1.1 Recognize that need analysis is key to good
open-ended problem in engineering terms problem definition
3.1.2 Elicit and document, engineering
requirements from stakeholders
3.1.3 Synthesize engineering requirements from
a review of the state-of-the-art
3.1.4 Extract engineering requirements from
relevant engineering Codes and Standards
such as ASME, ASTM, BIS, ISO and
ASHRAE.

5
 3.1.5 Explore and synthesize engineering
requirements considering health, safety
risks, environmental, cultural and societal
issues
3.1.6 Determine design objectives, functional
requirements and arrive at specifications
3.2 Demonstrate an ability to generate a 3.2.1 Apply formal idea generation tools to develop
diverse set of alternative design solutions multiple engineering design solutions
3.2.2 Build models/prototypes to develop a diverse
set of design solutions
3.2.3 Identify suitable criteria for the evaluation of
alternate design solutions
3.3 Demonstrate an ability to select an optimal 3.3.1 Apply formal decision-making tools to select
design scheme for further development optimal engineering design solutions for
further development
3.3.2 Consult with domain experts and
stakeholders to select candidate engineering
design solution for further development
3.4 Demonstrate an ability to advance an 3.4.1 Refine a conceptual design into a detailed
engineering design to defined end state design within the existing constraints (of the
resources)
3.4.2 Generate information through appropriate
tests to improve or revise the design

PO4 : Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
information to provide valid conclusions.
Competency Indicators
4.1 Demonstrate an ability to conduct 4.1.1 Define a problem, its scope and importance
investigations of technical issues for purposes of investigation
consistent with their level of knowledge
and understanding
4.1.2 Examine the relevant methods, tools and
techniques of experiment design, system
calibration, data acquisition, analysis and
presentation
4.1.3 Apply appropriate instrumentation and/or
software tools to make measurements of
physical quantities
4.1.4 Establish a relationship between measured
data and underlying physical principles.

6
4.2 Demonstrate an ability to design 4.2.1 Design and develop an experimental
experiments to solve open-ended approach, specify appropriate equipment
problems and procedures
4.2.2 Understand the importance of the statistical
design of experiments and choose an
appropriate experimental design plan based
on the study objectives
4.3 Demonstrate an ability to analyze data and 4.3.1 Use appropriate procedures, tools and
reach a valid conclusion techniques to conduct experiments and
collect data
4.3.2 Analyze data for trends and correlations,
stating possible errors and limitations
4.3.3 Represent data (in tabular and/or graphical
forms) so as to facilitate analysis and
explanation of the data, and drawing of
conclusions
4.3.4 Synthesize information and knowledge about
the problem from the raw data to reach
appropriate conclusions

PO 5 : Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities
with an understanding of the limitations.
Competency Indicators
5.1 Demonstrate an ability to identify / create 5.1.1 Identify modern engineering tools such as
modern engineering tools, techniques computer-aided drafting, modeling and
and resources analysis; techniques and resources for
engineering activities
5.1.2 Create/adapt/modify/extend tools and
techniques to solve engineering problems
5.2 Demonstrate an ability to select and apply 5.2.1 Identify the strengths and limitations of tools
discipline-specific tools, techniques and for (i) acquiring information, (ii) modeling and
resources simulating, (iii) monitoring system
performance, and (iv) creating engineering
designs.
5.2.2 Demonstrate proficiency in using discipline-
specific tools
5.3 Demonstrate an ability to evaluate the 5.3.1 Discuss limitations and validate tools,
suitability and limitations of tools used to techniques and resources
solve an engineering problem
5.3.2 Verify the credibility of results from tool use
with reference to the accuracy and
limitations, and the assumptions inherent in
their use.

7
PO 6 : The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal, and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to
the professional engineering practice.
Competency Indicators
6.1 Demonstrate an ability to describe 6.1.1 Identify and describe various engineering
engineering roles in a broader context, roles; particularly as pertains to protection
e.g. pertaining to the environment, health, of the public and public interest at the global,
safety, legal and public welfare regional and local level
6.2 Demonstrate an understanding of 6.2.1 Interpret legislation, regulations, codes, and
professional engineering regulations, standards relevant to your discipline and
legislation and standards explain its contribution to the protection of
the public

PO 7 : Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and the
need for sustainable development.
Competency Indicators
7.1 Demonstrate an understanding of the 7.1.1 Identify risks/impacts in the life-cycle of an
impact of engineering and industrial engineering product or activity
practices on social, environmental and in
economic contexts
7.1.2 Understand the relationship between the
technical, socio-economic and
environmental dimensions of sustainability
7.2 Demonstrate an ability to apply principles of 7.2.1 Describe management techniques for
sustainable design and development sustainable development
7.2.2 Apply principles of preventive engineering
and sustainable development to an
engineering activity or product relevant to the
discipline

PO 8 : Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
Competency Indicators
8.1 Demonstrate an ability to recognize 8.1.1 Identify situations of unethical professional
ethical dilemmas conduct and propose ethical alternatives
8.2 Demonstrate an ability to apply the Code 8.2.1 Identify tenets of the ASME professional
of Ethics code of ethics
8.2.2 Examine and apply moral & ethical principles
to known case studies

8
PO 9 : Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader
in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

Competency Indicators
9.1 Demonstrate an ability to form a team and 9.1.1 Recognize a variety of working and learning
define a role for each member preferences; appreciate the value of diversity
on a team
9.1.2 Implement the norms of practice (e.g. rules,
roles, charters, agendas, etc.) of effective
team work, to accomplish a goal.
9.2 Demonstrate effective individual and team 9.2.1 Demonstrate effective communication,
operations-- communication, problem problem-solving, conflict resolution and
solving, conflict resolution and leadership leadership skills
skills
9.2.2 Treat other team members respectfully
9.2.3 Listen to other members
9.2.4 Maintain composure in difficult situations
9.3 Demonstrate success in a team-based 9.3.1 Present results as a team, with smooth
project integration of contributions from all individual
efforts

PO 10 : Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with the society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive
clear instructions
Competency Indicators
10.1 Demonstrate an ability to comprehend 10.1.1 Read, understand and interpret technical
technical literature and document and non-technical information
project work
10.1.2 Produce clear, well-constructed, and well-
supported written engineering documents
10.1.3 Create flow in a document or presentation
- a logical progression of ideas so that the
main point is clear
10.2 Demonstrate competence in listening, 10.2.1 Listen to and comprehend information,
speaking, and presentation instructions, and viewpoints of others
10.2.2 Deliver effective oral presentations to
technical and non-technical audiences
10.3 Demonstrate the ability to integrate different 10.3.1 Create engineering-standard figures, reports
modes of communication and drawings to complement writing and
presentations
10.3.2 Use a variety of media effectively to convey
a message in a document or a presentation
9
PO 11 : Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one's work, as a member and leader in
a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

Competency Indicators
11.1 Demonstrate an ability to evaluate the 11.1.1 Describe various economic and financial
economic and financial performance of costs/benefits of an engineering activity
an engineering activity
11.1.2 Analyze different forms of financial
statements to evaluate the financial status
of an engineering project
11.2 Demonstrate an ability to compare and 11.2.1 Analyze and select the most appropriate
contrast the costs/benefits of alternate proposal based on economic and financial
proposals for an engineering activity considerations.
11.3 Demonstrate an ability to plan/manage an 11.3.1 Identify the tasks required to complete an
engineering activity within time and budget engineering activity, and the resources
constraints required to complete the tasks.
11.3.2 Use project management tools to schedule
an engineering project, so it is completed on
time and on budget.

PO 12 : Life-long learning: Recognise the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage
in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
Competency Indicators
12.1 Demonstrate an ability to identify gaps in 12.1.1 Describe the rationale for the requirement
knowledge and a strategy to close these for continuing professional development
gaps
12.1.2 Identify deficiencies or gaps in knowledge
and demonstrate an ability to source
information to close this gap
12.2 Demonstrate an ability to identify changing 12.2.1 Identify historic points of technological
trends in engineering knowledge and advance in engineering that required
practice practitioners to seek education in order to
stay current
12.2.2 Recognize the need and be able to clearly
explain why it is vitally important to keep
current regarding new developments in your
field
12.3 Demonstrate an ability to identify and 12.3.1 Source and comprehend technical literature
access sources for new information and other credible sources of information
12.3.2 Analyze sourced technical and popular
information for feasibility, viability,
sustainability, etc.
10
PSO1 : MODELING AND ANALYSIS : An ability to mathematically model and analyze the performance of
Electrical machines, Control systems, Instrumentation systems, Power systems and Power electronic
systems.

PSO2 : DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT : An ability to design the hardware and software requirements for
the development of Electric drives, Automation systems and Embedded systems.

11
 COIMBATORE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
( Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University )

B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (FULL TIME)

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

Curriculum from the Academic Year 2019 - 2020 and onwards

SUBJECTS OF STUDY
Semester III
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EEM31 Transforms, Probability and Random Variables 3 0 0 3 BS
2 19EE31 Electric Circuit Analysis 2 1 0 3 PCC
3 19EE32 Electromagnetic Fields 2 1 0 3 PCC
4 19EE33 DC Machines and Transformers 3 0 0 3 PCC
5 19EE34 Analog Electronics 3 0 0 3 PCC
6 19EE35 Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3 PCC
7 19HSS01 Science of Creativity and Professional Ethics 1 0 0 1 HS
8 19EEL36 DC Machines and Transformers Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
9 19EEL37 Analog and Digital Electronics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
10 One Credit Course 1 1 OCC
11 19HOC31 Communication Skills For Engineers I* 0 0 2 1 EEC
(BS - 3, HS - 1, PCC - 17, OCC - 1, EEC - 1) TOTAL CREDITS 23
* Not to be counted for GPA. Pass is required

Semester IV
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EE41 AC Rotating Machines 3 0 0 3 PCC
2 19EE42 Networks and Systems 3 0 0 3 PCC
3 19EE43 Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 PCC
4 19EE44 Linear Integrated Circuits 3 0 0 3 PCC
5 19EE45 Transmission and Distribution 3 0 0 3 PCC
6 19EE46 OOPS and C++ for Electrical Engineers 3 0 0 3 PCC
7 19EEL47 AC Rotating Machines Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
8 19EEL48 Linear Integrated Circuits Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
9 One Credit Course 2 1 OCC
10 19HOC41 Communication Skills For Engineers II* 0 0 2 1 EEC
( PCC - 20, OCC - 1, EEC - 1) TOTAL CREDITS 22
* Not to be counted for GPA. Pass is required
12
Semester V
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EE51 Control Systems 3 0 0 3 PCC
2 19EE52 Power System Analysis 3 0 0 3 PCC
3 19EE53 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 0 3 PCC
4 19EE54 Embedded System Design 3 0 0 3 PCC
5 Elective Course 1 3 0 0 3 EC
6 Elective Course 2 3 0 0 3 EC
7 19EEL55 Control systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
8 19EEL56 Embedded System Design Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
9 One Credit Course 3 1 OCC
10 19EEL66 Mini Project - - 2 - EEC
11 19INT51 Internship - I - - - 1 EEC
12 19HOC51 Employability and Personality
Development Skills - I * 0 0 2 1 EEC
( PCC - 14, EC - 6, OCC - 1, EEC - 2 ) TOTAL CREDITS 23
* Not to be counted for GPA. Pass is required

Semester VI
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EE61 Power Electronics 3 0 0 3 PCC
2 19EE62 Digital Protection of Power Systems 3 0 0 3 PCC
3 19EE63 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4 PCC
4 Elective Course 3 3 0 0 3 EC
5 Elective Course 4 3 0 0 3 EC
6 19EEL64 Power Electronics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
7 19EEL65 Power Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
8 One Credit Course 4 1 OCC
9 19EEL66 Mini Project 0 0 6 3 EEC
10 19INT61 Internship - II - - - 1 EEC
11 19HOC61 Employability and Personality
Development Skills - II* 0 0 2 1 EEC
( PCC - 12, EC - 6, OCC - 1, EEC - 5) TOTAL CREDITS 24
* Not to be counted for GPA. Pass is required

13
Semester VII
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EE71 Solid State Drives and Control 3 0 0 3 PCC
2 19EE72 Generation of Electrical Energy 3 1 0 4 PCC
3 19EE73 Smart Grid 3 0 0 3 PCC
4 Elective Course 5 3 0 0 3 EC
5 Elective Course 6 3 0 0 3 EC
6 19EEL74 Electrical Drives Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
7 19EEL75 Professional Competency 0 0 4 2 PCC
8 19EE76 Project Work Phase - I 0 0 6 3 EEC
( PCC - 13, EC - 6, EEC - 3) TOTAL CREDITS 22

Semester VIII
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 Elective Course 7 3 0 0 3 EC
2 Elective Course 8 3 0 0 3 EC
3 19EE81 Project Work Phase - II 0 0 10 5 EEC
( EC - 6, EEC - 5) TOTAL CREDITS 11

TOTAL CREDITS : 164 *

* Including First Year Credits

Category : BS - Basic Sciences, HS - Humanities and Social Sciences, ES - Engineering Sciences, PCC
- Professional Core Course, EC - Elective Course, EEC - Employability Enhancement Course, OCC - One
Credit Course.

14
ELECTIVE COURSES
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSE : STREAM
I. ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND CONTROL (EMC)
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EEE01 Design of Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3 EC
2 19EEE02 Special Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3 EC
3 19EEE03 Modeling and Analysis of Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3 EC
4 19EEE04 Digital Control Systems 3 0 0 3 EC
5 19EEE05 Systems Theory 3 0 0 3 EC
6 19EEE06 Embedded control of electric drives 3 0 0 3 EC
7 19EEE07 Robust Control 3 0 0 3 EC

II. POWER AND ENERGY (PE)

S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EEE08 Power Quality 3 0 0 3 EC
2 19EEE09 Advanced Power Electronics 3 0 0 3 EC
3 19EEE10 Power and Energy Management 3 0 0 3 EC
4 19EEE11 Energy Storage Technology 3 0 0 3 EC
5 19EEE12 Utilization and Conservation of Electrical Energy 3 0 0 3 EC
6 19EEE13 Electrical Safety 3 0 0 3 EC
7 19EEE14 Energy Efficient Lighting Systems 3 0 0 3 EC
8 19EEE15 Power System Design 3 0 0 3 EC
9 19EEE16 High Voltage Transmission Systems 3 0 0 3 EC
10 19EEE17 Deregulated Power System 3 0 0 3 EC
11 19EEE18 Electric Vehicles 3 0 0 3 EC
12 19EEE19 Energy Audit in Thermal & Electrical Utilities 3 0 0 3 EC
13 19EEE41 Switched Mode Power Conversion 3 0 0 3 EC
14 19EEE42 Utilization of Solar Energy 3 0 0 3 EC
III. ELECTRONIC DESIGN (ED)
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EEE20 Real Time Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 EC
2 19EEE21 VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 EC
3 19EEE22 FPGA based System Design 3 0 0 3 EC
4 19EEE23 Robotics and Control 3 0 0 3 EC
5 19EEE24 Digital Consumer technology 3 0 0 3 EC
6 19EEE25 Electronic Product Design 3 0 0 3 EC
7 19EEE26 Medical Electronics 3 0 0 3 EC
8 19EEE27 Analog and Digital Communication 3 0 0 3 EC
9 19EEE28 Multimedia system 3 0 0 3 EC
10 19EEE29 Automation, Renewable Energy & FPGA 0 0 6 3 EC
Laboratory
11 19EEE43 Wearable Sensors 3 0 0 3 EC
15
IV. COMPUTER AND COMMUNICATION (CC)
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EEE30 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing 3 0 0 3 EC
2 19EEE31 Multi Core Architecture 3 0 0 3 EC
3 19EEE32 Data Communication Networks 3 0 0 3 EC
4 19EEE33 Fog Computing 3 0 0 3 EC
5 19EEE34 Internet of Things 3 0 0 3 EC
6 19EEE35 Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 EC
7 19EEE36 Virtual Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 EC
8 19EEE37 Cyber Physical Systems 3 0 0 3 EC
9 19EEE38 Intelligent Techniques for Electrical Engineers 3 0 0 3 EC
10 19EEE39 Industrial Automation 3 0 0 3 EC
11 19EEE40 Deep Learning 3 0 0 3 EC

BS - BASIC SCIENCES
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19FYM12 Calculus and Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 BS
2 19FYP13 Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3 BS
3 19FYC11 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3 BS
4 19PL11 Physics Laboratory-I 0 0 1 0.5 BS
5 19CL11 Chemistry Laboratory-I 0 0 1 0.5 BS
6 19FYM22 Vector Calculus, Linear Algebra and Partial 3 1 0 4 BS
Differential Equations
7 19PL21 Physics Laboratory-II 0 0 1 0.5 BS
8 19CL21 Chemistry Laboratory-II 0 0 1 0.5 BS
9 19MEL12 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 BS
10 19EEM31 Transforms, Probability and Random Variables 3 0 0 3 BS
TOTAL CREDITS 20

HS - HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19FYE11 Technical English 1 0 2 2 HS
2 19FYE21 Language Elective 1 0 2 2 HS
3 19FYC21 Environmental Science and Engineering 1 0 0 1 HS
4 19HSS01 Science of Creativity and Professional Ethics 1 0 0 1 HS
TOTAL CREDITS 6

16
ES - ENGINEERING SCIENCES
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19CM11 Basic Civil and Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3 ES
2 19MEL11 Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3 ES
3 19FYP23 Electron Devices 3 0 0 3 ES
4 19EE22 Electric and Magnetic Circuits 3 0 0 3 ES
5 19CSL21 C Programming and Data Bases 0 0 4 2 ES
TOTAL CREDITS 14

PCC - PROFESSIONAL CORE COURSE

S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19EE31 Electric Circuit Analysis 2 1 0 3 PCC
2 19EE32 Electromagnetic Fields 2 1 0 3 PCC
3 19EE33 DC Machines and Transformers 3 0 0 3 PCC
4 19EE34 Analog Electronics 3 0 0 3 PCC
5 19EE35 Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3 PCC
6 19EEL36 DC Machines and Transformers Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
7 19EEL37 Analog and Digital Electronics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
8 19EE41 AC Rotating Machines 3 0 0 3 PCC
9 19EE42 Networks and Systems 3 0 0 3 PCC
10 19EE43 Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 PCC
11 19EE44 Linear Integrated Circuits 3 0 0 3 PCC
12 19EE45 Transmission and Distribution 3 0 0 3 PCC
13 19EE46 OOPS and C++ for Electrical Engineers 3 0 0 3 PCC
14 19EEL47 AC Rotating Machines Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
15 19EEL48 Linear Integrated Circuits Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
16 19EE51 Control Systems 3 0 0 3 PCC
17 19EE52 Power System Analysis 3 0 0 3 PCC
18 19EE53 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 0 3 PCC
19 19EE54 Embedded System Design 3 0 0 3 PCC
20 19EEL55 Control systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
21 19EEL56 Embedded System Design Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
22 19EE61 Power Electronics 3 0 0 3 PCC
23 19EE62 Digital Protection of Power Systems 3 0 0 3 PCC
24 19EE63 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4 PCC
25 19EEL64 Power Electronics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
26 19EEL65 Power Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
27 19EE71 Solid State Drives and Control 3 0 0 3 PCC
28 19EE72 Generation of Electrical Energy 3 1 0 4 PCC
29 19EE73 Smart Grid 3 0 0 3 PCC
30 19EEL74 Electrical Drives Laboratory 0 0 2 1 PCC
31 19EEL75 Professional Competency 0 0 4 2 PCC
TOTAL CREDITS 76
17
EEC - EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSE
S. Course Course Name L T P C Category
No. Code
1 19FYEL11 Employability Skills 0 0 2 1 EEC
2 19FYEL21 English for Employability 0 0 2 1 EEC
3 19HOC31 Communication Skills For Engineers I* 0 0 2 1 EEC
4 19HOC41 Communication Skills For Engineers II* 0 0 2 1 EEC
5 19HOC51 Employability and Personality Development Skills - I * 0 0 2 1 EEC
6 19HOC61 Employability and Personality Development Skills - II * 0 0 2 1 EEC
7 19INT51 Internship - I - - - 1 EEC
8 19EEL66 Mini Project 0 0 6 3 EEC
9 19INT61 Internship - II - - - 1 EEC
10 19EE76 Project Work Phase - I 0 0 6 3 EEC
11 19EE81 Project Work Phase - II 0 0 10 5 EEC
TOTAL CREDITS 19

LIST OF ONE CREDIT COURSES *

1. DEPARTMENT BASED ONE CREDIT COURSES
S. Course Course Name Credit Category
No. Code
1 19EEOC06 Electrical Safety Standards and Practices 1 OCC
2 19EEOC07 Scilab Programming 1 OCC
2. INDUSTRY BASED ONE CREDIT COURSES
S. Course Course Name Credit Category
No. Code
1 19EEOC08 Machine Vision 1 OCC
2 19EEOC09 Cyber Security in Manufacturing and Smart Grid 1 OCC
3 19EEOC10 Robotics and Automation 1 OCC
4 19EEOC12 AWS Cloud Practitioner Essentials 1 OCC
5 19EEOC13 Introduction to IoT 1 OCC
6 19EEOC14 TCS ION Career Edge Young Professional 1 OCC
* One credit courses could be opted from Department/Industry/NPTEL

18
 COIMBATORE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
(Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19CEOE01 Town Planning and Architecture 3 0 0 3 All Branches

19CEOE02 Climate Change and Adaptation 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CEOE03 Metro Systems and Engineering 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CEOE04 Renewable Energy Sources 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CEOE05 Principles of Sustainable Development 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CEOE06 Disaster Management 3 0 0 3 All Branches

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19MEOE01 Design of Experiments 3 0 0 3 All branches

19MEOE02 Engineering Optimization 3 0 0 3 All branches
19MEOE03 Engineering Polymers, Composites and 3 0 0 3 Mechanical
Allied Manufacturing Processes 3 0 0 3 Chemical & Civil
19MEOE04 Industrial Robotics 3 0 0 3 Mechanical
EEE and ECE
19MEOE05 Business Process Re-engineering 3 0 0 3 All branches
19MEOE06 Engineering Economics and 3 0 0 3 All branches
Financial Management

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19EEOE01 Energy Auditing 3 0 0 3 ECE, Mech,

Chemical, Civil
19EEOE02 Solar and Wind Energy Systems 3 0 0 3 ECE, Mech,
Chemical
19EEOE03 Electrical Safety Procedures and Management 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19EEOE04 Energy Efficient Illumination Systems 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19EEOE05 Electric Vehicle Technology 3 0 0 3 All Branches
except Civil
& Chemical
19EEOE06 Energy Efficiency in Thermal and 3 0 0 3 EEE &
Electrical Utilities Mechanical

19
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19ECEOE01 Signal Processing and its Applications 3 0 0 3 Chemical, Mechanical &

Civil
19ECEOE02 Smart Sensors and IoT 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19ECEOE03 Consumer Electronics 3 0 0 3 Mechanical & Civil
19ECEOE04 Robotics 3 0 0 3 Mechanical, CSE & IT
19ECEOE05 Information Theory and Coding 3 0 0 3 All Branches
Techniques
19ECEOE06 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19ECEOE07 Automotive Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19ECEOE08 5G Technologies and Applications 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19ECEOE09 Vehicular Communication 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19ECEOE010 Sensing for Automotive Systems 3 0 0 3 All Branches

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19CSOE01 Customer Relationship Management 3 0 0 3 All Branches

19CSOE02 Fundamentals of Software Engineering 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CSOE03 Internet Programming 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CSOE04 Introduction to Data Warehousing and 3 0 0 3 All Branches
Data Mining
19CSOE05 Introduction to Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 All Branches

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19ITOE01 Digital Computer Basics 3 0 0 3 Civil, Mech, Chem

19ITOE02 Programming in Java 3 0 0 3 EEE, ECE, Mech,
Civil & Chemical
19ITOE03 Fundamentals of Database Systems 3 0 0 3 EEE, ECE, Mech,
Civil & Chemical
19ITOE04 Cloud Computing Fundamentals 3 0 0 3 EEE, ECE, Mech,
Civil & Chemical
19ITOE05 Information Security Fundamentals 3 0 0 3 EEE, ECE, Mech,
Civil & Chemical
19ITOE06 Introduction to Human Computer 3 0 0 3 EEE, ECE, Mech,
Interaction Civil & Chemical
19ITOE07 Enterprise Resource planning 3 0 0 3 EEE, ECE, Mech,
Concepts Civil & Chemical

20
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19CHOE01 Industrial Safety Engineering 3 0 0 3 All Branches

19CHOE02 Risk Analysis and Hazop 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CHOE03 Green Technology 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CHOE04 Corrosion Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CHOE05 Introduction to Chemical Engineering 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19CHOE06 Nanomaterial Synthesis and 0 0 6 3 All Branches
Characterization Laboratory
19CHOE07 Multivariate Statistics Laboratory 0 0 6 3 All Branches

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19MOE01 Graph Theory & its Applications 3 0 0 3 All Branches

19MOE02 Methods of Applied Mathematics 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19MOE03 Linear and Non - Linear Programming 3 0 0 3 All Branches
19MOE04 Probability and Random Processes 3 0 0 3 All Branches

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19POE01 Introduction to Nanoscience and 3 0 0 3 All Branches except IT

Nanotechnology
19POE02 Physics and Technology of Thin Films 3 0 0 3 Mechanical, EEE,
Chemical & ECE
19POE03 Solar Cell Fundamentals and Materials 3 0 0 3 EEE, ECE & Chemical
19POE04 Advanced Material Processing 3 0 0 3 Mechanical & Chemical
Technologies

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19COE01 Medical Nanotechnology 3 0 0 3 Chemical

19COE02 Advanced Drug Delivery Systems 3 0 0 3 Chemical
19COE03 Biosensors 3 0 0 3 Chemical, ECE & EEE
19COE04 Nanocomposites 3 0 0 3 Mechanical, Chemical & Civil
19COE05 Biorefinery 3 0 0 3 Mechanical & Chemical

21
DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES

Course Code Course Name L T P C Eligible Branches

19HOE01 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3 Common to all branches

19HOE02 Current Trends in Indian Economy 3 0 0 3 Common to all branches
19HOE03 Monetary Economics 3 0 0 3 Common to all branches
19HOE04 English for Academic Purposes 3 0 0 3 Common to all branches
19HOE05 English for Competitive Exams 3 0 0 3 Common to all branches
19HOE06 Life and Literature 3 0 0 3 Common to all branches

22
 19EEM31 - TRANSFORMS, PROBABILITY AND RANDOM VARIABLES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successfully completing of this course the students will be able to demonstrate ability to
CO1 : Analyze the Laplace transform and inverse transform of simple functions, properties, various
related theorems and application to differential equations with constant coefficients.
CO2 : Use the effective mathematical tools for the solutions of difference equations by using Z transform
techniques for discrete time systems.
CO3 : Solve the physical problems of engineering by using the mathematical principles on transforms.
CO4 : Apply the basics of probability and random variables to solve engineering problems
CO5 : Apply moments, probability density functions, correlation & regression to analyze and solve
problems.
LAPLACE TRANSFORM
Existence conditions - Transforms of elementary functions - Transform of unit step function and unit
impulse function - Basic properties - Shifting theorems -Transforms of derivatives and integrals - Initial
and final value theorems - Inverse transforms - Convolution theorem - Transform of periodic functions -
Application to solution of linear second order ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. 9
Z TRANSFORMS AND DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS
Z-transforms - Elementary properties - Inverse Z-transform - Convolution theorem - Solution of difference
equations using Z-transform. 9
FOURIER SERIES AND FOURIER TRANSFORMS
Introduction to Fourier Series-Dirichlet's conditions-Trigonometric Fourier Series-Exponential form of Fourier
Series-Fourier integral theorem (without proof)-Infinite Fourier transform-Infinite Fourier sine and cosine
transforms properties and problems-Convolution theorem-Parseval's identity. 9
PROBABILITY AND RANDOM VARIABLES
Probability-Axioms of Probability-Conditional Probability-Baye’s theorem -Discrete and continuous random
variables - Moments - Moment generating functions - Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Normal,Uniform and
Exponential distributions. 9
TWO DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLES
Probability mass function - Probability distribution function - Cumulative distribution function-Marginal
probability functions - Conditional distribution - Expectation of two dimensional random variables -
Covariance - Correlation. 9
TOTAL: 45

TEXTBOOKS
1. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 43rd Edition, 2014.
2. Peebles. P.Z., "Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles", Tata Mc Graw Hill, 4th
Edition, New Delhi, 2017.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. B.V.Ramana," Higher Engineering Mathematics", 6th Edition (2014), Tata MC Graw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi.
2. Kreyszig Erwin, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", John Wiley and Sons, 10th Edition, New Delhi,
2016.
3. William W Hines, Douglas C Montgomery, David M Goldsman and Connie M Borror, "Probability and
Statistics in Engineering", John Wiley, 2008.
23
 19EE31- ELECTRIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS

L T P C
2 1 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Apprehend the fundamentals of sinusoids, phasor and apply & analyse the sinusoidal excitation
of R, L, C under steady state and associated power relations
CO2 : Realize the concept of linearity and apply the circuit theorems to solve complex electric circuits.
CO3 : Comprehend the frequency response of a resonant circuit and analyse the impact of quality
factor, bandwidth on the frequency response.
CO4 : Recognize and interpret the dot convention of mutually coupled coils in a circuit and solve complex
electromagnetic circuits. Also understand nature of the waveform and its impact on the electrical
systems
CO5 : Describe the significance of three phase systems with star & delta connected circuits to solve the
three phase circuits for both domestics and industrial applications
SINUSOIDAL STEADY STATE ANALYSIS
Sinusoidal voltage and current -Peak, Average and RMS values - Peak (Crest) and Form factors for
sinusoidal and non - sinusoidal periodic waveforms - R, L and C elements and their voltage - current
relationships - concept of phasor - transforming a circuit into a phasor equivalent circuit- complex impedance
and admittance - phasor diagrams - analysis of simple, single phase ac series and parallel circuits -
apparent power, active power, reactive power, power factor - concept of complex power - impedance and
power triangle 9
CIRCUIT THEOREMS
Mesh and Nodal analysis in AC circuits - Linearity of a circuit and Superposition theorem - Thevenin's
theorem - Norton's theorem - Maximum power transfer theorem - Reciprocity theorem - Tellegen's theorem
- Millman's theorem-Concept of duality and dual networks. 9
RESONANCE
Series and Parallel Resonance - resonant frequency for a tank circuit -impedance and phase angle of a
resonant circuit - bandwidth and quality factor - voltage and current in a resonant circuit - variation of
impedance with frequency 9
COUPLED CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORM ANALYSIS (FOURIER METHOD)
Analysis of coupled circuits - conductively coupled circuits - single tuned and double tuned coupled circuit.
Periodic waveforms in circuit analysis- exponential Fourier series -Trigonometric Fourier series- - waveform
symmetry-line spectrum- RMS values-average power and power cube- true power factor - circuit
applications. 9
THREE PHASE CIRCUITS
Advantages of three phase system - generation of three - phase voltages - phase sequence - inter
connection of three - phase sources and loads - star and delta connections and their transformation - line
and phase quantities - analysis of three phase circuits with star and delta connected balanced and
unbalanced loads - symmetrical components- phasor diagram representation - power measurement in
three - phase circuits. 9
Note: 1. A term paper on "Computer Simulation of Electric Circuits" to be submitted during the course
work for internal assessment using MATLAB/PSIM/pSpice/Multisim.
2. Design Problems and Practical Applications to be discussed for all the units and team activity may be
given on the specific design tasks for internal assessment.

24
TEXT BOOKS
1. Charles K. Alexander and Matthew N.O.Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits" McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited, 6th Edition, 2019.
2. Joseph A. Edminister and Mahmood Nahvi, "Electric Circuits", Schaum's Series, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited, 6th Edition, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. Allan H.Robbins, Wilheim C.Miller, "Circuit Analysis - Theory and Practice" Cengage Learning, 5th
Edition, 2013.
2. William H. Hayt Jr, Jack E. Kemmerly, and Steven M.Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis", McGraw
Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 8th Edition, 2013.
3. K.S.Suresh Kumar, "Electric Circuits and Networks" Pearson, Dorling Kindersley (India) Private Limited,
2014.
4. James W.Nilsson,Susan A.Riedel, "Electric Circuits" Pearson, 11th edition, 2018.
5. Richard Dorf, James A.Svoboda, "Introduction to Electric Circuits" Wiley-India, John Wiley & Sons,
6th Edition 2004.
6. Robert.L.Boylestad, "Introductory Circuit Analysis" Pearson, Dorling Kindersley (India) Private Limited,
12th Edition, 2014.
7. Sudhakar A. and Shyammohan S.P., "Circuits and Networks: Analysis and Synthesis", McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited, 2015.

25
 19EE32 - ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS

L T P C
2 1 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Solve electromagnetic field problems by using vector calculus concepts.
CO2 : Illustrate Coulomb’s law, Gauss law, Poisson and Laplace equation concepts to solve electrostatic
problems.
CO3 : Apply ampere’s circuital law and Biot - Savart’s law to determine magnetic field intensity and
magnetic flux density in magneto static problems..
CO4 : Determine the capacitance and inductance for various configurations in electrostatic and
magnetostatic fields.
CO5 : Analyze Maxwell’s equations in different forms (differential and integral) and apply them to diverse
engineering problems.

VECTOR ANALYSIS
Vector algebra - Co - ordinate systems - Vector calculus: Dot product of vectors, Cross product of vectors,
Transformation of vectors - Types of integral related to electromagnetic theory - Gradient, Divergence
and Curl - Divergence theorem - Stoke's theorem. 9

ELECTROSTATIC FIELDS
Coulomb's law - Electric field intensity of point, line and sheet of charges - Electric flux density - Gauss's
law and its applications - Poisson's and Laplace equations - Electric potential - Potential gradient. 9

ELECTRIC FIELD IN MATERIALS AND CAPACITANCE

Properties of Conductors and dielectric materials - Polarization in dielectrics - Boundary conditions for
perfect dielectric materials - Electric dipole - Potential and field due to an electric dipole - Capacitance of
parallel plate capacitor, spherical capacitor and cables with single dielectric - Electrostatic energy storage
and Energy density. 9

MAGNETOSTATICS AND INDUCTANCE

Applications of Biot - Savart's law - Applications of Ampere's circuital law - Scalar and Vector magnetic
potentials - Magnetization - Magnetic boundary conditions - Inductance of Transmission lines - Magneto
static energy and energy density - Lifting force of a magnet. 9

ELECTRODYNAMIC FIELDS AND ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

Conduction and displacement current densities - Maxwell's equations in differential and integral forms -
Maxwell's equation for harmonically varying fields - Electromagnetic waves: Electromagnetic wave
equations - Intrinsic impedance and Skin depth - Electromagnetic waves in good conductors, lossy and
lossless dielectrics - Poynting vector and Poynting's theorem. 9

TOTAL : 45

26
TEXT BOOKS
1. Matthew N.O.Sadiku, "Elements of Electromagnetics", Oxford University Press, 6th edition, 2015.
2. Gangadhar K.A. and Ramanathan P.M, "Electromagnetic Field Theory", Khanna Publishers, Delhi,
2011.

REFERENCES
1. W.H.Hayt and John A. Buck, "Engineering Electromagnetics", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 6th edition,
2011.
2. John D. Kraus and Daniel A. Fleisch, "Electromagnetics with Applications", Tata McGraw Hill, 4th
Edition, 2010.
3. Ophelia burgess, "Principles of Electromagnetism", Larsen & Keller Education, 2019.
4. Steven W. Ellingson, “Electromagnetics", Volume 2, Virginia tech publishing, 2019

27
 19EE33 - DC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Elucidate the constructional details and analyze the operation of DC machines
CO2 : Illustrate the speed control methods, braking and testing of DC machines for industrial application
CO3 : Explain the construction of transformer and to compute the equivalent circuit parameters to
evaluate its performance under various conditions.
CO4 : Erudite the basic concept of three phase connections, principle of autotransformers and special
purpose transformers.
CO5 : Design of overall transformers and inductors for specific application.

DC MOTOR AND GENERATOR

D.C. Machines - Construction - Principle of operation - Methods of excitation- Armature Windings- Armature
reaction - DC motor: Torque equation and characteristics - DC Generator: characteristics - EMF equation
- commutation. 10

SPEED CONTROL AND TESTING OF DC MOTORS

Speed control methods - Electric braking - Losses and Efficiency- Testing: Direct, Indirect and Regenerative
methods to test the DC machines. 8

TRANSFORMERS
Construction and operation of single phase transformers - EMF equation- Phasor diagram-equivalent
circuit - voltage regulation- losses and efficiency - All day efficiency- Parallel operation. Predetermination
of performance from open circuit and short circuit tests. 9

THREE PHASE TRANSFORMERS AND AUTOTRANSFORMERS

Three-phase transformer: types of connection and their comparative features-Autotransformers:
Construction- Principle- saving in copper - Applications -Special Purpose Transformers: Pulse, welding,
rectifier, high frequency transformers. 8

DESIGN OF TRANSFORMESR
Output equation - Design of core - Optimum Design for weight, volume, cost and losses - Overall
Dimensions - Design of windings - No load current and losses calculations - Temperature rise and Regulation
from design data - Design of inductors: Requirements - Fundamental Consideration with examples -
Design of Tank and Cooling tubes (qualitative treatment only) - 10

TOTAL: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Kothari D.P., Nagrath, I.J. "Electrical Machines", McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., Fourth Edition,
New Delhi .2017.
2. Smarajit Ghosh., "Electrical Machines I," Pearson Education, First Edition 2011.
28
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bhattacharya, S.K., "Electrical Machines", Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
2. A. E. Fitzgerald, Kingsley, Stephen D, "Electric Machinery", International Edition, Sixth Edition, the
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, 2003. ISBN 0-07- 112193-5
3. Colonel Wm. T. Mclyman, "Inductor Design Handbook", Third Edition, Marcel Dekker, Inc. 270 Madison
Avenue, New York, NY 10016, U.S.A, 2004. ISBN: 0-8247-5393-3
4. M.G. Say, "The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines", CBS Publishers and
Distributors, New Delhi, 2002.

29
 19EE34 - ANALOG ELECTRONICS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Illustrate the rectifiers, filters and regulators of a DC power supply.
CO2 : Analyze BJT and FET amplifiers using small signal models and to plot the frequency response of
the amplifiers.
CO3 : Design and evaluate different classes of power amplifiers used for audio and radio applications.
CO4 : Utilize the concepts of negative feedback amplifiers to improve the stability of the amplifiers..
CO5 : Apply the concepts of positive feedback amplifiers to generate sustained oscillations and to
design clippers and clampers.

DC POWER SUPPLIES
Single Phase Rectifiers : Half wave, Full wave and Bridge rectifiers - Ripple factor - Rectification efficiency
- TUF - PIV - Regulation - Filters: Inductor, Capacitor, L section and  section filters - Ripple factor -
Regulators: Series and Shunt type - Protection circuits. 9

BJT AND FET SMALL SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS

BJT Amplifier : Small signal low frequency parameters and equivalent circuit - Small signal analysis of
CE, CB and CC amplifiers with voltage divider bias using h - parameters. Multistage amplifier: RC Coupled
- Transformer coupled amplifiers - Frequency response. FET Amplifier: Small signal model and analysis
of CS, CD and CG amplifier. 12

LARGE SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS

Classification : Class A power amplifier - Harmonic distortion - Class B amplifier - Push - pull amplifier -
Complementary symmetry operation - Class AB amplifier, Class C amplifier and Class D amplifier. 6

FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS
Feedback concepts - Ideal feedback topologies - Advantages and Disadvantages of negative feedback -
Analysis of voltage and current: Series and Shunt feedback amplifier circuits. 9

WAVE SHAPING CIRCUITS AND OSCILLATORS

Clippers - Clampers. Oscillators: Barkhausen criterion - RC phase shift oscillator - Hartley Oscillator -
Colpitts Oscillator - Frequency Stability - Crystal Oscillator. 9

TOTAL : 45

30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias and Satyabrata Jit, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", Tata McGraw
- Hill, 4th Edition, 2015.
2. Jacob Millman, Christos Halkias and Chetan D Parikh, "Millman's Integrated Circuits", Tata McGraw
- Hill, 2nd Edition, 2008.
3. Allen Mottershead, "Electronic Devices and Circuits - An Introduction", PHI learning, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jacob Millman and Herbert Taub, "Pulse, Digital and switching Waveforms", Tata McGraw - Hill, 2nd
Edition, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Robert L. Boylstead and Louis Nashelsky, "Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory", Prentice - Hall of
India, 11th Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Salivahanan, "Electron Devices and Electronic Circuits", Tata McGraw - Hill, 3rd Edition New Delhi,
2012.

31
 19EE35 - DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Solve basic arithmetic calculations in binary, decimal and hexadecimal and illustrate reduction of
logical expressions using boolean algebra, k-map and tabulation method and implement the
functions using logic gates.
CO2 : Realize combinational circuits for given application and design using logic gates
CO3 : Design and analyze synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuits using flip-flops, able to
develop Mealy and Moore Models and formulate the programming table for implementing the
logic functions using PLA and PAL.
CO4 : Compare different types of logic families which are the basic unit of different types of logic gates
in terms of efficiency.
CO5 : Develop Verilog coding for combinational and sequential logic circuits.

BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND MINIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

Review of binary number systems - binary codes - Error detection and correction codes - Boolean postulates
and theorems - Minimization of Boolean functions using basic laws - logic gates - Switching functions -
Representation of logic functions - Canonical forms - SOP and POS - Simplification of logic functions
using Karnaugh maps and Quine McCluskey method - NAND and NOR implementation. 9

COMBINATIONAL LOGIC CIRCUITS

Binary adder and subtractor - BCD adder - Code converters - Decoders and Encoders - Multiplexers and
Demultiplexers - Parity generators and checkers - Magnitude Comparator - Design of combinational logic
circuits using logic gates, decoders and multiplexers - Implementation of combinational logic circuits using
PROM, PAL and PLA. 9

SEQUENTIAL LOGIC CIRCUITS

Flip Flops - counters - asynchronous and synchronous types - Modulo counters - Shift registers - Ring
counter and twisted ring counter - Mealy and Moore Models - State table - excitation table - State diagram
- State reduction - State assignment -Analysis and Design of synchronous sequential circuits - Design of
sequence detectors, sequence generators and counters using flip-flops - Introduction to asynchronous
sequential circuits. 10

DIGITAL IC FAMILIES
Input and output characteristics of logic gates - TTL: Standard TTL - Three state output TTL - Schottky
TTL - CMOS Logic: Inverter, NAND, and NOR gates - Interfacing TTL and CMOS families- ECL OR/NOR
gate - comparison of TTL, ECL, and CMOS families. 9

DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN USING VERILOG

Introduction to hardware description languages and verilog - Module declaration - HDL models of
combinational circuits - Gate-level modeling - Dataflow modeling - Behavioral modeling - HDL for registers
and counters. 8
TOTAL : 45
32
TEXT BOOK
1. Morris Mano M, Michael D. Ciletti, "Digital Design: with an Introduction to the Verilog HDL", Prentice
Hall of India Ltd, 6th Edition, 2019.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. John M. Yarbrough, "Digital Logic Applications and Design", PWS, 2001.
2. Richard F. Tinder, "Engineering Digital Systems Design", Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2001.
3. John P.Uyemura, "A First Course in Digital Systems Design - An Integrated Approach", Brooks/Cole
Publishing Company, 2000.

33
 19HSS01 - SCIENCE OF CREATIVITY AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
L T P C
1 0 0 1

ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of course, students will be able to
CO1 : Understand the principles of karma yoga, duty consciousness and evolution of the universe.
CO2 : Analyze the benefits of yoga and meditation.
CO3 : Understand the benefits of harmony, introspection and examine human values for sustained
growth in career and life

LIFE FORCE, CONCIOUSNESS AND EVOLUTION OF UNIVERSE

Science of Creativity and Personality Development - Principles of Karma Yoga - Duty Consciousness -
Law of Nature - Life Force -Potentiality of the Life Force - Consciousness - Pancha Thanmatras -
Biomagnetism. Evolution of the Universe: Creation Theory - Evolution Theory - Evolution of Living Beings:
Absolute Space and Force - Seven Constituent Layers in the Body. (6)

YOGA AND ITS BENEFITS

Simple and Safe yoga - Upa yoga Practices : Yoga for peace, health, joy, love, well-being and success.
Physical exercise - Meditation - Seven centers of meditation - benefits - effect of good vibrations - cause
and effect system. (3)

HARMONY IN LIFE, INTROSPECTION AND HUMAN VALUES

Harmony in Life : Self, family, society and nature - Introspection : Analysis of thought, Moralization of
desire, Neutralization of anger, Eradication of worries and Self realization.
Morals, Values and Ethics - Integrity - Work ethics - Service learning - Virtues - Respect for others -
Valuing time - Co-operation -Commitment - Empathy - Self confidence - Challenges in work place -
impact of cyber space on individual. (6)
TOTAL: 15

TEXT BOOKS
1. Yogiraj Vethathri Maharishi, "Karma Yoga - The Holistic Unity", Vethathri Publications 4th Edition,
2009.
2. R.S.Naagarazan, "A Textbook on Professional Ethics and Human Values", New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES
1. Sadhguru, "Body the Greatest Gadget and Mind is your Business", Diamond Pocket Books Pvt. Ltd,
Isha Foundations, 2013.
2. Swami Vivekananda and Swami Nikhilananda, "Karma Yoga and Bhakti Yoga", 2nd Edition,
Ramakrishna Vivekananda Publications, 2008.
34
3. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger,"Ethics in Engineering", 4th Edition McGraw Hill, NewYork,
2005.
4. M. Govindarajan, S. Natarajan, V.S. Senthilkumar, "Engineering Ethics", 1st Edition, Prentice Hall of
India, 2009.

35
 19EEL36 - DC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Analyze the performance of DC motors/generators by conducting direct load test experimentally.
CO2 : Analyze the performance of transformer by conducting direct load test experimentally.
CO3 : Predetermine the performance of DC machines by conducting Swinburne's test.
CO4 : Compare the performance characteristics obtained experimentally on various DC machines and
select suitable DC machines for industrial applications.
CO5 : Draw the equivalent circuit and predetermine the performance of transformers by conducting
open circuit and short circuit tests.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. OCC and Critical Speed of DC Shunt Generator.
2. No Load Speed Control of DC Shunt Motor.
3. Swinburne's Test.
4. Load Test on DC Shunt Motor.
5. Load Test on DC Shunt Generator.
6. Load Test on DC Series Generator.
7. Load Test on DC Series Motor.
8. Load Test on DC Compound Motor.
9. OC and SC Test on Single - Phase Transformer.
10. Predetermination of performance characteristics of Single phase transformer.
11. Load Test on Single - Phase Transformer (R,L,C Loads).
12. IoT Based Motor Monitoring System.
13. Speed Control of PMDC Motor.
14. Design of transformer rating for inductive and non-inductive loads.

36
 19EEL37 - ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Design and construct simple electronic circuits to accomplish specific functions.
CO2 : Observe the amplitude and frequency responses of common amplification circuits
CO3 : Construct basic combinational circuits and verify their functionalities
CO4 : Design and simulate the combinational and sequential circuits
CO5 : Design and analyze the operation of counters and shift registers
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Half-wave and Full-wave rectifiers
2. BJT and MOSFET Amplifiers
3. Frequency response of RC coupled amplifier
4. Testing of class B push-pull power amplifier
5. Code converters
6. Multiplexer and Demultiplexer
7. Encoder and Decoder
8. Error Detection and Correction circuits
9. Registers and PRBS Generators
10. Asynchronous and Synchronous Counters

Note: Simulate and verify digital IC experiments using Verilog.

37
 19EE41 - AC ROTATING MACHINES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Elucidate and illustrate constructional features, winding details, induced EMF of Synchronous
Machines.
CO2 : Analyze the performance of the three phase Synchronous motors and develop phasor diagram
to examine steady state performance and determination of Xd and Xq.
CO3 : Illustrate the operation and speed control characteristics PMSM and BLDC motors.
CO4 : Acquire knowledge about the construction, torque slip characteristics and compute equivalent
circuit parameters to evaluate the performance of three phase induction motors.
CO5 : Interpret the double field revolving theory, analyze the performance and starting methods of
single-phase induction motor.

SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR
Constructional features- EMF equation-Phasor diagram-Armature reaction-Synchronous impedance-
Predetermination of voltage regulation - EMF, MMF, and Potier methods - Parallel operation of Alternators.10

SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR
Principle of operation -Starting methods - Phasor diagram-Effect of load on a synchronous motor -V-
curves and Inverted V- curves-Two reaction theory of salient pole alternators - Determination of
Xd & Xq. 9

PMSM and BLDC MOTOR

PMSM: Construction - Principle of operation - EMF equation - Torque Equation - Phasor Diagram -
Comparison of conventional synchronous motor with PMSM.
BLDC Motor: Construction - Principle of operation - Electronic Commutation - Types of BLDC Motor-EMF
equation - Voltage and Torque equation - Speed Torque Characteristics - Comparison of DC motor and
BLDC motor. 9

THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR

Constructional features- production of rotating magnetic field - torque equation -Phasor diagram -
Performance analysis - Torque-slip characteristics- No load and blocked rotor tests-Load test- equivalent
circuit- Circle diagram-starting methods - conventional speed control of induction motors. 10

SINGLE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR

Principle of operation- Double revolving field theory - Equivalent circuit and Performance characteristics
-Methods of starting - Capacitor start, Shaded pole and Repulsion motors. 7

TOTAL : 45

38
TEXT BOOKS
1. M.G.Say, "The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines", CBS Publishers and
Distributors, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Kothari D.P., Nagrath, I.J. "Electrical Machines", McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., Fourth Edition,
New Delhi. 2017.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bhattacharya, S.K., "Electrical Machines", Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
2. P.K.Mukherjee and S.Chakravorti, "Electrical Machines", DhanpatRai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. P.S. Bhimbra, "Electrical Machinery", Khanna Publishers, 2003.
4. Cyrill. G. Veinott, "Fractional and Subfractional Horse Power Electric motors", TMH Publishers, 1996.

39
 19EE42 - NETWORKS AND SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1 : Solve circuit theory problems using graph theory concepts.
CO2 : Appreciate the transient response of electric circuits with DC and AC excitation and solve transient
circuits using Laplace Transform techniques.
CO3 : Apply the concept of complex frequency in studying network functions and analyze two-port
network parameters using various models.
CO4 : Identify the given function for positive realness and synthesize LC, RC, and RL one-port networks
using Foster and Cauer forms.
CO5 : Apprehend the frequency response of active and passive filters.

NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Linear oriented graphs - incidence matrix of a linear oriented graph -Kirchhoff's laws in incidence matrix
formulation - circuit matrix of a linear oriented graph - tree and its properties - Kirchhoff's laws in fundamental
circuit matrix formulation - Loop analysis of electric networks - cut sets - cut set matrix of a linear oriented
graph - Kirchhoff's laws in fundamental cutset formulation - Node-pair analysis of networks - Analysis
using generalized branch model. 9

CIRCUIT TRANSIENTS
Transient concepts - differential equations and initial conditions in RLC networks - transient response of
simple RL, RC, and RLC series and parallel circuits to step and sinusoidal inputs using Laplace transform
method. 9

NETWORK FUNCTIONS AND TWO PORT NETWORKS

Concept of complex frequency - Network functions - Driving point and transfer functions and their properties
- Poles and Zeros and their significance - Time domain behavior from pole - zero plot - Impulse response
of network functions - Two port networks - Z, Y, ABCD and h parameters - Condition for reciprocity and
symmetry - Parameter conversion - Interconnection of two port networks - Analysis of typical two port
networks - Input and Output impedances of terminated two port networks - Image impedances. 11

ELEMENTS OF REALIZABILITY AND SYNTHESIS OF ONE-PORT NETWORKS

Hurwitz polynomials - Positive real functions - Frequency response of reactive one port network - Synthesis
of reactive one port networks by Foster method and Cauer method - Synthesis of RL and RC networks by
Foster method and Cauer method. 8

FILTERS
The decibel scale - bode plots - passive filters: low pass, high pass, band pass, and band reject filters -
Active filters: first order low pass, high pass, band pass, and band reject (or Notch) filter - Scaling:
magnitude scaling - frequency scaling - magnitude and frequency scaling - applications. 8

TOTAL : 45

40
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ravish R. Singh, "Network Analysis and Synthesis", TMH, New Delhi, 1st Edition, 2017.
2. Roy D.Choudhury, "Networks and Systems", New Age Publications, New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Charles K. Alexander and Mathew N.O. Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits" McGraw Hill
Education (India) Pvt Ltd, VI Edition, 2019.
2. Franklin F. Kuo, "Network Analysis and Synthesis" Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2012
3. Sudhakar A. and Shyammohan S.P., "Circuits and Networks: Analysis and Synthesis", TMH, New
Delhi, 2011.
4. Ramesh Babu P. and Anandanatarajan, R., "Signals and Systems", SciTech Publications (India) Pvt
Ltd, 5th Edition, 2011.

41
 19EE43 - MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Interpret statistical data measurement and evaluate static and dynamic characteristics for electrical
and Non-electrical parameters measurement.
CO2 : Illustrate the functioning of different electro-mechanical and digital measuring instruments along
with their application domains.
CO3 : Analyse and recommend suitable sensors and transducers for measuring non-electrical physical
quantities and measurement techniques used in process industries.
CO4 : Integrate the electronic display and recording devices for the appropriate type of measurement
or data recording and logging.
CO5 : Erudite about the intelligent sensors and data acquisition system in industry for effective
measurement, control and data storage.
MEASUREMENT CONCEPTS
Functional Elements of measurement and instrumentation system-Accuracy, Precision, types of errors,
calibration and standards in measurement- Factors influencing the selection of Transducers - Classification
- Introduction to Intelligent Sensors -MEMS sensors - Nano sensors - System on chip. 9
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS
Analog meters: PMMC and Moving Iron Instruments: Working, comparison and measurement of DC and
AC Voltage and Current - Electrodynamometer type watt meter - Insulation resistance test, Earth resistance:
Fall of potential method- Instrument Transformers: CT and PT - Applications
Digital meters: Block diagram and functioning of Multi-Meter, Principles of Net metering- Bi- directional
single phase energy meter -Frequency Meter - Wheatstone, Kelvin, Maxwell, Schering and Wein bridges.
10
NON-ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS
Transducers: Linear and Angular displacement: Resistive (Potentiometer), inductive (LVDT) - Liquid Level:
Capacitive - piezoelectric, Hall Effect transducers - Flow meters: electromagnetic, ultrasonic types- A i r
velocity, pressure: Anemometer- Temperature: Thermocouple, RTD, thermistor- principle of Thermography
and thermal imaging and applications. Optical sensors: photo-diode, light dependent resistor and photo
voltaic cell. 9
DISPLAY AND RECORDING INSTRUMENTS
Working of Analog CRO - Dual Trace and Dual Beam CROs - Digital Storage Oscilloscopes(DSO) -
Signal Analyser- Spectrum Analyzer- Harmonic Analyzer - Mixed signal oscilloscopes(MSO) - Signal
Generator - Function Generator - Recorders: X-t recorder- X-Y recorder 8
INTELLIGENT INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION
Telemetry Principles : Land Line Telemetry, RF Telemetry - Multiplexing - TDM,FDM and CDM - Functional
elements of Data Acquisition System, control - Communication architecture in DAS-SCADA principles
and application-Introduction to Intelligent Instrumentation using HART Protocol and communication layers.
9
TOTAL : 45

42
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sawhney A.K., "A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements", Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New
Delhi,19th Edition, 2019.
2. Syed Akhtar.I and Vibhav Kumar.S, "Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation" I K International
publishing House, 2018.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ernest O.Doeblin "Measurement Systems - Applications and Design", McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition 2010.
2. Kalsi H.S.,"Electronic Instrumentation", Tata McGraw Hill Co, 3rd Edition, 2010.
3. A.D.Cooper and A.D.Helfrik, "Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques", 2nd
edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008.
4. E. W. Golding & F. C. Widdis, "Electrical Measurement & Measuring Instrument", 5th edition,
A.H.Wheeler& co., India, 2011.

43
 19EE44- LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Examine the DC/AC characteristics of Op-amp and design an appropriate compensation for Op-
amp.
CO2 : Design of various linear applications using op-amp IC741.
CO3 : Design of various non - linear applications using op-amp IC741.
CO4 : Design of analog circuits such as voltage regulator, VCO and multi - vibrators using other linear
IC's.
CO5 : Design of analog computation and signal conditioning circuits using op-amps.

OVERVIEW OF INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TECHNOLOGY VIDEO/ANIMATION TO BE DISPLAYED AND

DISCUSSED
Silicon Semiconductor Technology - Wafer processing, Oxidation, Epitaxy, Deposition, Ion implantation
Diffusion and Metallization - Basic CMOS processing technology - N-well, P-well process - Twin tub
process and Silicon on insulator - Circuit Elements - Resistors, Capacitors and Thin film transistors. 3

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER CHARACTERISTICS

Functional block diagram - Analysis of typical op-amp - Equivalent circuit - Open loop gain - CMRR - Input
bias and off set currents - Input and Output off set voltages - Off set compensation techniques - Frequency
response - Noise - Stability - Limitation - Frequency compensation techniques - Slew rate. 9

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER APPLICATIONS

DC and AC Amplifier - Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier - Summing, Scaling and Averaging amplifier
- Voltage follower - Differential amplifier - Instrumentation amplifier - Voltage to Current and Current to
Voltage converters - Integrator and Differentiator - Practical considerations - Active filters and Oscillators.9

COMPARATORS AND CONVERTERS

Comparator- Zero crossing detector - Schmitt trigger - Voltage to Frequency and Frequency to Voltage
converters - Sample and Hold circuit - D/A converters - A/D converters - Precision rectifiers - Peak detectors
- Clipper and Clamper - Log and Antilog amplifier - Multiplier and Divider - Wave form generators. 9

OTHER LINEAR IC APPLICATIONS

Voltage regulators - IC 7805 - IC 723 - Current limiting and Current boosting - Fixed and Adjustable three
terminal regulators - SMPS ICs - PLL - Applications - IC 566 Voltage controlled oscillators - IC 555 timer
- Monostable and Astable mode of operations - Applications. 9

ANALOG COMPUTATION AND SIGNAL CONDITIONING

Solution to integro-differential equations, Signal conditioning of low magnitude signals from sensors -
instrumentation amplifier design, filter design, analog buffers, analog interfacing circuits for microcontrollers.
6
TOTAL : 45
44
TEXT BOOKS
1. RamakantA.Gayakward, "Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits", 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2015.
2. Coughlin F.R. and Driscoll F.F., "Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits", 6th Edition,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES
1. Roy Choudhury D and Shail Jain., "Linear Integrated Circuits", 5th Edition, New Age Science Ltd.,
2018.
2. Sergio Franco, "Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog and Integrated Circuits", 3rd Edition
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2012.
3. Michael Jacob J., "Analog Integrated Circuit Applications", 1st Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2007.
4. Sidney Soclof, "Design & Application of Analog Integrated Circuits", Prentice Hall of India, 1997.
5. David A. Bell, "Operational Amplifiers and Linear ICs", 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.

45
 19EE45 - TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, students will be able to,
CO1 : Analyze HVAC and HVDC transmission, Overhead and underground transmission schemes,
skin effect and earth capacitance, Compute the line parameters in single phase lines, three
phase lines, bundled conductor lines and double circuit 3-ph lines.
CO2 : Model the short, medium and long transmission lines by various methods and determine the
performance under different loading conditions, Analyze about Ferranti effect, Corona effect,
Tuned power lines and Critical voltages on transmission lines.
CO3 : Understand the mechanical supports for transmission lines and types of insulators, Choose the
number of insulators to improve the string efficiency of transmission lines, Compute sag and
Tension in various types of transmission lines.
CO4 : Illustrate the types of cables and Grading of cables, Compute the capacitance in single and three
core cables, Locate the cable fault using loop tests.
CO5 : Describe the types of substation and AC distribution system, Solve the AC distribution system
problems and Tariff calculations for AC distribution systems.

INTRODUCTION
Layout of AC power supply scheme by single line diagram - Introduction to EHV AC and HVDC transmission
- Comparison between HVAC and HVDC - Overhead and underground transmission scheme - HVDC
systems - Comparison of conductor materials in overhead systems. Line Parameters : Resistance of
conductors - Skin effect - Inductance of a conductor due to internal and external flux - Inductance and
capacitance of single-phase two-wire line, three phase lines with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing,
Bundled conductor lines and Double circuit three phase lines - Effect of earth on line capacitance. 10

LINE PERFORMANCE AND CORONA

Regulation and Efficiency of short lines - Medium lines represented by nominal T and  methods - Long
lines - Rigorous solution - ABCD constants - Ferranti effect - Tuned power lines. Phenomenon of corona-
Disruptive critical voltage - Visual critical voltage - Corona loss - Radio frequency interference. 9

MECHANICAL DESIGN OF OVERHEAD LINES

Insulator materials - Insulator types - Voltage distribution over insulator string - Methods of improving
string efficiency - Insulator failure - Testing of insulators - Line supports - Types of steel towers - Cross
arms - Span, Conductor configuration, spacing and clearances - Sag and Tension calculations- Effect of
wind, temperature and ice - Support at different levels - String chart - Conductor vibration. 9

UNDERGROUND CABLES
Comparison between overhead line and underground cable for transmission - Types of cables - Types of
insulating materials - Insulation resistance - Potential gradient - Grading of cables - Capacitance of single
and three core cables - Faults and fault location by loop test - Sheath effect - Cable installation - Current
rating of cables -Operating problems with underground cables. 9

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND SUBSTATIONS

Introduction to Grid system - AC distribution - Radial and Ring main systems - Ring main distributors with
interconnectors - Methods of solving AC distribution systems - Tariff calculations- Wheeling Charges -
46
Substation - Types of substations - Layout and location of substations - Busbar arrangements - Introduction
to substation automation protocols - Introduction to Indian Power System - Genco, Transco and Disco.
8

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
1. C.L.Wadhwa, "Electrical Power Systems", New Age International, 2017.

REFERENCES
1. Luces M.FualKeribeery and Watter Coffer, "Electrical Power Distribution and Transmission", Pearson
Education, 2007.
2. V. K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, "Principles of Power system", S. Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi,
2011.
3. J.Nagrath and D.P.Kothari, "Power Systems Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill, 2019.
4. Dr. S.L.Uppal, "Electrical Power", Khanna Publishers, 1988.
5. M.L. Sony, P.V.Gupta, V.S Bhatnagar and A.Chakraborti, "A Text Book on Power Systems Engineering",
DhanpatRai and Co., Delhi, 1997-98.
6. TorenGonen, "Electrical Power Distribution", CBC, 2010.

47
 19EE46 - OOPS AND C++ FOR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Distinguish object oriented Programming and traditional programming techniques
CO2 : Develop, compile and debug programs
CO3 : Illustrate key concepts such as encapsulation and polymorphism
CO4 : Use files for reading and writing data
CO5 : Write C++ program for practical electrical applications

PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

Programming Paradigms - Object Oriented Technology - Basic concepts and benefits of OOP - Application
of OOP - OOP languages. Introduction to C++: Basic data types - Derived data types - Symbolic constants
- Scope resolution operator - Type modifiers - Type casting -Operators and control statements - Input and
output statements - Function Prototyping - Inline function - Overloaded function - Introduction to friend
function 9

CLASSES AND OBJECTS

Class specification - Member function - Static data members - Instance creation - Array of objects -
Dynamic objects - Static Objects. Constructors - Parameterized constructors - Overloaded Constructors
- Constructors with default arguments - Copy constructors - Dynamic constructors - Dynamic initialization
using constructors - Destructors. 9

OPERATOR OVERLOADING AND INHERITANCE

Operator function - Overloading unary and binary operator - Overloading the operator using friend function
- Stream operator overloading - Data Conversion.
Defining derived classes - Single Inheritance - Protected Data with private inheritance - Multiple Inheritance
Multilevel inheritance - Hierarchical Inheritance - Hybrid Inheritance - Multipath inheritance- Abstract classes
- Virtual function and dynamic polymorphism - Virtual Destructor - Nested Classes. 9

I/O STREAMS
I/O STREAMS - Unformatted I/O operations - Formatted I/O operations - Manipulators - Hierarchy of file
stream classes - Opening and closing of files - File pointers and Manipulation - Sequential access file -
Random access file. 9

APPLICATIONS IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Series RLC circuit transient analysis- Synthesis of typical wave forms-FFT Analysis-Mesh and Nodal
analysis-Mason’s gain formula-Calculation of efficiency and voltage regulation in transmission lines using
T and  model-Tariff Calculations Power System Analysis: Y- Bus formation, Z- Bus formation, Load flow
analysis 9
TOTAL - 45

48
TEXT BOOKS
1. D.S.Malik, "C++ Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program Design", 8th Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2018.
2. Larry Nyhoff,"Programming in C++ for Engineering and Science", CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Group, 2012. (For Electrical Engineering Applications)

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Stanley B. Lippman and Josée Lajoie, "C++ Primer", 5th Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2015.
2. Stephen Prata, "C++ Primer plus", 6th Edition, Addison-Wesley, USA, 2015.
3. Bjarne Stroustrup, "The C++ Programming Language", 4th Edition, Pearson Education Inc,2015.
4. Joseph Valacich and Joey. G, "Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design", 6th Edition,Pearson
Education Inc., 2014.

49
 19EEL47 - AC ROTATING MACHINES LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Analyze the performance of three phase and single-phase induction machines experimentally by
direct and indirect methods.
CO 2 : Select suitable AC machines for an industrial application by experimentally verifying the
performance characteristics.
CO3 : Predetermine the voltage regulation of alternator by EMF, MMF, Potier methods and Slip test
experimentally.
CO4 : Draw the V - curves and Inverted V - curves of synchronous motor
CO5 : Draw the speed torque characteristics of BLDC motor and IoT based motor monitoring system
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Performance characteristics of three phase squirrel - cage induction motor by direct load test.
2. Performance characteristics of three phase slip - ring induction motor by direct load test.
3. Predetermination of performance characteristics of three phase squirrel cage induction motor by
equivalent circuit and circle diagram methods.
4. Separation of No - load losses of three phase induction motor.
5. Performance characteristics of Single phase induction motor by direct load test.
6. Predetermination of performance characteristics of Single phase induction motor by equivalent circuit
method.
7. Predetermination of voltage regulation of three phase non - salient pole alternator by EMF and MMF
methods.
8. Predetermination of voltage regulation of three phase Salient pole alternator by slip test.
9. Determination of “V” and “inverted - V” curves of synchronous motor.
10. Load test on cascaded induction motors.
11. Load test on Induction generator.
12. Speed Control of BLDC motor
13. Speed Control of PMSM Motor
14. IoT Based Motor Monitoring System

50
 19EEL48 - LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Design and test waveform generators and various analog circuits for arithmetic operations using
IC741 for the given specifications.
CO2 : Design second order filters using IC741 and test their frequency response.
CO3 : Design and test regulated power supply for the given specifications using IC723, IC7805.
CO4 : Design and test ADC and DAC circuits for the given specifications using IC741 and arduino
CO5 : Construct astable and monostable multivibrator using IC555 timer for the given specification.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
DESIGN AND TESTING OF THE FOLLOWING CIRCUITS
1. Linear applications of Operational Amplifier
2. Second order Low Pass and High Pass Filters
3. Astable and Monostable Multivibrator using IC 555
4. Precision Rectifier and Zero Crossing Detector
5. Instrumentation Amplifier
6. Square, Triangle and Ramp Waveform Generators
7. Analog to Digital Converters
8. Digital to Analog Converters
9. Voltage Regulator using IC 723
10. Wien bridge oscillator.
SIMULTION USING MULTISIM
1. Voltage Controlled Oscillator
2. RC Phase Shift Oscillator
3. Clippers and Clampers
4. Schmitt Trigger Circuit

51
 19EE51 - CONTROL SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Appreciate the needs and effects of feedback in a control system; obtain the mathematical models
of electrical and mechanical systems, and find transfer function through block diagram reduction
and SFG.
CO2 : Analyze the response of I order and II order systems using time-domain techniques.
CO3 : Learn the stability concepts and finding the range of open loop gain for stability through various
techniques.
CO4 : Analyze the response of systems using frequency domain techniques.
CO5 : Design compensators for the given system satisfying the given specifications.

MATHEMATICAL REPRESENTATION OF SYSTEMS

Open loop and Closed loop systems - Physical system - Linear and Non - linear systems - Transfer
function - Mathematical modeling of electrical and mechanical systems - Analogous systems - Effect of
feedback on system sensitivity - Block diagram representation - Signal flow graphs and their properties -
Mason's gain formula. Control system components: Potentiometer, Tachogenerator, Synchro, AC and
DC servomotors. 9

TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS

Standard test signals - Time response of first order and second order feedback control systems to step
input - Time domain specifications - Steady state error - Static error constants - Response with P, PI, PD,
PID controllers - System response with additional poles and zeros. 9

STABILITY AND ROOT LOCUS

Concept of Stability - Necessary conditions for stability - Routh Hurwitz criterion - Relative Stability Analysis.
Root locus: concepts of root - locus - Construction of root locus - Determination of open loop gain for a
specified damping of the dominant roots 9

FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS

Correlation between time domain and frequency domain specifications - Bode plot - Nyquist stability
criterion - Relative stability - Gain margin and Phase margin - Polar plot. 9

LINEAR SYSTEM DESIGN

Design of lag, lead and lag - lead compensators in frequency domain and time domain. 9
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Nagrath and M.Gopal, "Control Systems Engineering", New Age International Publishers, 6th Edition,
New Delhi, 2011.
2. Norman S. Nise, "Control Systems Engineering", John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 6th Edition, Singapore,
2013.
3. A.AnandKumar,"Control Systems", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2nd Edition, Delhi, 2014.
52
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Katsuhiko Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
2 M.Gopal, "Control Systems - Principles and Design", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited,
4th Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
3 Benjamin C. Kuo "Automatic Control Systems", Prentice Hall of India, 8th Edition, New Delhi, 2010.
4 Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, "Modern Control Systems", Pearson Prentice Hall, 10th Edition,
NJ, 2008.
5 M.N.Bandyopadhayay,”Control Engineering and Practice”, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New
Delhi, 2004.

53
 19EE52 - POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Mathematically model and assess the power system network under healthy and faulty conditions.
CO2 : Apply mathematical methods to solve the load flow problems and interpret active and reactive
power flows.
CO3 : Identify the fault and assess the fault conditions using symmetrical components.
CO4 : Illustrate the transient behavior of the power system network under open circuit and short circuited
conditions.
CO5 : Derive the equation to analyze the dynamics of power systems and examine the reliability of
electric power systems.

POWER SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND NETWORK MODELING

Single line diagram - per unit quantities - per unit impedance / reactance diagrams - Complex Power -
Representation of Loads -  equivalent circuit of transformer with off nominal tap ratio - Bus admittance
matrix - Formulation of Y bus-Formation of Z bus using step-by- step building algorithm. 9

LOAD FLOW STUDIES

Load flow equations and methods of solutions - Gauss-Seidel method for load flow studies - Newton
Raphson method for load flow studies - Introduction to Bus Voltage Control Methods using STATCOM
and UPFC Devices-FDLF method. 9

FAULT CALCULATIONS 9
Balanced and unbalanced faults - Types of faults - Symmetrical faults - Consideration of prefault load
current - Symmetrical components - Sequence impedances and sequence networks for synchronous
machines, transmission lines, transformers - formation of sequence networks - Unsymmetrical fault analysis
- single line to ground fault, line to line fault, double line to ground fault. 9

POWER SYSTEM TRANSIENTS

Travelling waves on transmission lines - Wave equations - Surge impedance - Equivalent circuit for
travelling wave studies -Reflection-Refraction - Forked line - Arcing grounds -Switching Transients-
Capacitance switching. 9

POWER SYSTEM STABILITY

Steady state and transient state stability of power systems - Stability limits - Swing equation for single
machine infinite bus system - Solution of swing equation by equal area criterion - Methods of improving
transient stability - Automatic Voltage Regulators - Load Frequency Control. 9

TOTAL : 45

54
TEXT BOOKS
1. D.P. Kothari, I.J.Nagrath, "Modern Power System Analysis", 4th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. John J. Grainger, W.D. Stevenson, "Elements of Power System Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. C.L.Wadhwa, "Electrical Power Systems", New Age International (P) Ltd., 2017.
2. B.R.Gupta, "Power System Analysis and Design", 3rd Edition, Wheeler Publishers, 2003.
3. Hadi Saadat, "Power System Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, reprint, 2008.
4. T.K. Nagsarkar, M.S. Sukhija, "Power System Analysis", Oxford University Press, 2007.
5. B.M. Weedy, "Electric Power Systems", John Wiley, New York, 2012.

55
 19EE53 - DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Examine data and define structures to organize large data
CO2 : Use graphs and trees to support search applications
CO3 : Describe how to analyze an algorithm, growth rate and decision making
CO4 : Design new algorithms or modify existing ones for new applications and reason about the efficiency
of the result
CO5 : Develop the skills necessary to analyze algorithms that are used in a program.
BASIC DATA STRUCTURES
Arrays - Array of structures - Polynomial representation - Multidimensional Arrays - Sparse Matrices -
Transpose and Multiplication of Sparse Matrices - Stacks and Queues: Implementation and Applications.
9
ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES
Trees: Binary Tree - Tree Traversals - Binary Search Trees - AVL Trees - Splay Trees - B Trees - Red
Black Trees 9
GRAPHS ALGORITHMS
Elementary Graph Algorithms - Minimum Spanning Trees - Topological Sorting - Single source Shortest
Paths - All Pairs Shortest Paths. 9
SORTING AND HASHING
Insertion Sort - Shell Sort - Heap Sort - Merge Sort - Quick Sort - Radix Sort - External Sort - Analysis of
Sorting Algorithms Hashing - Hash Functions - Separate Chaining - Open Addressing - Rehashing -
Extendible Hashing. 9
ALGORITHM DESIGN TECHNIQUES (QUALITATIVE TREATMENT ONLY)
The role of Algorithms in computing - Growth of functions. Introduction to algorithms design:
Divide and Conquer - Dynamic Programming - Greedy Algorithm - Backtracking - Branch and Bound -
Randomized Algorithms. 9
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Mark Allen Weiss, "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++", 4th Edition, PHI, 2013.
2. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, "Introduction to Algorithms", 3rd Edition,
MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. R G Dromey, "How to Solve it by Computers", Pearson Education Asia, 2007.
2. Robert Kruse, C. L. Tando, Bruce Leung and Shashi Mogalia, "Data Structures and Program Design
in C", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
3. Jean Paul Tremblay and Paul G Sorenson, "An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications", 2nd
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

56
 19EE54 - EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Interpret the register functionalities and architectural features of PIC18Fxxx microcontroller and
ARM processor
CO2 : Develop an assembly language program to process data and access on-chip hardware units
using appropriate instructions and addressing modes.
CO3 : Outline the organizational aspects of three stage pipeline execution process
CO4 : Illustrate the processor operations by citing examples of pre-conditions and post- conditions,
describing registers and memory before and after the instruction execution.
CO5 : Develop an application software to interface various peripherals for the given design requirements

PIC ARCHITECTURE
PIC Architecture - RISC Architecture -PIC18F458 Pin connection-PIC 18 Configuration registers -WREG
register -PIC File Register- Status register-PIC Data format and Directives - Intel Hex format. 9

PIC PROGRAMMING
Introduction to Assembly language programming -Assembling and Linking a PIC program- viewing register
and memory with Simulator-Branch Instructions and Looping-Call instructions and stack-PIC 18 time
delay and Instruction Pipelining-I/O Port programming-I/O Bit manipulation programming-Arithmetic and
Logic Instructions-Timer and counter programming. 9

ARM ARCHITECTURE
ARM programmer's model-Load Store Architecture- - Data path and control logic - ARM development
tools-3 stage pipeline ARM organization - 5 stage pipeline ARM organization- ARM instruction execution-
ARM implementation- Adder Design-Barrel shifter-Multiplier Design-Exception and Interrupt Handling.
9

ARM PROGRAMMING
ARM Assembly Language Programming- Data processing instructions-Data transfer instructions- Control
flow instructions-ARM Instruction set-Conditional execution-Branch and Branch with link-Data processing
instructions-multiply instructions-multiple register transfer instructions. 9

SYSTEM DESIGN
Stand-alone data acquisition system -Keypad interfacing - LCD Interfacing - Stepper Motor interfacing-
Speed control of DC Motor - Internet Communication and Control - Serial Communication - Wireless
communication. 9

TOTAL : 45

57
TEXT BOOKS
1. Steve Furber, "ARM System-on-Chip Architecture" Pearson Education Limited, 2012.
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, "PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems" 1st edition, Pearson Education,
2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. John Crisp "Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcontrollers" 2nd edition,Elsevier Inc.,2004
2. Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright "ARM System Developer’s Guide Designing and
Optimizing System Software" Elsevier Inc., 2004
3. William Hohl and Christopher Hinds "ARM Assembly Language: Fundamentals and Techniques", 2nd
Edition, CRC Press, 2014.
4. JohnIovine, "PIC Microcontroller Project Book", McGraw Hill 2000.
5. John. B. Peatman, "Design with PIC Microcontroller", Pearson Education, 2003.
6. ARM Architecture, Reference Manual, ARM Ltd.
7. Rob Toulson, Tim Wilmshurst "Fast and Effective Embedded Systems Design. Applying the ARM
mbed" 2nd Edition , Elsevier Inc., 2017.

58
 19EEL55 - CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Derive the transfer function of a given system experimentally.
CO2 : Design and verify the performance of lag/lead compensators in frequency/time domain.
CO3 : Choose and design a suitable controller to meet the given specifications of an electrical system.
CO4 : Analyze the system response in frequency/time domain using MATLAB software.
CO5 : Design PID controller and state machine and CRIO based speed control of electrical machines
using LabVIEW software.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Modeling and analysis of physical systems using SIMULINK
2. Mathematical modeling of separately excited DC motor and study of characteristics using SIMULINK
3. Determination of Transfer function constants for armature controlled DC Motor.
4. Determination of Transfer function constants for field controlled DC Motor.
5. Transfer function of 2 phase AC Servo Motor and stability analysis using Matlab.
6. Transfer function of magnetic levitation system under open loop uncompensated and closed
compensated system
7. Stability analysis of given LTI system using frequency and time domain methods in SCILAB
8. Design of compensators using bode plots and Matlab.
9. PID controller design for second order system using LabVIEW and Matlab SIMULINK.
10. PWM generation using CRIO and labVIEW simulation software.
11. Analog input measurement and data transfer to CRIO controller using LabVIEW simulation software.
12. Speed control of single phase induction Motor using CRIO and LabVIEW simulation software.
13. Speed control of Three phase induction motor using CRIO and LabVIEW simulation software.
14. Speed control of DC Motor using CRIO and LabVIEW simulation software.
15. Design of state machines (vending machine) using LabVIEW.

59
 19EEL56 - EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Develop an Assembly Language Program for the given design requirements
CO2 : Demonstrate the working of Timer/Counter Module using Assembly language program
CO3 : Select suitable sensors to meet the given specification and interface it with the microcontroller to
actuate certain output devices.
CO4 : Experiment With PWM Technique
CO5 : Appraise the use of interrupt driven programming over polling
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Programming PIC18F458 microcontroller using Assembly language - Simulation using MPLAB
IDE
1. I/O Port programming
2. Time out generation using on - chip timer module.
3. Counter Programming
4. Code conversion (BCD to ASCII) for RTC implementation
5. Parity checking for error detection
Programming ARM using embedded 'C' - prototyping using mbed LPC1768 device
6. Display interface (LED, LCD, Seven segment display)
7. Generating a sinusoidal and Saw tooth waveform
8. Controlling PWM period with analogue input (POT)
9. Interfacing DC motor
10. Interrupt programming
11. Configuring ADC Module (Sensor interfacing)
12. Stepper motor interfacing
13. IOT based Temperature/Moisture monitoring system.

60
 19EE61 - POWER ELECTRONICS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Describe the role of Power Electronics as an enabling technology in various applications and to
understand the characteristics of the power semiconductor devices.
CO2 : Select the suitable power semiconductor device, based on the converter type and topology for
the given specification and applications.
CO3 : Ascertain the steady state operation of the power electronic converters based on different
operational modes subject to continuous and discontinuous operations.
CO4 : Seek and reach consensus on formulation of solution methodologies to design the power electronic
converters for given applications.
CO5 : Design, simulate,develop and evaluate the efficiency of power electronic systems such as motion
control systems and power supplies for given specifications

POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES

Introduction - Need for power conversion - Generic Power Converter - Power Semiconductor Switches -
Idealized Characteristics- Power diodes - Thyristor family of devices: SCR - TRIAC - GTO - IGCT -
Transistor family of devices: Power MOSFETs - IGBTs- steady state and dynamic characteristics - Switching
and Conduction losses - Comparison of power semiconductor switches-Intelligent Power Modules -
protection circuits - Heat sink calculations- - Introduction of SiC and GaN based power devices - Introduction
to driver circuits Synchronization and Isolation-Study of data sheet of power semiconductor devices
(Qualitative Treatment only). 9

AC - DC CONVERTERS
Introduction - Uncontrolled Rectifier - Limitations - phase angle control - Quadrants of operation -Single
phase and Three phase semi bridge and full bridge converters - Dual converters - Introduction of high
pulse converters - Estimation of performance parameters for continuous current operation - Effects of
load and source inductances - Device selection- Development of control circuit (Block Diagram only) 8

DC - DC CONVERTERS
Principle of chopper operation - Control strategies - Non - isolated switched mode regulators: Buck regulator
- Boost regulator- Buck - Boost regulator - Cuk regulator - SEPIC regulator- Comparison of regulators -
Isolated switch mode converters: Fly back Converter - Forward Converter - Bridge Converter - Device
selection- Development of control circuit (Block Diagram only)- Introduction to resonant power converters
(Qualitative Treatment only). 8

AC - AC CONVERTERS
AC voltage Controllers - Principle of ON - OFF control and phase angle control - Single phase and Three
phase voltage controllers- Estimation of performance parameters - Single phase transformer connection
changers - PWM based AC voltage controller.
Cycloconverters - Basic principle of operation - Single phase and Three phase cyclo converters - output
voltage equation -Device selection for AC - AC converters - Introduction to matrix converter- Device
selection- Development of control circuit (Block Diagram only) 8

61
DC - AC CONVERTERS
Principle of operation - classifications of inverters - Voltage source inverters and Current source inverters
- Single phase and Three phase bridge configurations - Estimation of performance parameters - Voltage
control of inverters - Harmonic reduction. Introduction to multi-level inverters - Introduction to active front
converter (PWM Rectifier) - Development of control circuit (Block Diagram only)- Device
selectionApplications (Qualitative Treatment - Block Diagram only): UPS - SMPS - LED Drivers - Electric
Vehicles - Solar PV-Wind Energy Systems-Solar PV based water pumping-Solid State Transformer. 12
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. M.H.Rashid, "Power Electronics", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2017.
2. Mohan.N.Tore. M.Undeland, and William.P.Robbins, "Power Electronic Converters, Applications and
Design", John Wiley and Sons, New York, 3rd Edition, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Robert W.Erickson and Dragan Maksimovic, "Fundamentals of Power Electronics", Springer Nature
Switzerland AG, 3rd Edition, 2020.
2. Yuriy Rozanov, Sergey Ryvkin, Evgeny Chaplygin and Pavel Voronin "Power Electronics basics -
operating principles, design, formulas and applications" CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2015.
3. Andrej. M. Trzynadlowsk, "Introduction to Modern Power Electronics", John Wiley and Sons, 3rd
Edition,New York, 2016.
4. M.D.Singh and K.B. Khanchandani, "Power Electronics", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 2nd Edition,2011
5. G.K.Dubey., et al, "Thyristorised Power Controllers", New Age Publishers, Chennai, 2nd Edition, 2010
6. L.Umanand, "Power Electronics: Essentials & Applications", Wiley India Pvt. Limited. New Delhi,
2009
7. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/webcourse - contents / IIT% 20 Kharagpur / Power%20 Electronics/
New_index1.html for Web type,
8. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101038/ for Video Type.
9. http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical - engineering - and - computer - science/6 - 334 - power -
electronics - spring - 2007

62
 19EE62 - DIGITAL PROTECTION OF POWER SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Summarize the need of digital protection and power system components, and the functional
characteristics of different relays.
CO2 : Illustrate the concepts of protection of machines, transformers and bus zone.
CO3 : Recommend feasible Digital algorithmic solutions to various protection schemes of power system
protection.
CO4 : Apply the circuit breakers, fuses, and travelling wave concepts for transmission line protection.
CO5 : Survey about AI-based numerical protection and recent trends to solve the problems encountered
in the power system protection.

POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION COMPONENTS: RELAYS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, CT and VT

Need for Protective Systems-Nature and Causes of Faults-Classification of Protective Relays- Components
of Protection System-Relay Construction and Operating Principles- Fault clearing time of a breaker-
Current Chopping-Classification of Circuit Breakers-Current, Voltage, Summation Transformer - Phase -
sequence current - segregating Network- Overcurrent Protection. 9

RELAY PROTECTION OF MACHINES, TRANSFORMERS and BUSZONE

Distance Protection-Pilot Relaying Schemes-Differential Protection-Rotating Machines Protection-
Transformer and Bus zone Protection. 9

NUMERICAL PROTECTION
Numerical Relay-NR Algorithms-Mann-Morrison Technique-Differential Equation Technique-Discrete
Fourier Transform Technique-Walsh-Hadamard Transform Technique- Numerical Overcurrent, Distance,
Differential Protection-Microprocessor Based Numerical Protection. 9

FUSES-PROTECTION AGAINST OVERVOLTAGES

Fuse Characteristics-Types-Application-Selection of fuses-Causes of Overvoltages- Waveshape of voltage
due to Lightning-Protection of Transmission Lines, Sub-stations against Lightning-Protection against
Travelling Waves-Surge Protection-BII Level. 9

MODERN TRENDS IN POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION

Application of Artificial Intelligence to Power System Protection-Application of ANN to Overcurrent
Protection, Transmission Line Protection-NN based Directional Relay-ANN and Wavelet Fuzzy combined
approach for fault detection, location and classification-Application of ANN and Wavelet to protection of
Power System Components-Modern Trends in Power System Protection. 9

TOTAL : 45

63
TEXT BOOKS
1. Badri Ram and D.N.Vishwakarma, "Power System Protection and Switchgear", 2nd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011
2. L. P. Singh, "Digital Protection - Protective Relaying from Electromechanical to Microprocessor", 2nd
Edition, New Age International Ltd., New Delhi, 2017.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. B.Ravindranath and M.Chander, "Power System Protection and Switchgear", 5th Edition, New Age
International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.
2. Stanley H.Horowitz and Arun G.Phadke, "Power System Relaying", 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons
Ltd., , 2014.
3. C.L.Wadhwa, "Electrical Power Systems", New Age International Pvt. Ltd., 6th Edition, 2011.
4. M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta and U.S.Bhatnagar, "A Course in Electrical Power", 9th Edition, Dhanpat Rai
and Sons, 2011.
5. Bhavesh Bhalja, R.P. Maheswari, Nilesh G. Chothani, "Protection and Switch Gear", 4th Edition,
Oxford University Press, 2011.

64
 19EE63 - DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

L T P C
3 1 0 4
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Interpret and process the discrete/digital signals to perform various signal operations.
CO2 : Perform statistical analysis and inferences on various types of signals.
CO3 : Apply the principles of z-transforms and Fourier transform analysis for processing digital signals.
CO4 : Realize IIR filter and FIR filter structures.
CO5 : Employ digital signal processing techniques to design discrete time systems and digital filters

INTRODUCTION
Basic elements of a digital signal processing system - Advantages of digital over analog signal processing
- Continuous time verses discrete time signals - Sampling of analog signals - Quantization of continuous
amplitude signals - Signal representation - Classification of discrete time signal - Operation on signals -
Convolution and Correlation of discrete time signals 9

DISCRETE TIME SYSTEM

Causal, Dynamic, Linear, Time invariant, Stable systems - Frequency analysis of discrete time signals -
Fourier series and its properties for discrete time periodic signals - Power density spectrum of periodic
signals - Fourier transform and its Properties for discrete time signals 9

TRANSFORMS
Overview of Z Transform and its application - Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and its properties - Fast
Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms - Radix - 2 FFT - DIT & DIF 9

DIGITAL FILTERS DESIGN

Properties and Structures of FIR and IIR filter - Design of FIR filter using rectangular and hamming windows
- Design of IIR filter from analog filters using bilinear and impulse invariance transformation. 9

REALIZATION OF DIGITAL FILTERS

Realization of FIR filters (Direct Form, Cascade Form, Linear Phase FIR structures) and IIR filters(Direct
Form I, Direct Form II, Cascade and Parallel Forms) - Application: Musical sound processing system 9
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Winser Alexander, Cranos M Williams "Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and System
Design" 2nd edition, academic Press, 2017
2. Richard G. Lyons, "Understanding Digital Signal Processing", Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition, 2012
3. Vijay Madisetti "Digital Signal Processing Fundamentals", 2nd edition, CRC press, 2017

65
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. John G. Proakisand Dimitris G. Manolakis, "Digital Signal Processing: Principles Algorithm and
Application", Prentice Hall of India, 4th Edition, 2007
2. P. Ramesh Babu, "Digital Signal Processing", Scitech Publication Pvt. Ltd., 7th Edition, Chennai, 2018
3. Mitra Sanjit K., "Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach", Tata Mc Graw Hill, New
Delhi, 2007
4. B. P. Lathi, Roger A. Green, " Essentials of Digital Signal Processing", 1st edition Cambridge University
Press 2014.
5. Ashok Ambardar, "Analog and Digital Signal Processing", Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd, 2nd Edition, Singapore,
2002

66
 19EEL64 - POWER ELECTRONICS LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Apprehend the static and dynamic characteristics of the power semiconductor devices and their
selection for a given application
CO2 : Realize and develop the pulse width modulation techniques for power converters. Also Design
and test the control and gate driver circuits for level triggered devices
CO3 : Study and analyse the operation of the various types of the power electronic converters and to
understand their performance parameters. Also to understand the usage of true RMS meters
and Power Quality Analyzers for power electronic measurements.
CO4 : Evaluate I - V & P - V characteristics, Estimate energy generation of solar PV modules and their
applications
CO5 : Simulate the power electronic converters using compatible softwares
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Steady State and Dynamic Characteristics of Power Electronic Devices.
2. Design of Universal PWM technique and Generation of different types of PWM signals for Power
Electronic Converters
3. Design of Gate driver and Isolation circuits of MOSFET/IGBT
4. Load Test on Single Phase Half and Fully Controlled Bridge Converters
5. Load Test on Three Phase Half and Fully Controlled Bridge Converters and Power Quality Study
6. Load Test on Buck, Boost and Buck - Boost Converter
7. Study of Single-Ended Primary-Inductor Converter (SEPIC)
8. Load Test on Single Phase and Three Phase PWM Inverter
9. Load Test on Cascaded Multi Level Inverter (MLI).
10. Study of AC Phase Control using SCR and TRIAC
11. Load Test on Single Phase Cyclo-Converters
12. Study of IV characteristics of Solar PV Modules (Series, Parallel and Series - Parallel combinations)
13. Design, estimation and monitoring of Power Electronic Converters using IoT
14. Design of DC-DC converter for EV Battery charging application.
15. Simulation of Power Electronic Converters and development of controller using dspace.

67
 19EEL65 - POWER SYSTEMS LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Design and Select suitable Plug Setting Multiplier and test the over current protective relay using
Electro - mechanical instrument
CO2 : Identify and locate the fault in power system using cable fault locator
CO3 : Analyze the IDMT characteristics of over/under voltage relay
CO4 : Measure experimentally the negative sequence components in unbalanced systems
CO5 : Analyze the harmonics in power system using MATLAB / Simulink & Perform various load flow
techniques
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Break Down Voltage (BDV) of transformer oil.
2. Load sharing of parallel connected alternators
3. Phase Sequence detection using Static Relay.
4. Over Current detection using Static Over Current Relay & Electromechanical relay
5. Over/Under Voltage detection using Static Relay.
6. Over/Under Frequency detection using Static Relay
7. Earth Fault detection using Static relay.
8. Differential Protection of transformer using Static Relay
9. Varley Loop test by using cable fault locator.
10. Power Quality Analysis (Sag and THD) using simulation software
11. Formation of Y-BUS/ Z-BUS & Load Flow Analysis using Gauss Seidal (GS) Method.
12. LG, LL and 3 phase fault analysis of 3 phase Synchronous machine.
13. Analysis of Hybrid solar and Wind power system.
14. Analysis of EMI.

68
 19EEL66 - MINI PROJECT

L T P C
0 0 6 3
ASSESSMENT : VIVA - VOCE
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Analyze the problems in societal and environmental contexts and to provide the technical support
for sustainable development without affecting the nature.
CO2 : Develop practical knowledge within the chosen area of technology for project development.
CO3 : Identify, analyze, formulate and design a real time project with a comprehensive and systematic
approach by using modern tools.
CO4 : Take part in a team and as an individual in the development of technical projects and to improve
their effective team management and financial management skills through project activities.
CO5 : Develop effective communication skills for presentation and to develop plagiarism free technical
report preparation.

69
 19EE71 - SOLID STATE DRIVES AND CONTROL

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Analyze the characteristics of motors, load dynamics and performance parameters of DC drives
and selection of motor power rating under different load conditions.
CO2 : Outline the conventional method of DC drive and solid-state Drives for DC motors.
CO3 : Infer the performance characteristics of three phase Induction motor and the various methods of
speed control based on solid state drives
CO4 : Summarize the concept of suitable power electronic circuitry to drive synchronous motor, brushless
DC motor, special machines and SRM.
CO5 : Formulate suitable drive according to industrial, environmental standards and develop the control
schemes for any electric drive. Describe the concept and application of special machines in
modern electric drives.

CHARACTERISTICS OF ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND LOADS

History and Development of drive Systems - Comparisons - Concept of electric drive - Block diagram
representation - Advantages - Classification - AC and DC drives - Requirements of a good adjustable
speed drive - Principle factors affecting the choice of drive - Speed - Torque characteristics of drive motor
and load - Joint speed - torque characteristics - Selection of motor power rating for drive motor based on
thermal overloading and Load variation factors - Load Equalization 7

DC DRIVES
Introduction - Speed control of DC motors - Ward - Leonard scheme and its draw backs - Solid state
control - Advantages - Performance parameters. Converter fed DC drives - Single phase and Three
phase drives - Performance characteristics - Single, Two and Four quadrant operation - Supply side
harmonics - Power factor and Effect of ripple on motor performance. Chopper fed DC drives - Chopper
fed control of separately excited DC motor, DC Shunt and DC Series motor - Performance characteristics
- Quadrants of Operation. 7

INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES

Three Phase Induction Motor Analysis and Performance-Operation under unbalanced Condition and
non-sinusoidal voltage supply. Methods of speed control of three phase induction motor Stator Side
Control: Stator voltage control - Stator frequency control - V/F control - Solid - state speed control schemes
with AC voltage controllers - DC link inverters (Phase Controlled and PWM rectifier based) - Cyclo converters
- Matrix converter - CSI fed IM variable frequency drives - Introduction to vector control. Rotor Side
control: Rotor resistance control - Static rotor resistance control - Injection of voltage in the rotor circuit -
Slip power recovery schemes: Static Scherbius - Modified Kramer drive. 12

SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR DRIVES

Speed control of three phase synchronous motor - True synchronous and Self - controlled modes -
Inverter fed synchronous motor drives - Cyclo converter control - Brushless DC motor drives - Current
source inverter fed synchronous motor drive - Synchronous reluctance motor drive. 9

70
SPECIAL DRIVES AND APPLICATIONS
DC Servo drives principle of operation - AC Servo drives principle of operation - Principle and control
Stepper motor drives - Comparison between Servo drive and Stepper drive - Introduction to PLC based
drives - Energy Efficient drives - Switched Reluctance motor drives - Solar and Battery powered drives.
Selection of drive and Control schemes for Steel industry - Textile industry - Mining - Paper industry -
Cement mils. 10

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. G.K.Dubey, "Fundamentals of Electrical Drives", 2nd edition, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,
Reprint 2020.
2. Bose B K, "Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives", Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi, 2014
3. G.K. Dubey, "Power Semiconductor Controlled Drives", Prentice Hall, 1989

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Vedam Subramaniam, "Electrical Drives and Applications", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
2. R. Krishnan, "Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor Drives", CRC Press Taylor
& Francis Group, 2010.
3. S.K. Pillai, "A First Course on Electrical Drives", New Age International Publishers, 2nd Edition, 2010.
4. M.S.Berde, "Electric Motor Drives", Khanna publishers, New Delhi 1997.
5. P.C. Sen, "Thyristor DC Drives", John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1981.
6. J.M.D. Murphy, "Thyristor Control of AC Motor", Paragon Press, London, 1978

71
 19EE72 - GENERATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY

L T P C
3 1 0 4
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Classify different types of loads and calculate the load demand - supply curve.
CO2 : Identify the areas of agreement and disagreement in safety aspects and environmental concern
of conventional power generation schemes.
CO3 : Design solar PV based grid tied, off grid and hybrid systems for domestic applications.
CO4 : Examine the possibilities of wind energy systems in the particular locality.
CO5 : Assess the various sources of availability to design a microgrid for a given requirements.

LOAD ANALYSIS
Demand for electric power - Load Curves and Load curve analysis - Reliability Evaluation - Outages,
Causes and Interruptions - Cost versus Reliability - Short and Long range planning - Load demand -
Diversity and Plant factors - Cost and Economic Evaluation 9

CONVENTIONAL GENERATION SCHEMES

Hydroelectric power plants - Pumped storage plants - Thermal power plants: Steam power stations, Gas
turbine stations and Diesel generators - Nuclear power plants - Safety aspects - Environmental concerns
9

SOLAR PV SYSTEMS
Solar radiation and measurement - Influence of insulation and Temperature - Block diagram of solar
photo voltaic system - Solar PV Cell - Characteristics and Types - Arrays and Panels - DC power conditioners
- Maximum power point tracking algorithms - AC power conditioners - Line commutated thyristor inverters
- Synchronized operation with grid supply - Standalone inverters. Energy Storage: Batteries, types and its
parameters.
Solar PV Applications: Water pumping and Street lighting. 9

WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS

Basic principle of wind energy conversion - Nature of wind power in the wind - Site selection considerations
- Components of Wind Energy Conversion System (WECS) - Classification of WECS - Generating Systems
- Schemes of electrical generation. Applications - Water pumping and Village electrification. 9

COGENERATION AND MICROGRID

Distributed generation versus traditional power systems - Concepts of micro grid - Additional sources of
micro grids: Biomass and fuel cells - Structure and Configuration of AC and DC micro grid - Modes of
operation and Control of micro grid: Grid connected and Islanded mode - Active and Reactive power
control and protection issues. 9

TOTAL : 45

72
TEXT BOOKS
1. P Breeze, "Power Generation Technologies", Elsevier, 3rd Edition, 2019
2. Mukund R. Patel, "Wind and Solar Power Systems", 2nd Edition, CRC Press, New York, 2009
3. S. Chowdhury and P. Crossley, "Microgrids and Active Distribution Networks", Institution of Engineering
and Technology (IET Press), 2014.
4. Chetan Singh Solanki, "Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals,Technologies and Applications", 3rd edition,
PHI , Delhi, 2015

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Digambar M. Tagare, "Electricity Power Generation: The Changing Dimensions", John Wiley & Sons,
2011.
2. C.L.Wadhwa, "Electrical Power Systems", New Age International, 2012
3. Joshua Earnest and Tore Wizelius, "Wind Power Plants and Project Development", PHI Learning
Private Limited, 2nd edition, New Delhi, 2017.
4. Adolf Goetzberger and Volker Hoffmann, "Photovoltaic Solar Energy Generation", Springer - Verlag
Berlin Heidelberg, 2005.
5. Roger Messenger and Jerry Venture, "Photovoltaic Systems Engineering", CRC Press, New York,
2007.

73
 19EE73 - SMART GRID

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Explain the basic concepts of smart grid , its components, architecture and distinguish from
traditional grid
CO2 : Identify suitable power electronic converters for WAMPCS and select appropriate compensation
methods for solar PV, micro - hydro, wind and battery storage connected micro - grids
CO3 : Diagnose and control the grid quality using different communication algorithms / systems and
security concerns
CO4 : Summarize various metering services in smart grid & outline the concepts of attacks in metering
CO5 : Decide smart grid pathway through various case studies

INTRODUCTION
Review Basic Elements of Electrical Power Systems - Evolution of Electric Grid - Definitions - Today's
Grid Vs the Smart Grid - Need for Smart Grid - smart grid Roadmap -Transforming to smart grid-
Interoperability Framework of Smart grid - Functions of Smart Grid and its Components - Overview of the
technologies required for the Smart Grid - Concept of Resilient &Self Healing Grid - Present development
& International policies in Smart Grid - Smart Grid Market Drivers - Stakeholders Roles and Function -
Standards for Smart Grid - Opportunities, Challenges and Benefits. 9

SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES

Technology Drivers - Smart Energy Resources - Sustainable Energy Options for the Smart Grid - Variability
Issues Associated with Sustainable Energy Technology - Demand Response Issues - Power Electronics
in the Smart Grid - Smart substations - Power Quality issues in Smart Grid - Power Quality Conditioners
for Smart Grid - Energy Storage Technologies: Batteries - Flow Battery - Fuel Cell and Hydrogen Electrolyze
SMES - Super Capacitors E- mobility. 9

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY

Communication Technology - Two - way Digital Communications - Standards for Information Exchange -
Communication Infrastructure and Protocols for Smart metering - Standards for smart metering - - IEC
61850 - Interoperability - Smart Grid Network Interoperability - Local Area Network (LAN) - MODBUS -
DNP3 - Home Area Networks (HAN) / Home Energy Networks (HEN) - Wide Area Network (WAN) -
Broadband over Power Line (BPL) - IP based Protocols - Basics of Web Service - Cloud Computing.
Cyber Security: Symmetric key encryption - Public key encryption - Authentication - Cyber security concerns
associated with AMI - Cyber Security Challenges in Smart Grid - Load Altering Attacks - False Data
Injection Attacks -Alarming Smart grid threats- Mitigation Approaches - Standards 9

SMART METERS AND ADVANCED METERING INFRASTRUCTURE

Introduction to Smart Meters - Sensor Networks - Wide Area Monitoring Systems (WAMS) - Energy
Management System (EMU)-Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs)-GIS and Google Mapping tools -
Advanced Metering infrastructure (AMI) drivers and benefits - AMI protocols, standards and initiatives -
AMI needs in the smart grid - SCADA - RTU - Distribution System Modeling - Intelligent Electronic
Devices(IED) - Fault Detection, Isolation and Restoration - Self Healing Systems - Monitoring & Protection-
IEC 61968- 9 9

74
SMART GRID PATHWAYS TO DESIGN AND CASE STUDIES
Introduction to Smart Grid Pathway Design - Barriers and Solutions to Smart Grid Development - Automation
at Generation, Transmission, Distribution and End User Level. Demonstration Projects - Advanced Metering
- Case Study for Renewable Energy Resource Integration: Smart city - Description of Smart Grid Activity
- Approach for Smart Grid Application - Benchmarking - Smart grid for world’s largest Power systems-
Development targets interconnection with USA- Case study on south Korean smart grid Test bed on Jeju
Island. 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Bernd M. Buchholz Zbigniew Styczynski, "Smart Grids Fundamentals and Technologies in Electricity
Networks", Springer Berlin Heidelberg, Mar.2020
2. James Momoh, "Smart Grid - Fundamentals of Design and Analysis", IEEE Press, John Wiley &
Sons, INC., New Jersey, 2012.
3. Janaka.E.Kanayake, Nick Jenkins, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu and Akihiko Yokoyama, "Smart
Grid: Technology and Applications", John Wiley & Sons Ltd., West Sussex, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. ErsanKabalci, Yasin Kabalci, "From Smart Grid to Internet of Energy", 1st edition Elsevier Science,2019
2. Stephen F. Bush, "Smart Grid : Communication - Enabled Intelligence for the Electric Power Grid",
Wiley - IEEE Press, 2014
3. Ali Keyhani, "Design of Smart Power Grid Renewable Energy System", IEEE Press, John Wiley &
Sons, INC, New Jersey, 2011
4. Stuart Borlase, "Smart Grids: Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions", Taylor and Francis Group,
CRC Press, 2013
5. K S Manoj,"Smart Grid, Concepts To Design", Notion press India, 2020

75
 19EEL74 - ELECTRICAL DRIVES LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Decide a suitable drive for a particular application based on power rating and characteristics of
the application
CO2 : Determine the braking characteristics of DC shunt motor and Induction motor
CO3 : Assess the converter topologies, inverter topologies control principles and modern tools used in
DC drives,AC drives and special electric drives
CO4 : Demonstrate the speed control of DC motors by using converters and chopper fed drive and
also to demonstrate the speed control of AC motors by using inverter fed AC drive
CO5 : Integrate the drive-based energy saving technique through experimental verification and to perform
the speed control techniques for special electric machines by using drive
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Dynamic Braking Characteristics of DC Shunt Motor
2. Dynamic Braking and Reverse Current Braking Characteristics of Three - Phase Induction Motor.
3. Speed Control of DC Motor using Phase Controlled Converter
4. Speed Control of Induction Motor using Scalar and Vector Controlled Drive
5. DSP Based Speed Control of Three Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motor
6. Load Test on Three Phase Induction Motor with Eddy Current Loading
7. PLC Based Speed Control of Three Phase Induction Motor Drive
8. Load Test on DC Shunt Motor Using Single Phase Dual Converter Drive
9. Performance and Harmonic Measurement of Air Compressor using AC drive
10. Performance analysis of Solar PV based DC and AC Pump
11. Study of BLDC Drives
12. Speed Control of Three Phase Induction Motor using Matrix Converter Drive
13. Speed Control of Switched Reluctance Motor Drive
14. Speed Control of Servo Motor Drive.
15. Load Test on Induction Generator by Feeding Back to Mains

76
 19EEL75 - PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCY

L T P C
0 0 4 2
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Demonstrate knowledge in the program domain.
CO2 : Develop the problem solving skill by analyzing the given criteria
CO3 : Present views cogently and precisely
CO4 : Exhibit professional etiquette suitable for career progression.
CO5 : Prepare the students to face the competitive examinations and interview
TITLES TO BE COVERED
1. Electric circuits
2. Electromagnetic fields
3. Electrical Machines
4. Electrical and Electronic Measurements
5. Analog Electronics
6. Digital Electronics
7. Control Systems
8. Power Electronics
9. Power Systems
10. Signals and Systems

77
 19EE76 - PROJECT WORK PHASE I

L T P C
0 0 6 3
ASSESSMENT : VIVA - VOCE
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Interpret the electrical, electronics and other engineering concepts and principles related to the
project work
CO2 : Demonstrate the technical skills to provide feasible solutions for real - life problems relevant to
the society
CO3 : Enhance the management skills to achieve the project goal by working as a team and also
improve technical writing skills.
CO4 : Apply engineering ethical principles in societal and environmental contexts and to realize the
importance of project management tools, estimation and costing
CO5 : Analyze, estimate and manage a project within a stipulated project time line and communicate
effectively on complex engineering problems

78
 19EE81 - PROJECT WORK PHASE II

L T P C
0 0 10 5
ASSESSMENT : VIVA - VOCE
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Demonstrate the technical skills to provide feasible solutions for real - life problems relevant to
the society
CO2 : Enhance the management skills to achieve the project goal by working as a team and also
improve technical writing skills.
CO3 : Apply engineering ethical principles in societal and environmental contexts and to realize the
importance of project management tools, estimation and costing
CO4 : Analyze, estimate and manage a project within a stipulated project time line and communicate
effectively on complex engineering activities
CO5 : To develop a product as a solution for complex engineering problems and a need for sustainable
development

79
 ELECTIVE COURSES
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
19EEE01 - DESIGN OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES

L T P C
3 0 0 3

ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Classify the materials used for the construction of electrical machines and also to determine the
MMF in magnetic parts of rotating machines.
CO2 : Decide the appropriate parameters and design the major parts of DC machines.
CO3 : Determine and choose appropriate parameters for the design of major parts of synchronous
machines for given specifications.
CO4 : Decide and select appropriate parameters for the design of stator and rotor of threephase induction
machines.
CO5 : Decide the appropriate parameters and design the major parts of single phase induction motor.

INTRODUCTION
Design factors - Limitation in design - Various Conducting materials, Insulating materials and Magnetic
materials. Design of Magnetic Circuits: MMF calculation for Air gap and Teeth - Iron losses and Magnetizing
current calculations. Design of Armature Windings: Types of Winding for AC and DC Machines. Introduction
to machine design software: Speed, JMAG, Maxwell. 9

D.C. MACHINES
Output equation - Choice of Specific loadings - Choice of poles and speed - Main Dimensions - Length of
Air gap - Design of Armature - Design of Field System - Commutator and Brush Design. 9

SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES
Choice of Electric and Magnetic loadings - Main dimensions - Length of Air gap - Short circuit ratio - Stator
core design and Rotor core Design for salient pole and turbo alternators - Design of Pole and Field
winding - Design of damper windings. 9

THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS

Output equation - Choice of Electric and Magnetic loadings - Main dimensions - Stator core design -
Length of Air gap - Rotor core Design - No load current calculation - Stator and Rotor Resistance calculations
- Introduction to Energy Efficient Motors. 9

SINGLE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR

Single phase induction motor: Main dimensions - Design of stator - Rotor design- Introduction to CAD.
9

TOTAL : 45

80
TEXT BOOKS
1 A.K. Sawhney, "A course in Electrical Machine Design", Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Reprint, 2010.
2 K.G.Upadhaya, "Design of Electrical Machines", New Age International, 1st Edition, 2008.
3 K.Sen, "Principles of Electrical Machine Design" - Oxford & IBH pub. Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2001.
4 K.M.V.Murthy,"Computer Aided Design of Electrical Machines",BS Publications,2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 R.K.Agarwal, "Principles of Electrical Machine Design" - S.Kataria & Sons, 5th Edition, New Delhi,
Reprint, 2014.
2 V.N. Mittle, "Design of Electrical Machines", Standard Publishers Distributors, 5th Edition,2014.
3 Juha Pyrhones, Tapans Jokines,"Design of Rotating Electrical Machines", John Wiley and Sons,
2009.
4 M.V. Deshpande, "Design and Testing of Electrical Machines", PHI Learning Private Limited, Delhi,
2013.
5 A.Shanmugasundaram, G.Gangadharan,R.palani, "Electrical machine Design data book, New Age
Pvt. Ltd, Reprint of 1st Edition 2007.

81
 19EEE02 - SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Describe the open loop, closed loop speed control and power controllers for stepper motors.
CO2 : Illustrate the concepts of working and controllers used for Reluctance motors.
CO3 : Describe the electronic commutation and controllers of Permanent magnet brushless DC motors.
CO4 : Describe the self and vector control schemes of Permanent magnet Synchronous motors.
CO5 : Choose appropriate Special machines in computerized machining, Robotics and Aviation.

STEPPER MOTORS
Constructional features - Principle of operation - types - Modes of excitation - Single phase stepping
motors - Torque production in variable Reluctance (VR) stepper motor - Dynamic characteristics - Drive
systems and circuit for open loop control - Closed loop control of stepping motor - Microcontroller based
controller. 9

RELUCTANCE MOTORS
Switched Reluctance Motors: Constructional features - Principle of operation - Torque equation - Power
controllers - Characteristics and control. Microcontroller based controller - Sensor less control - Derivation
of output equation - Synchronous Reluctance Motors: Constructional features - Axial and Radial air gap
Motors. Operating principle - Reluctance torque - Phasor diagram - Motor characteristics. 9

PERMANENT MAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTORS

Commutation in DC motors - Difference between mechanical and electronic commutators - Hall sensors
- Optical sensors - Multiphase Brushless motor - Square wave permanent magnet brushless motor drives
- Torque and EMF equation - Torque - speed characteristics - Microcontroller based controller - Sensor
less control. 9

PERMANENT MAGNET SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS

Principle of operation - EMF - Power input and Torque expressions - Phasor diagram - Power controllers
- Torque speed characteristics - Self control - Vector control - Current control schemes - Sensor less
control - Adaptive fuzzy control 9

LINEAR ELECTRICAL MACHINES

Linear Machines - Basic difference between Linear Electrical Machines(LEMS) and Rotating Machines -
Classification of LEMS - Linear motors and Levitation machines - Linear induction motors - Linear
synchronous motors - DC linear motors - Linear levitation machines - Machines used in CNC, Robotics
and Aviation 9

TOTAL : 45

82
TEXT BOOKS
1 T.J.E. Miller, "Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives", Clarendon Press, Oxford,
1989.
2 T.Kenjo, "Stepping Motor and their Microprocessor Controls", Clarendon Press London, 1995.
3 B K Bose, "Modern Power Electronics & AC drives", Pearson Education Asia, 2002.
4 K.Venkataratnam,"Special Electrical Machines", Universities Press, First Edition 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 R. Krishnan, "Switched Reluctance Motor Drives", CRC Press,2001
2 J.R. Hendershot Jr and TJE Miller," Design of Brushless Permanent - Magnet Motors", Magna physics
publishing and clarendon press, Oxford - 2010
3 Kenjo T, "Power Electronics for the Microprocessor Age", Oxford University Press, 1994.
4 Ali Emadi (Ed), "Handbook of Automotive Power Electronics and Motor Drives", CRC Press, 2005
5 H A Toliyat, S Campbell, "DSP Based Electro Mechanical Motion Control", CRC Press, 2004.

83
 19EEE03 - MODELING AND ANALYSIS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Describe the fundamentals of electromagnetic energy conversion for singly and doubly excited
systems.
CO2 : Analyze standard methods to determine accurate modeling/simulation parameters for DC
machines.
CO3 : Illustrate reference frame theory.
CO4 : Examine the steady state operation and dynamic operation for load variation of induction machines
CO5 : Illustrate the behavior of synchronous machines under transient and steady state conditions.
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC ENERGY CONVERSION
Magnetic circuits - Stored magnetic energy - Co - energy - Force and Torque - Singly and doubly excited
system - MMF pattern for DC and AC machines - Calculation of air gap mmf and per phase machine
inductance using physical machine data. 9
DC MACHINES
Voltage and Torque equations - Dynamic characteristics of permanent magnet and shunt DC motors
state equations - Solution of dynamic characteristics by Laplace transformation. 9
REFERENCE FRAME THEORY
Static and Rotating reference frames - Transformation of variables - Reference frames - Transformation
between reference frames - Transformation of a balanced set - Balanced steady state phasor and voltage
equations - Variables observed from several frames of reference. 9
INDUCTION MACHINES
Voltage and Torque equations in machine variables - Transformation in arbitrary reference frame - Voltage
and Torque equation in reference frame variables - Analysis of steady state operation - Free acceleration
characteristics - Dynamic performance for load variations - Computer simulation. 9
SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES
Voltage and Torque equation in machine variables - Transformation in rotor reference frame (Park's
equation) - Voltage and Torque equation in reference frame variables - Analysis of steady state - Dynamic
performance for load variations - Computer simulation. 9
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1 Paul C.Krause, Oleg Wasyzczuk and Scott D.Sudhoff, "Analysis of Electrical Machinery and Drive
systems", IEEE Press, 2nd Edition, 2005.
2 R.Krishnan, "Electrical Motor Drives, Modelling, Analysis and Control", Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
3 Mrittunjay Bhattacharyya,"Electrical machines: modeling and analysis , PHI learning Pvt. Ltd,2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 A.E.Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley, Jr. and Stephen D.Umans, "Electric Machinery", TataMcGraw Hill,
5th Edition, 1992.
2 Subramanyam V., "Thyristor Control of Electric Drives", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited,
New Delhi 1998.
84
 19EEE04 - DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Design compensators for the given system satisfying the given specifications.
CO2 : Determine the stability of the discrete-time systems and design a stable system using root-locus
and frequency response plots.
CO3 : Device and simulate state feedback controller with full order and reduced order observer.
CO4 : Estimate the states of a system using Kalman filter with the given model of the system.
CO5 : Convert the given continuous-time system to discrete form, design suitable digital controllers
and estimators under deterministic and stochastic conditions.
INTRODUCTION
Basic concepts of digital control systems - block diagram - analog to digital and digital to analog conversion
- sampling and hold devices - multiplexing - sampling and sampling theorems. 9
Z TRANSFORM
Definition and evaluation - basic properties - inverse Z transform - pulse transfer function - starred Laplace
transform - applications. 9
MAPPING BETWEEN Z PLANE AND S PLANE
Representation of poles and zeros in the Z plane - relation between Z plane and S plane - mapping -
correspondence between pole location in the Z plane and system time response - analysis of simple loop
containing a discrete time controller. 9
STABILITY ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Jury's stability test -Schurcohn Stability test - discrete root locus - frequency response methods - bilinear
transformation - LMI techniques - design using root locus and Bode plot- discrete Nyquist stability criterion.
9
DISCRETE STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
Introduction - state space representation of discrete systems - canonical forms - state transition matrix -
solving discrete time state equations. 9
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1 Katsuhiko Ogata, "Discrete-Time Control Systems", II Edition, Pearson Education Asia, Singapore,
2005.
2 Gopal M, "Digital Control and State Variable Methods", III Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Gene F. Franklin J. David Powell and Michael Workman, "Digital Control of Dynamic Systems", 3rd
Edition, Addison Wesley Longman, 2006.
2 Benjamin C. Kuo, "Digital Control Systems", 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2007.
3 R. Isermann, “Digital Control”, Vol 1 Narosa Publications, 1993
85
 19EEE05 - SYSTEMS THEORY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Model the given physical system in state space.
CO2 : Identify the interaction between various elements in a control system and analyze its stability.
CO3 : Determine the controllability and observability of the given system.
CO4 : Design state feedback controllers and observers for the given system.
CO5 : Analyze the behavior of feedback controlled systems.
STATE-SPACE ANALYSIS
Overview of classical control systems - advantages of state model - concepts of state, state variables and
state model - state model for linear time-invariant continuous time systems - transfer function from state
model - state transition matrix - properties - solution of state equations. 9
DESIGN OF CONTROL SYSTEMS IN STATE-SPACE
Linear transformation - invariance of state model - concept of controllability and observability - controllable
and observable canonical forms - Kalman and Gilbert tests - pole-placement by state feedback -
Ackermann's formula - full order and minimum-order state observers. 9
PHASE-PLANE ANALYSIS
Nonlinear systems - common physical nonlinearities - jump resonance - phase plane and phase portraits
- singular points - types - construction of phase trajectories: analytical, isoclines, delta methods - limit
cycle oscillations - stability analysis. 9
DESCRIBING FUNCTION METHOD
Basic concepts - derivation of describing functions for saturation, dead-zone, backlash, ideal relay, relay
with dead-zone, relay with saturation, relay with hysteresis - stability analysis by describing function. 9
LIAPUNOV STABILITY ANALYSIS
Concepts of definiteness of sign - quadratic forms - Liapunov theorems on the stability and instability of
nonlinear systems - asymptotic stability of linear systems by the second method of Liapunov -Krasovskki's
theorem on the global asymptotic stability of nonlinear systems - variable-gradient method for generating
Liapunov functions. 9
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. J. Nagrath and M.Gopal, "Control Systems Engineering", New Age International, New Delhi, 6th
edition 2018.
2. Roy Choudhury D, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Katsuhiko Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
2. John E. Gibson, "Nonlinear Automatic Control", McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc, 1963.
3. Hassan K. Khalil, "Nonlinear Systems", 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.
4. Yasumichi Hasegawa," System Theory of Continuous Time Finite Dimensional Dynamical Systems",
The Memories of Tsuyoshi Matsuo and R. E. Kalman, Springer, Cham, 2020.

86
 19EEE06 - EMBEDDED CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DRIVES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Realize the fundamental concepts of electric drive systems and load dynamics
CO2 : Devise the solid-state speed control methods for DC motors using embedded controller
CO3 : Illustrate underlying Converter and Inverter principles for electric drives
CO4 : Infer the open loop and closed loop operation of synchronous motors using various methods
CO5 : Interpret the basic principle of operation and control of SRM Motor and BLDC Motor.

INTRODUCTION
Electrical Drives - Driving forces and evolving technologies - Advantages and application range of electric
drives - Energy savings through drive system - Elements of drive system - Drive characteristics - Load
dynamics and steady state stability - Multiquadrant operation - Electric motors for drives - Modern trends
in industrial drives and control - Motor Control Sensors: Voltage, Current and Speed sensing - Evaluation
of microcontrollers for motor control - Introduction of digital signal controllers based electric drive system
9

DC MOTOR DRIVES
Introduction to DC motor drives - Speed control of DC motor drive with controlled rectifiers and choppers
- Embedded controller-based implementation of DC drives - Converter structure - Modes of operation -
Control algorithm - Development of speed control algorithm for DC drives using digital signal controllers
9

INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES

Speed Control Methods - PWM inverter fed induction motor drives - Vector control - Open loop and
Closed loop PWM control - Sensor less IM drives: a study - Direct torque and Flux control - Space vector
PWM control - Embedded controller-based speed control implementation for IM drive - Control algorithm
of speed measurement during high speed/low speed regions - Development of closed loop control block
using digital signal controllers. 10

SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR DRIVES

Open loop VSI fed drive and its characteristics - Self-control - Torque control - Torque angle control -
Maximum Torque per Ampere control - Power factor control - Brush less excitation systems - Starting
methods - Field oriented control - Design of closed loop operation of Synchronous motor drive systems.
PM Synchronous Motor Drives: Types and Torque developed in PMSM - Stationary and rotor reference
frame modeling of PMSM - PMSM control system. 10

SPECIAL MACHINES DRIVES

Switched Reluctance Motor drive: Fundamentals and control of SRM drives - Open loop and Closed loop
torque and speed control. Brushless DC Motor Drives: Principle of operation - Torque generation - Open
loop and Closed control of BLDC drive.
Stepper Motor Drives: Types and basic operation - Development of speed control algorithm for stepper
motor drive using digital signal controllers. 8
TOTAL : 45
87
TEXT BOOKS
1 G.K.Dubey, "Fundamentals of Electrical Drives", Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2014.
2 Bose B K, "Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives", Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi, 2014
3 Vedam Subramaniam, "Electrical Drives and Applications", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
4 Werner Leonhard, "Control of Electric Drives", 3rd Edition, Springer, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 G.K. Dubey, "Power Semiconductor Controlled Drives", 2nd edition Prentice Hall, Reprint 2018
2 R. Krishnan, "Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor Drives", CRC Press Taylor
& Francis Group, 2017.
3 Ion Boldea and Nasar S A, "Electric Drives", CRC Press LLC, New York, 3rd edition 2016.
4 S.K. Pillai, "A First Course on Electrical Drives", New Age International Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2012.
5 Richard Valentine, "Motor Control Electronics Handbook", McGraw Hill, New York, 2006.
6 Hamid A. Taliyat, Steven Campbell, "DSP - Based Electromechanical Motion Control", SRS Press,
2004.
7 Ertan, H.B., Üçtug, M.Y., Colyer, R., Consoli, A. (Eds.), "Modern Electrical Drives", Nato science
series E, 2000
8 M.S.Berde, "Electric Motor Drives", Khanna publishers, New Delhi 1997.
9 P.C. Sen, "Thyristor DC Drives", John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1981.
10 J.M.D. Murphy, "Thyristor Control of AC Motor", Paragon Press, London, 1978
11 Data Manual of "TMS320 F 28335 Digital Signal Controllers", Texas Instruments, 2012. Available in
http:www/ti.com/DSC.
12 Qian Cheng and Lei Yuan, "Vector Control of an Induction Motor based on a DSP", Master of Science
Thesis, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden, 2011.
13 Bob King and Edgar Saenz, "Stepper Motor Control with an MC68 HC 11E9 Microcontroller", Released
by Free Scale Semiconductor document (AN 1285/D) available in http:www/freescale/AN1245/D.
14 M.N.Cirstea,et.al, "Neural and Fuzzy Logic Control of Drives and Power Systems" Newnes - An
imprint of Elsevier Science, Oxford, 2012

88
 19EEE07 - ROBUST CONTROL

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Design a robust control using classical and state space approach.
CO2 : Design a roust control using linear quadratic approach
CO3 : Design a robust control using H-infinity methods
CO4 : Synthesize controllers by solving LMI problems for the given design specifications..
CO5 : Design a robust control for uncertain systems

OVERVIEW AND PRELIMINARIES

Overview on Robust control, Basics from Matrix Algebra, Norms of signals and systems. Classical Control,
Root locus, Nyquist plots, Robustness and Disturbance rejection in SISO systems. Multivariable Linear
Systems: Continuous time State space models, Discrete time state models. Transfer-functions, Frequency
response, Poles, Zeros and Modes. Stability, Change of Basis, Controlloability Observability and Observer
Feedback. Performance 12

LINEAR QUADRATIC CONTROL

The Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR) problem: LQR solution using the minimum principle, Generalization
of LQR; LQR properties with classical interpretations; Optimal observer design- Kalman-Bucy filter. The
Linear Quadratic Gaussian (LQG) problem: Introduction, LQG problem formulation and solution,
Performance and Robustness of optimal state feedback, Loop Transfer Recovery (LTR) 9

MODERN H2 AND H OPTIMAL CONTROL

Modern H2 and H optimal controller design and to LMI-based synthesis techniques for such controllers
and for multi-objective design. Optimal regulator problem with finite time horizon, Riccati differential
equation. Singular value plots, input and output directions; Mixed sensitivity design, H loop shaping,
choice of weighting filters 12

LINEAR MATRIX INEQUALITIES

Design specifications as LMI constraints (H2, H and pole region); Controller synthesis by solving LMI
problems, multi-objective design. 6

ROBUST CONTROL OF UNCERTAIN SYSTEMS

Small gain theorem, representation of parameter uncertainty; Balanced realization and model order
reduction. 6

TOTAL : 45

89
TEXT BOOKS
1 K. Zhou, J. Doyle, and K. Glover, “Robust and Optimal Control”, Prentice-Hall, 2006.
2 G. E. Dullerud and F. Paganini, “A Course in Robust Control Theory: a convex approach”, Vol. 36,
Springer Science & Business Media, 2013.
3 Gene F. Franklin, J. David Powell, Abbas Emami-Naeini, "Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems",
Pearson, 8th Edition, 2018.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 J. Ackermann, "Robust Control - Systems with Uncertain Physical Parameters", Springer-Verlag,
1993
2 S. P. Bhattacharya, H. Chapellat and L. H. Keel, "Robust Control: The Parametric Approach", Prentice-
Hall, PTR, NJ07458, 1995.
3 Andrzej Bartoszewicz, “Robust Control: Theory and Applications”, InTech, 2011.
4 Basil Kouvaritakis, Mark Cannon, "Model Predictive Control - Classical, Robust and Stochastic",
Springer, 2015.
5 Katsuhiko Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall, 5th Edition, 2010

90
 19EEE08 - POWER QUALITY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Realize the basic concepts of utility distribution and industrial power quality phenomena
CO2 : Classify the transients and elucidate the concepts and mitigation techniques
CO3 : Interpret the causes and consequences of short and long interruptions and able to choose suitable
the mitigation techniques
CO4 : Identify the source, effects and mitigation techniques and explicate the earthing and bonding
system
CO5 : Comprehend the need for monitoring the power quality and assess the power quality measurement
data for any industrial plant
INTRODUCTION TO POWER QUALITY
Power Quality definition - Need for power quality - sensitive loads - Nonlinear loads - inter connected
power systems - Deregulation - Power quality characteristics - types of power quality problems - Transients:
Impulsive, Oscillatory - Voltage Variations-Short, Long Duration- Voltage Imbalance-Waveform Distortions:-
DC Offset, Harmonics, Notching, Noise - Power Frequency Variations. Sources of power quality problems-
Effects of power quality problems - Responsibilities of the suppliers and user of electrical power - power
quality standards- Computer Business Equipment Manufacturers Associations (CBEMA) and ITIC curves-
Cost of Poor Power Quality. 8
TRANSIENTS
Definition - Power system transient model - Parameters-types - Causes of transients -Sources- Internal
Capacitor switching transients- Transients from load switching- External - Lightning transients - Effects of
transients- Mitigation- Principles of Protection -Insulation Coordination - Devices for over voltage protection-
Standards. 9
SHORT AND LONG DURATION INTERRUPTIONS
Short duration interruptions - Definition - Magnitude, Duration - Causes of voltage sag, swell and interruption-
Sources of voltage sag and short interruptions - Voltage during fault and post fault period, Current during
fault period - Effects of voltage sag and short interruptions- Overview of mitigation methods(Qualitative
treatment only)-Standards and voltage sag indices. Long duration interruptions-Definition - Failure, Outage,
Interruption - Origin of interruptions - Causes of long interruptions - Principles of regulating the voltage -
Voltage regulating devices, Applications : Utility side, End-User side -Reliability evaluation - Cost of
interruptions. 11
HARMONICS AND GROUNDING
Harmonics-Description of the Phenomena -Parameters- Voltage Distortion - Current Distortion - Definitions
and terms -Sources of Current and Voltage - Harmonics Sources - Effects of Harmonics- - Guidelines for
harmonics voltage and current limitation- standards and measures IEEE and IEC standards.
Harmonic filters: Harmonic Distortion Evaluations-Devices for Controlling Harmonic Distortion- Passive,
Active and hybrid filters (Qualitative treatment only)-Case Studies.
Grounding-Definitions and terms -Typical Earthing System- Reasons for grounding - National Electrical
Code (NEC) grounding requirements - Utility Power system grounding - End-User power system grounding-
Typical Wiring and Grounding Problems-Solutions to Wiring and Grounding Problems. 12
.
91
POWER QUALITY MONITORING AND SURVEY
Introduction - Power quality monitoring- Monitoring Considerations - Evolution of power quality monitoring-
Brief introduction to power quality measurement equipments - Planning, Conducting and Analyzing power
quality survey - Assessment of Power Quality Measurement
Data - Utility-Customer interface-Introduction to thermo graphy in power quality assessment- Industrial
Case Studies-Power Quality Monitoring Standards. 5
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Roger.C. Dugan, Mark.F. McGranagham, Surya Santoso, H. Wayne Beaty, "Electrical Power Systems
Quality", McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2017.
2. C.Sankaran, "Power Quality" CRC Press, 2011, New York

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Angelo Baggini, "Handbook of Power Quality" John Wiley & Sons, New York 2011.
2. Bhim Singh, Ambrish Chandra, Kamal Al-Haddad, "Power Quality: Problems and Mitigation
Techniques" Wiley & Sons, United Kingdom, 2015.
3. Barry W. Kennedy, "Power Quality Primer" MC Graw Hill Publications, New York.2006
4. M.H.J.Bollen,"Understanding Power Quality Problems: Voltage Sags and Interruptions", Wiley,2011.
5. J.Arrillage, N.R.Watson And S.Chen, "Power System Quality Assessment", John Wiley&Sons,New
York,2000.
6. Derek.A.Paice, "Power Electronic Converter Harmonics", IEEE Industrial Application Society, IEEE
Press, New York 1996.
7. Short.T.A., "Distribution Reliability and Power Quality", CRC Press Taylor and Francis Group, 2006.
8. Fuch, Ewald, etal, “Power Quality in Power Systems and Electrical Machines” Academic Press /
Elsevier, 2nd Edition, 2015.

92
 19EEE09 - ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONICS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Describe different power semiconductor devices.
CO2 : Analyse resonant converters.
CO3 : Select appropriate phase shifting converter for a multi-pulse converter.
CO4 : Evaluate various multi-level inverter configurations.
CO5 : Comprehend various power electronic converters used for hybrid system. Compare various FACTS
devices for VAR compensation.

EMERGING POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES

Power MOSFETs - IGBT - IGCT - IGET - ETO - MOS Controlled thyristor and their driver circuits -
Intelligent power modules -Thermal design - protection - gating circuits - digital signal processors used in
gate control -SiC and GaN power semiconductor devices. 6

ADVANCED DC - DC AND RESONANT CONVERTERS

Non - isolated dc - dc converters: SEPIC, Zeta in DCM and CCM. Isolated dc - dc converters - SEPIC,
Zeta, half bridge, push -pull and bridge in DCM and CCM-applications, merits and demerits. Zero voltage
and Zero current switching - Classification of resonant converters - Basic resonant circuit concepts - Load
resonant converters - Resonant switch converters - Zero voltage switching, Clamped voltage topologies
- Resonant DC link inverters and Zero voltage switching - High frequency link integral half cycle converters
- Applications in SMPS and lighting. 12

POWER CONDITIONERS AND IMPROVED UTILITY INTERFACE

Single - phase, single - stage converters, Power factor correction at AC mains - Power line disturbances
- Noise and Surge reduction - Power conditioners - Static Servo Stabilizer - Uninterruptable power supply
(UPS) - Types - Design of UPS - Filter design. Generation of current harmonics - Current harmonics and
power factor -Harmonic standards and Recommended practices -Need for improved utility interface -
Improved single phase utility interface - Improved three phase utility interface - EMI and RFI. 9

MULTI-LEVEL CONVERTERS AND MULTIPULSE CONVERTERS

Need for multi-level inverters, Concept of multi-level, Topologies for multi-level: Diode Clamped, Flying
capacitor and Cascaded H-bridge multilevel Converters configurations; Features and relative comparison
of these configurations applications, Introduction to carrier based PWM technique for multi-level converters.
Concept of multi-pulse, Configurations for m- pulse (m=12,18,24 ….) converters, Different phase shifting
transformer (Y - 1, Y - 2, Y-Z1 and Y-Z2) configurations for multi-pulse converters, Applications 9

FACTS DEVICES
Introduction - Principles of reactive power control in load and transmission line compensation - Series
and Shunt reactive power compensation - Concepts of Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) -
Thyristor Controlled Reactor (TCR) - Thyristor Switched Capacitors (TSC) - Static VAR Compensators
(SVC) - Static Synchronous Compensator(STATCOM) - Static Series Synchronous Compensator(SSSC)
- Unified Power Flow Controller(UPFC) - Interline Power Flow Controller(IPFC). 9

TOTAL : 45

93
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland and William P. Robbins, "Power Electronics Converters, Applications
and Design", Wiley, India, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Euzeli dos Santos, Edison R. da Silva, "Advanced Power Electronics Converters: PWM Converters
Processing AC Voltages "Wiley - IEEE Press, Newyork,2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Timothy. J.E. Miller, "Reactive Power Control in Electric Systems",BSP Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2010.
2. Derek A. Paice, "Power Electronic Converter Harmonics - Multipulse Methods for Clean Power",
IEEE Press, 1999.
3. James W. Clark, "AC Power Conditioners - Design and Applications", Academic Press Inc,
California,1990
4. M. H. Rashid, "Power Electronics, circuits, Devices and Applications", Pearson India, New Delhi, 4th
Edition,2014.
5. P.C. Sen, "Modern Power Electronics", S.Chand Publishers, 5th Edition, New Delhi, 2000.
6. N. G. Hingorani and L. Gyugyi, "Understanding FACTS",IEEE Press, Delhi,5th edition,2001.
7. A. I. Pressman, "Switch Mode Power Supply Design",McGraw - Hill, New York, 8th edition,2015.
8. J. Arrillaga, Y. H. Liu and N. R. Waston, "Flexible Power Transmission - The HVDC Options", John
Wiley & Sons Ltd,Chichester, UK, 2007.
9. Vijay K. Sood, "HVDC and FACTS Controllers - Applications of Static Converters in Power Systems",
Kluwer Academic Publishers, Massachusetts, 2004.

94
 19EEE10 - POWER AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Identify the demand supply gap of energy in current scenario.
CO2 : Carry out Auditing of energy equipment and to prepare energy flow diagrams and energy audit
reportCO4CO3
CO3 : Analyse the energy economic analysis methods and tools used.
CO4 : Evaluate the techno economic feasibility of the energy conservation technique adopted.
CO5 : Identify and evaluate the common energy conservation opportunities in different energy intensive
industrial equipments

INTRODUCTION
Global energy scenario - Role of energy managers in industries - Energy forecasting - Limitations of
energy resources - Renewable energy resources - Load management - Demand Side Management
(DSM) - Energy conservation in realistic distribution system Energy monitoring - Auditing - Targeting -
Energy pricing - Energy security. 9

ENERGY AUDIT
Energy auditing - Data to be collected in auditing - Needs, methodology and types of audit - Waste heat
recovery - Sources of waste heat - High temperature heat recovery - Medium temperature heat recovery
- Waste heat recovery applications. 9

ENERGY ANALYSIS
Real Factory Systems: Process system optimization - Electrical system optimization - Cogeneration -
Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems. Real Transportation Systems: Energy conservation in
transportation - New technologies - Progress in clean diesel technology. Real buildings systems:
Consumption - Cost vs lifecycle cost - Building design - HVAC systems - Water supply systems - Lighting
systems. 9

PLANNING AND MONITORING

Energy Action Planning: Energy management system - Management commitment and Energy conservation
policy - Energy performance assessment - Data collection and management - Analysis of data, baseline
and benchmarking - Estimation of energy savings potential - Action planning and Training planning.
Monitoring and Targeting - Elements - Data and information, various techniques - Energy consumption,
Production and Cumulative sum of differences (CUSUM). 9

OPPORTUNITIES
Supply Side: Methods to minimize supply - Demand gap, Renovation and Modernization of power plants
- Reactive power management - Energy conservation in boilers, compressors, water heaters and coolers,
HVAC and FACTS. Demand side: Energy conservation in Lighting, Motors, Pumps and Fan systems -
Energy efficient motors. 9

TOTAL : 45

95
TEXT BOOKS
1. Amlan Chakrabarti, "Energy Engineering and Management", PHI Learning, New Delhi 2018.
2. "General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit", BEE Guide book, 2015.
3. Frank Krieth and D Yogi Goswami, "Energy Management and Conservation Handbook", CRC Press,
2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Y P Abbi and Shashank Jain, "Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management", TERI,
2006.
2. Craig B. Smith, Kelly E. Parmenter ,"Energy Management Principles: Applications, Benefits, Savings",
Pergamon Press, New York, 2015.
3. D. P. Sen Gupta, K. R. Padiyar, Indranil Sen, M.A, "Recent Advances in Control and Management of
Energy Systems", Interline Publishers, Bangalore, 1993.
4. Albert Thumman, "Fundamentals of Energy Engineering", Prentice Hall, May 1984.
5. Hamies, "Energy Auditing and Conservation: Methods, Measurements, Management & Case study",
Hemisphere, Washington, 1980.
6. Larry C Whit et.al, "Industrial Energy Management & Utilization", 1st Edition, Springer, 1988.
7. Diamant R.M, "Total Energy", Pergamon Press, Oxford Press, 1970.

96
 19EEE11 - ENERGY STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Infer the need Energy storage and compare various energy storage methods
CO2 : Categorize the types of batteries and relate their usage for different applications by a proper
mode
CO3 : Analyze different electric , magnetic & thermal energy storage systems and relate those in various
applications..
CO4 : Select a suitable PCM for Energy storage and conservation
CO5 : Explain the working of fuel cells, flywheel and evaluate the energy storage technologies for
power plant and heating applications.

ENERGY STORAGE: GLOBAL SCENARIO, NEED & INTRODUCTION

Energy production and consumption in various sectors, Projected energy consumption for the next century
- Environmental issues: Ozone layer depletion and Global warming. Need for energy storage - Types of
energy storage (Physical & Electrical systems) - Comparison of different energy storage technology-
Energy and power balance in a storage unit - Mathematical model of storage - Econometric model of
storage 8

ELECTROCHEMICAL ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS

Batteries: Basic concepts - Battery performance - Safety issues. Types of Batteries: Principle of operation-
Primary, Secondary Batteries, Lithium, Solid - state and Molten solvent batteries; Lead acid batteries -
Nickel Cadmium Batteries - Sodium ion batteries - Modern Batteries - Battery management system -
generic model of a battery. 10

MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS

Superconducting Magnet Energy Storage (SMES) systems - Capacitor and Batteries: comparison and
application. Super Capacitor: Electrochemical Double Layer Capacitor
(EDLC) - Principle of working, Structure, Performance, Application and Supercapacitor Stacking - Energy
and Power Densities of Electrochemical Supercapacitors- Role of activated carbon and Carbon nano -
tubes. 9

THERMAL ENERGY STORAGE

Fundamental concepts - Types - Phase Change Materials (PCMs) and its properties- - Selection criteria
of PCMs. Solar Thermal Latent Heat TES systems - Energy conservation through LHTES systems -
LHTES systems in refrigeration and air - conditioning systems. - compressed air energy storage systems
(CAES) 9

OTHER ENERGY STORAGE TECHNOLOGIES AND APPLICATIONS

Fuel cells: Principle - Difference between batteries and fuel cells - Types of Fuel cells. Flywheel energy
storage -hydrogen storage- conversion from hydrogen into electricity- Pumped storage system -
Applications: Power plant applications, Green house heating, Heating applications in Industry, Food
Preservation, Energy storage plug in hybrid Electric vehicles 9

TOTAL : 45

97
TEXT BOOKS
1. Alfred Rufer, "Energy Storage Systems and Components" CRC Press, 2018
2. Glaize, C, "Lithium Batteries and other Electrochemical Storage Systems", Wiley Publications, 2013.
3. Ru - shiliu, Leizhang and Xueliang sun, "Electrochemical Technologies for Energy Storage and
Conversion", Wiley publications, 2012
4. Ibrahim Dincer and Mark A. Rosen, "Thermal Energy Storage Systems and Applications", John
Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition, 2010.
5. Robert A. Huggins "Energy storage",Springer US, 1st Edition,2010

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Yasar Demirel, "Energy Production, Conversion,Storage, Conservation, and Coupling", Edition,
Springer,1st edition, 2012
2. Aiping Yu, Victor Chabot, and Jiujun Zhang," Electrochemical Supercapacitors for Energy Storage
and Delivery", CRC Press,2013
3. Kordesch K and Simader G, "Fuel Cell and Their Applications", Wiley - Verlag publisher, Germany
1996
4. James Larminie and Andrew Dicks,"Fuel Cell Systems Explained", Wiley Publications, 2003.
5. A.G. Ter-Gazarian," Energy Storage for Power Systems" 2nd Edition, The Institution of Engineering
and Technology,2011

98
 19EEE12 - UTILIZATION AND CONSERVATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Illustrate the suitable lighting schemes and interpret the energy conservation measures.
CO2 : Analyze the electric motors’ characteristics for traction system and explain the concepts of train
movement and braking system.
CO3 : Classify the methods of heating and infer the applications of electrolysis
CO4 : Illustrate the energy audit procedure and describe the protocols of environment and climate
change.
CO5 : Identify and analyze the energy conservation measures of various electrical systems.

ILLUMINATION
Terms and Definitions - Laws of illumination - Calculation of illumination - Choice of Lighting - Different
types of lighting sources and Energy efficiency - Light control - Lighting Schemes - Street lighting and
Flood lighting - Lighting standards for industries and commercial buildings - Energy conservation measures
for lighting. 9

ELECTRIC TRACTION
Choice of an Electric Motor - Traction Motors - Characteristics - Systems of railway electrification - Train
movement and energy consumption: Speed time curves , Power and energy output from driving axles,
Specific energy output and consumption - Electric braking - Aircraft electrical system 9

HEATING AND ELECTROLYSIS

Methods of electric heating - Resistance heating - Arc furnaces - Induction heating - Dielectric heating.
Faraday's laws of electrolysis - Applications of electrolytic Process: Electroplating, Production of metals,
Electro forming, Anodizing- Current and Energy Efficiency - Power Supplies - Types of rectifiers. 9

ELECTRICAL ENERGY AUDIT

Electricity billing, Electrical load management and Maximum demand control, Energy efficiency in electrical
system and energy audit - Energy Conservation Act 2001 and its features - Energy and demand charges
- Transmission and Distribution losses - Reactive power management for power factor correction -
Environment and climate change - Kyoto Protocol, Conference of Parties (COP), Clean Development
Mechanism (CDM), CDM Procedures - Prototype Carbon Fund (PCF). Government Schemes: Bachat
Lamp Yojna - UJALA. 9

ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSERVATION

Energy Conservation potential in motors, Pumps, Fans and Compressors - Refrigeration and HVAC
system - operation and maintenance practices for electrical energy conservation - Case studies. 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. J.B.Gupta, "Utilisation of Electric power and Electric Traction", S.K.Kataria and Sons, 2015
2. R.K.Rajput, "Utilisation of Electrical Power", Laxmi publications (P). Ltd., 2018

99
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 A guide book on " Energy efficiency in electrical utilities" by Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) , 2015
2. A guide book on "General aspects of energy management and energy audit" by Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (BEE), 2015
3. C.L.Wadhwa, "Generation, Distribution and Utilisation of Electrical Energy", New Age International
Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
4. Dr.N.V.Suryanarayana, "Utilisation of Electric power", Wiley Eastern Limited, New Age International
Limited, 2018.
5. H.Partab, "Art and Science of Utilisation of Electrical Energy", Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi,
2016

100
 19EEE13 - ELECTRICAL SAFETY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Identify and analyze the precautions and protection of electrical hazards
CO2 : Select and use the suitable personal protective equipment according to the working environment
CO3 : Interpret the safety procedures for the specific work place
CO4 : Analyze and apply the various grounding techniques
CO5 : Infer the electrical safety against low voltage and high voltage and to manage the medical
equipments

INTRODUCTION AND HAZARDS OF ELECTRICITY

Electrical Safety introduction : Hazard Analysis: Primary and secondary hazards - Arc, blast, shocks -
Causes and effects - Summary of causes- Protection and precaution - Injury and death protective strategies
- IE Rules 1956 - Basic rules for new installations: power system, Domestic and Industry (Qualitative
treatment only) 9

ELECTRICAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT

General inspection and testing procedure for electrical safety equipment - Electrical safety equipment for
external protection: Flash and thermal protection - Head and eye protection - Insulation protection. Electrical
safety equipment for internal protection: Over voltage, Short circuit, Earth Fault, Leakage current, High/
Low frequency - Single Line diagram of industrial power system with safety control - Electrician's Safety
kit and materials. 9

SAFETY PROCEDURES
Introduction - Six step safety method - Job briefings - Energized or De - energized - Safe switching of
power systems - General energy control programs - Lockout - Tagout - Voltage measurement techniques
- Placement of safety grounds - Flash hazard calculations and approach distances - Calculating the
required level of arc protection (flash hazard calculations) - Barriers and warning signs - Tools and test
equipment - Field marking of potential hazards - Shock avoidance techniques - One minute safety audit.
9

GROUNDING AND ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE

Need for electrical equipment grounding - System grounding - Equipment grounding - Types of Earthing
- Earth testing for electrical equipment in Power house and Industry - Eight step maintenance program -
Maintenance requirements for specific equipment and location - IEC and UL standard. 9

VOLTAGE SAFETY SYNOPSIS AND MEDICAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT

Safety equipment and safety procedures for low voltage and high voltage system - Electrical safety
around electronic circuits- Electrical safety for medical equipment like over current safety, Isolation, EMI
and harmonics - Battery maintenance procedure-Stationary battery safety - Accident prevention - Accident
investigation - First aid - Rescue techniques - Electrical safety program structure and development -
Safety meetings - Safety audits. 9
TOTAL : 45
101
TEXT BOOK
1. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel and Al Winfield, " Electrical Safety Handbook",
4th edition, Mc Grew Hill, 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Mohamed A El - Sharkawi, "Electric safety: Practice and Standards", CRC press, New York, 2013
2. Martha J. Boss and Gayle Nicoll, "Electrical Safety: systems, sustainability and stewardship", CRC
press, New York, 2014
3. Ray A. Jones and Jane g. Jones, "The Electrical Safety Program Guide", National fire protection
association, Quincy, 2011
4. Electrical Safety booklets issued by Government bodies

102
 19EEE14 - ENERGY EFFICIENT LIGHTING SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Understand the properties of light, importance of lighting in various fields, types of light sources
and methods of lighting.
CO2 : Perform the calculation of luminance parameters in various applications.
CO3 : Identify the criteria for selection of lighting equipment's and control systems in various applications.
CO4 : Impart design and technology for Interior lighting and Exterior lighting applications
CO5 : Review the various technologies used in Smart lighting systems.

INTRODUCTION: BASICS OF LIGHTING

Lighting Physics - Optical Radiation - Concept of Color - Biological Factors : Human eye and brain
response - Different entities of illuminating systems. Properties of Lighting - Natural and Artificial lighting
- Good and Bad Lighting - Challenges in Lighting - Good Practices in Lighting - Types of Lighting. 7

LIGHTING CALCULATIONS AND LIGHT SOURCES

Basic Terms in Lighting System - Luminance measurement - Laws of Illumination - Polar Curves -
Rousseau's construction - Concept of Photometry - Introduction of lighting software.
Lamps: Incandescent Lamps: Halogen lamps - Discharge Lamps: MV and SV Lamps, Fluorescent Lamps:
FTL, CFL - Arc lamps - Special Lamps: LED: Surface Mounted Devices (SMD-LEDs), Chip on Board
(COB-LEDs) - Neon lamps - Lasers - Comparison of Lamps - Life Cycle Cost (LCC) Analysis - Efficacy.
12

LIGHTING EQUIPMENTS AND STANDARDS

Luminaries, Wiring, Control gears, Switching boards, Reflectors and Control circuits - Heating, Harmonics
and EMI Suppression techniques from lighting equipment - Switching and Dimming control algorithm -
Recommendation of Illumination Levels for Various Tasks / Activities / Locations - Role of 3D printing
technology for designing luminaries - International Standards and codes of lighting system. 9

LIGHTING APPLICATIONS
Interior lighting: Industrial, Residential, Indoor stadium and Hospitals. Exterior lighting: Flood, Street,
Aviation and Transport lighting - Sign and display Board Lighting - Lighting in Agriculture - Lighting in
Automobiles. 8

SMART LIGHTING SYSTEMS

Intelligent lighting system - Smart LED lighting systems - LED Smart Projector system - Solar Street
Lighting Systems - Role of IoT in lighting system - Concept of Light Fidelity (Li-Fi) - Significance of UV-C
lighting in medical - Concept of Artificial Moon for street lighting. 9

TOTAL : 45
103
TEXT BOOKS
1. Joseph B. Murdoch, "Illumination Engineering from Edison's Lamp to the Laser", Visions
Communications, Washington DC, USA, 2nd Edition, 1994.
2. Jack L. Lindsey, "Applied Illumination Engineering", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 3rd Edition,
2008
3. Leon Gaster, John Stewart Dow, "Modern Illuminants and Illuminating Engineering", Nabu Press,
Washington DC, 1st Edition, 2010.
4. Philip Gordon., "Principles and Practices of Lighting Design: The Art of Lighting Composition", Blue
Matrix Productions, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Lighting Engineering: Practical Hand Book, INDALUX 2002
2. IES Lighting Handbook, 10th Edition, 2011.
3. NPTEL Course: Illumination Engineering
4. Lighting - Research paper reference from Philips - Lighting Academy and Signify Lighting University.

104
 19EEE15 - POWER SYSTEM DESIGN

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After learning the course the students would be able to:
CO1 : Predicting the sizes and location of generating stations, substations.
CO2 : Illustrating of power system earthing and measurement of earthing resistance.
CO3 : Analyzing of insulation co-ordination.
CO4 : Interpretation of generation planning, transmission planning and distribution planning.
CO5 : Modeling of primary and secondary distribution network.
DESIGN OF POWER SYSTEM
Introduction-selection of sizes and location of generating stations-selection and specifications of
transmission lines -sizes and location of substations, interconnection. 9
POWER SYSTEM EARTHING
Objectives-definition- tolerable limits of body currents, soil resistivity, earth resistance, tolerable step,
actual step and touch voltage-design of earthing grid-concrete encased electrode- tower footing resistance-
measurement of earth resistance (R)-measurement of soil resistivity-impulse behaviour of earthing system.
9
INSULATION CO-ORDINATION
Introduction, definitions- determination of line insulation-B.I.L and insulation levels of sub-station equipment-
lightning arrester selection-power system overvoltage- tentative selection of arrestor voltage ratings-
selection of arrestor discharge currents-arrestor discharge voltage-establishment of impulse voltage level
of equipment-protective margin-establishment of separation limits-location of lightning arrestor. 9
POWER SYSTEM PLANNING AND IMPROVEMENT
Introduction, methods of power system planning and improvement-power system improvement scheme,
determination of the voltage regulation and losses in a power system-shifting of distribution transformer
centre- financial aspects of the power system improvement scheme-Forecasting load and energy
requirements-generation planning-transmission system planning-distribution system planning-reliability
of electrical power systems-methods of measuring power system reliability 9
DESIGN OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
Development of a distribution plan- transmission and distribution systems- types of distribution systems
arrangements- primary distribution design- secondary distribution design- distribution substations-
calculation of distributor sizes: voltage drops, voltage regulation, Lamp flicker 9

TEXT BOOKS
1. Electrical Power System Design - M. V. Deshpande, TMH publication, 2001.
2. Substation Design and equipment - P. S. Satnam & P. V. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai and Co. 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Electrical Power System Analysis and Design - B. R. Gupta, S. CHAND Publications,6th Ed.2011.
2. M.L. Sony, P.V.Gupta, V.S Bhatnagar and A.Chakraborti, "A Text Book on Power Systems Engineering",
Dhanpat Rai and Co., Delhi, 1997 - 98.
3. Electrical Power System Planning - A. S. Pabla, TMHpublication 1998.
105
 19EEE16 - HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Distinguish the layout of HVAC/HVDC systems and analyze the choice of EHV AC/HVDC
transmission systems in practice.
CO2 : Interpret an analysis on corona effects, construe the losses associated with transmission lines
and suggest the appropriate conductors to meet the losses.
CO3 : Demonstrate the power circle diagram and implement the circuitry for various controllers used in
EHVAC transmission systems.
CO4 : Plan an appropriate electric power transmission system between two destinations tosatisfy the
pre-defined load requirement without compromising the technical performance.
CO5 : Comment over the causes of overvoltage,suggest the methods of protection and illustrate EHV
cable transmission system.

EHVAC AND HVDC TRANSMISSION - INTRODUCTION

Introduction to EHVAC and HVDC transmission - Comparison between HVAC and HVDC overhead and
underground transmission scheme - Standard transmission voltages - Factors concerning choice of HVAC
- Block diagram of HVAC and HVDC transmissions schemes 6

EHV LINE CONDUCTORS

Properties of bundled conductors - Inductance and Capacitance of EHV lines - Surface voltage gradient
on single, double and more than three conductor bundles - Corona effects - Power loss - Increase in
radius of conductor - Charge voltage diagram - Qualitative study of corona pulses, their generation and
properties 8

EHVAC SYSTEMS
Properties of EHVAC transmission at power frequency - Generalized constants - Power circle diagram
and its use - Voltage control using compensators - High phase order transmission. 8

HVDC SYSTEMS
Review of rectification and inversion process - Constant Current and Constant Excitation angle Modes of
operations - Analysis of DC transmission systems - Harmonics on AC and DC
sides and Filters for their suppression - Multiterminal DC transmission systems - Parallel operation of AC
and DC transmission systems - Modern developments in HVDC transmission. 11

OVER VOLTAGES & EHV CABLES

Overvoltage in EHV systems, origin and types - Ferro resonance overvoltage - Switching surges - Reduction
of switching surges on EHV systems - Introduction to EHV cable transmission - Electrical characteristics
of EHV cables - Properties of cable insulation materials - EHV insulators - Characteristics and pollution
performance - Protection of HVAC and HVDC systems 12

TOTAL : 45
106
TEXT BOOKS
1. Begamudre, Rakosh Das, "Extra high voltage AC transmission engineering", 4th Edition, new academic
science, 2013
2. S.Rao, "EHVAC and HVDC Transmission and Distribution Engineering (Theory, Practice and Solved
Problems)", Khanna Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2004
3. Hao Zhou et al.,"Ultra-high Voltage AC/DC Power Transmission" Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg,1st
edition, 2018

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Jos Arrillaga , "High Voltage Direct Current Transmission", 2nd Edition, Institution of Engineering and
Technology, 2008
2. T.J.E.Miller, "Reactive Power Control in Electric Systems", John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2010
3. G.K.Dubey, S.R.Doraida, A.Joshi and R.H.K.Sinha, "Thyristorised Power Controllers", New Age
International Publishers, 2012
4. K.R. Padiyar, "HVDC Power Transmission Systems", New Age International Publications, 3rd Edition,
2017.

107
 19EEE17 - DEREGULATED POWER SYSTEM

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Describe the role and essential of restructuring the power system.
CO2 : Identify the roles and responsibilities of different entities in power market
CO3 : Ascertain the security and describe ancillary service management in deregulated power system
CO4 : Recognize and interpret the importance of congestion management in deregulated environment.
CO5 : Comprehend the various pricing methods in deregulated power system

INTRODUCTION
Deregulation - Reconfiguring Power systems - Unbundling of electric utilities - Background to deregulation
and the current situation around the world - Benefits from a competitive electricity market after effects of
deregulation - Role of the independent system operator 9

DEREGULATED POWER SECTOR

Separation of ownership and operation - Deregulated models - Operational planning activities of ISO:
ISO in Pool markets - ISO in Bilateral markets - Operational planning activities of a GENCO - GENCO in
Pool and Bilateral markets - market participation issues - competitive bidding- Power wheeling -
Transmission open access - Pricing of power transactions 9

SECURITY IN DEREGULATED POWER SYSTEMS

Security management in deregulated environment and congestion management in deregulation - Ancillary
services management - General description of some ancillary services - Ancillary services management
in various countries - Reactive power management in some deregulated electricity markets. 9

TRANSMISSION CONGESTION MANAGEMENT

Definition of congestion - Reasons for transfer capability limitation - Importance of congestion management
in deregulated environment - Effects of congestion - Desired features of congestion management schemes
- Classification of congestion management methods 9

PRICING OF TRANSMISSION NETWORK USAGE AND LOSS ALLOCATION

Power wheeling - Issues involved- Principles of transmission pricing - Classification of transmission pricing
methods - Rolled-in transmission pricing methods: Postage stamp method, Incremental postage stamp
method, Contract path method, MW-Mile method - Distance based
- Power flow based - Power flow tracing - Marginal transmission pricing paradigm - Composite pricing
paradigm - Introduction to loss allocation - Classification of loss allocation methods. 9

TOTAL : 45

108
TEXT BOOKS
1. Venkatesh P,Manikandan B V,Charles Raja S and Srinivasan, " A Electrical Power Systems Analysis,
Security and deregulation", PHI Publications, 2nd Edition 2017
2. Tripathi M M,Restructured Power System and Electricity Market Forecasting Createspace Independent
Publications, First Edition 2015

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Pinni Srinivasa Varma and Sankar velamury, “Power System Deregulation Lap Lambert Academic
Publishing”, First Edition 2017
2. Kankar Bhattacharya, Jaap E. Daadler, Math H.J Bollen, "Operation of restructured power systems",
Kluwer Academic Pub., 2001.
3. Kundur P “Power System Stability and Control”, Tata McGraw Hill Third Edition 2012.
4. Mohammad Shahidehpour, M. Alomoush, "Restructured Electrical Power Systems: Operation: Trading,
and Volatility", CRC Press, 2001
5. Daniel Kirschen and Goran Strbac, "Fundamentals of Power System economics" John Wiley & Sons
Ltd, 2018.

109
 19EEE18 - ELECTRIC VEHICLES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Apprehend the fundamentals and importance of electric vehicles and its components
CO2 : Select the suitable drive scheme based on the motor and topology for the given specification and
applications
CO3 : Design and categorize the battery system for electric vehicles and hybrid electric vehicles
CO4 : Recognize the suitable battery charging scheme for different environments and applications.
CO5 : Describe the significance of E-mobility and its various business opportunities

ELECTRIC VEHICLES
An Overview of Conventional, Battery, Hybrid and Fuel Cell Electric Systems - Conventional IC Engine
Vehicle - BEVs - HEVs - Series HEV - Parallel HEV - Series-Parallel HEV - FCEV - EV subsystems -
Vehicle Dynamics: Vehicle Load Forces - Basic Power, Energy, and Speed Relationships - Aerodynamic
Drag - Aerodynamic Drag and Fuel Consumption - Rolling Resistance - Gradability 9

ELECTRIC PROPULSION
Electric Motors in EVs - Configuration and control of DC motor drives - Induction motor drives- Permanent
Magnet motor drives - Switched reluctance motor drives - Transmission configuration, Components -
gears, differential, clutch, brakes - regenerative braking - types - Motor sizing.- Matching the electric
machine and the internal - combustion engine (ICE), Sizing the propulsion motor, sizing the power -
electronics, selecting the energy storage technology, Communications- supporting subsystems 9

BATTERIES
Introduction to Batteries - Energy Storage Requirements in Electric Vehicles: Batteries Types: Lead-Acid
Battery - Nickel-Metal Hydride - Lithium-Ion - Battery Operation - Battery Parameters and Comparisons -
Battery Packs - Battery Sizing - Battery based energy storage and its analysis - Fuel Cells - Fuel Cell
based energy storage and its analysis - Super capacitors- Hybridization of different energy storage devices
9

BATTERY CHARGING
Charging methods for battery- Fast charging - Battery Charging, Protection, and Management System -
Termination methods - Charging from grid - Isolated and Non-isolated DC - DC Converters - Bidirectional
DC-DC converter - High-frequency transformer based isolatedcharger topology - Transformer less
topologies. 9

E-MOBILITY
Energy Management Strategies - Automotive networking and communication, EV and EV charging
standards, V2G, G2V, V2B, V2H - E-mobility business - Electrification challenges - Connected Mobility
and Autonomous Mobility- Case Studies: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery
Electric Vehicle (BEV). 9

110
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mehrdad Ehsani, YimiGao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel
Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design, 2nd Edition CRC Press, 2018.
2. Iqbal Hussein, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, 3rd Edition, CRC Press, 2021

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, 2nd edition, Wiley, 2012
2. Soylu "Electric Vehicles - The Benefits and Barriers", InTech Publishers, Croatia, 2011.
3. J.M. Miller, "Propulsion Systems for Hybrid Vehicles", Institution of Electrical Engineers (IEE), 2nd
edition, London, UK, 2010.
4. R. Stone and J.K. Bell, "Automotive Engineering Fundamentals", SAE International, Warrendale,
PA, 2004.
5. Viswanathan B. and Scibioh Aulice M, "Fuel cells: Principles and Applications", University Press,
2008.

111
 19EEE19 - ENERGY AUDIT IN THERMAL AND ELECTRICAL UTILITIES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Preaudit the energy
CO2 : Analyse the possibility of energy savings
CO3 : Analyze the methods of energy savings
CO4 : Design the solutions
CO5 : Identify and perform appropriate energy management

Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities -I

• Fuels and Combustion: Introduction to fuels, properties of fuel oil, coal and gas, storage, handling
and preparation of fuels, principles of combustion, combustion of oil, coal, and gas.
• Boilers: Types, combustion in boilers, performance evaluation, analysis of losses, feedwater treatment,
blowdown, energy conservation opportunities..
• Furnaces: Classification, general fuel economy measures in furnaces, excess air, heat distribution,
temperature control, draft control, waste heat recovery.
• Insulation and Refractories: Insulation-types and application, the economic thickness of insulation,
heat savings and application criteria, Refractory-types, selection and application of refractories, heat
loss.
• FBC boilers: Introduction, mechanism of fluidized bed combustion, advantages, types of FBC boilers,
operational features, Retrofitting FBC system to conventional boilers, saving potential. 9

Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities -II

• Steam System: Properties of steam, assessment of steam distribution losses, steam leakages,
steam trapping, condensate, and flash steam recovery system, identifying opportunities for energy
savings
• Cogeneration: Definition, need, application, advantages, classification and saving potentials.
• Waste Heat Recovery: Classification, advantages, and applications, commercially viable waste heat
recovery devices, saving potential.
• Energy Management & Audit: Definition, need and types of an energy audit. Energy management
(audit) approach-understanding energy costs, benchmarking, energy performance, matching energy
use to the requirement, maximizing system efficiencies, optimizing the input energy requirements,
fuel & energy substitution, energy audit instruments.
• Material and Energy balance: Facility as an energy system, methods for preparing process flow,
material, and energy balance diagrams. 9

Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities

• Electrical system: Electricity billing, electrical load management and maximum demand control, power
factor improvement and its benefit, selection and location of capacitors, performance assessment of
PF capacitors, distribution and transformer losses.

112
• Electric motors: Types, losses in induction motors, motor efficiency, factors affecting motor
performance, rewinding and motor replacement issues, energy-saving opportunities with energy-
efficient motors.
• Energy-Efficient Technologies in Electrical Systems: Maximum demand controllers, automatic power
factor controllers, energy-efficient motors, soft starters with energy savers, variable speed drives,
energy-efficient transformers, electronic ballasts, occupancy sensors, energy-efficient lighting controls.
9

Energy Efficiency in Thermo Electric Utilities - I

• Compressed Air System: Types of air compressors, compressor efficiency, efficient compressor
operation, Compressed air system components, capacity assessment, leakage test, factors affecting
the performance and savings opportunities
• HVAC and Refrigeration System: Vapor compression refrigeration cycle, refrigerants, the coefficient
of performance, capacity, and factors affecting Refrigeration and Air conditioning system performance
and savings opportunities.
• Vapor absorption refrigeration system: Working principle, types and comparison with vapor
compression system, saving potentially
• Fans and blowers: Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control strategies
and energy conservation opportunities.
• Pumps and Pumping System: Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control
strategies and energy conservation opportunities. 9

Energy Efficiency in Thermo Electric Utilities - II

• Cooling Tower: Types and performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control strategies
and energy-saving opportunities assessment of cooling towers.
• Lighting System: Light source, choice of lighting, luminance requirements, and energy conservation
avenues.
• Diesel Generating system: Factors affecting the selection, energy performance assessment of
diesel conservation avenues 9

TOTAL : 45

Energy Performance Assessment for Equipment and Utility Systems

Open Book examination on the following energy performance assessments for equipment and utility
systems:
• Boilers, Furnaces
• Cogeneration, Turbines (gas, steam)
• Heat Exchangers
• Electric Motors, Variable Speed Drives
• Fans and Blowers, Water Pumps, Compressors
• HVAC systems
• Lighting Systems
• Performing Financial Analysis.
• Applications of Non-conventional & Renewable Energy Sources (NRES)
• Waste minimization and resource conservation
113
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mehmet Kano?lu, Yunus A. Çengel, "Energy efficiency and management for engineers", McGraw-
Hill Education, 2020
2. Stephen A. Roosa, Steve Doty, Wayne C. Turner, "Energy Management Handbook", 9th edition,
River Publishers, Taylore and Francis Group, 2020
3. Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities, Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Guide books
4. Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities, Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Guide books

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rajiv Shankar, "Energy Auditing in Electrical Utilities", Viva Books, 2017
2. Wayne C. Turner," Energy Management Handbook", Eighth Edition, 2012
3. Stephen A. Roosa, Steve Doty, "Energy Management Handbook", 2018
4. General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit, Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE),
Guide books
5. Energy Performance Assistance for Equipment and Utility Systems, Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(BEE), Guide books

114
 19EEE20 - REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Illustrate embedded and real time system development processes.
CO2 : Develop real time scheduling algorithms and Cite real life examples for real time systems
CO3 : Outline program level optimization for low power consumption and build a reliable real time
system.
CO4 : Summarize real time kernel concepts and Use appropriate testing techniques to develop fault
tolerant embedded systems.
CO5 : Distinguish between traditional and real time databases problems

INTRODUCTION
Real life Examples for Embedded Systems - Real Time Embedded Systems - Developing Embedded
Systems - Linkers and Linking process - Executable and Linking format - Mapping to Target embedded
system - Embedded System Initialization - Target system tools - Boot Scenarios - System software
initialization - On - chip debugging. 9

RTOS
Structure of a real time system - Characterization of real time systems and tasks - Hard and Soft timing
constraints -Foreground , Background Systems - Critical Sections - Resources - Tasks - Context Switching
- Kernel - Round robin - Task priorities - EDF - RM scheduling - Deadlock - Inter task communication -
Interrupts - Memory requirements - Real time Kernels summary. 9

SOFTWARE PERFORMANCE OPTIMIZATION

Program Optimization - Program Level Performance Analysis: Elements of program performance -
Measurement driven performance analysis Program Level Energy and Power Analysis - Analysis and
Optimization of Program Size. 9

RELIABILITY AND FAULT TOLERANCE

Metrics for Reliability - Faults, Failures, Bugs - Testing techniques - Fault tolerance - CPU testing -
Memory testing - System integration tools. 9

DESIGN EXAMPLES
Data compressor - Alarm clock - Cell phone - Compact disc - DVD - Digital still camera - Audio player -
Video accelerator 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Marilyn Wolf, "Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computer Systems Design",
Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2019.
2. C.M.Krishna and Kang G.Shin, "Real Time Systems", Tata McGraw Hill, 2019
115
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Philip A.Laplante, "Real Time Systems Design and Analysis: An Engineers Handbook", Prentice Hall
of India, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2018.
2. Jean J.Labrosse, "MicroC/OS - II - The Real - Time Kernel", CMP Books, 2nd Edition, 2018.
3. Qing Li , "Real time Concepts for Embedded Systems ", CRC Press, 2016.
4. David E. Simon, "An Embedded Software Primer" Pearson Education, 2016
5. Rajib Mall, "Real-Time Systems: Theory and Practice", First Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
6. Jane Liu, "Real-Time Systems", First Edition, Prentice Hall, 2012.

116
 19EEE21 -VLSI DESIGN

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Describe the construction and working of MOS transistors
CO2 : Analyze the performance of VLSI subsystems
CO3 : Differentiate the logic implementation of commercial FPGAs
CO4 : Demonstrate the need for chip level and system level VLSI testing
CO5 : Compare the testing techniques for chip level and board level circuits
MOS AND CMOS CIRCUITS
nMOS, pMOS and CMOS Fabrication process - Electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS circuits -
nMOS inverter - pull-up to pull-down ratio - BiCMOS inverter - latch-up in CMOS circuits - stick diagrams
- design rules and layout 9
SUB SYSTEM DESIGN
Sheet resistance - capacitive loads - inverter delays - propagation delays - wiring capacitances. Switch
logic - gate logic - combinational logic - structured design - clocked sequential circuits - bus drivers -
power dissipation for CMOS and BiCMOS circuits - current limitations. 9
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES
Programmable Logic Arrays (PLAs) - Programmable Array Logic Devices (PALs) - Complex Programmable
Logic Devices (CPLDs) - 22V10 PAL Device - Altera MAX 7000 - Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs)
- Altera Flex 10K, Xilinx XC4000 FPGA family architectures - Xilinx Spartan series FPGAs - Using CAD -
Tools to implement circuits in CPLDs and FPGAs. 9
VLSI SYSTEM TESTING
VLSI testing -need for testing, manufacturing test principles, design strategies for test, chip level and
system level test techniques. 9
TESTING TECHNIQUES
Basics of Testing: Fault models, Combinational logic and fault simulation, Test generation for Combinational
Circuits. Current sensing based testing. Classification of sequential ATPG methods. Fault collapsing and
simulation 9
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. John F.Wakerly, "Digital Design Principles and Practices", 5th Edition, Pearson Education , 2018
2. Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic, "Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design", McGraw-Hill
Higher Education, 2013
3. N. Jha & S.D. Gupta, "Testing of Digital Systems", Cambridge, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Wayne Wolf, "Modern VLSI Design : System On-Chip Design", Pearson Education Asia Pvt. Ltd.,
2008.
2. Dauglas A. Pucknell, Kamran Eshraghian, "Basic VLSI Design",2006
3. W. W. Wen, "VLSI Test Principles and Architectures Design for Testability", Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers. 2006
117
 19EEE22 - FPGA BASED SYSTEM DESIGN

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Distinguish FPGA and custom VLSI
CO2 : Illustrate the key features of FPGA fabrics
CO3 : Design data path controller using standard FPGA design techniques
CO4 : Outline the testing techniques for Electronic systems
CO5 : Perform system level design for real time application

INTRODUCTION
Digital Design and FPGA - Role of FPGA - FPGA Types - FPGA Vs Custom VLSI - Goals and Techniques
- Design Challenges-Design abstraction - Methodologies 9

FPGA FABRICS
FPGA Architectures - SRAM Based FPGA - Logic Elements - Interconnection Networks - Antifuses -
Logic Blocks - Chip I/O - Logic Elements - Interconnect - Circuit Design - Architecture of FPGA Fabrics -
Logic Element Parameters - Interconnect Architecture-Pin out. 9

DATA PATH CONTROLLER

Behavioral Design - Data path controller Architecture - Scheduling and allocation - Power - Pipelining -
Design methodologies - Processes - Standards - Verification Design Example: Digital Signal Processor.
9

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM TESTING

Introduction-Integrated Circuit Testing-Printed Circuit Board Testing-Boundary Scan Testing- Software
Testing 9

SYSTEM LEVEL DESIGN

Introduction-Electronic System Level Design-Case Study-DC Motor Control-Digital Filter Design-Translation
Automation 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Wayne Wolf , "FPGA Based System Design" , Prentice Hall , Pearson Education, Inc. 2004.
2. Ian Grout, "Digital Systems Design with FPGAs and CPLDs", Elsevier, 2008
3. Stephen M.Trimbeger,"Field-Programmable Gate Array Technology", Springer, 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Stephen Brown , "Fundamentals of digital logic with verilog design", McGraw Hill Education, 2017
2. Charles Roth, Lizy K. John, ByeongKil Lee, "Digital Systems Design Using Verilog", Global Engineering,
2014
3. John. F. Wakerly , " Digital Design", Pearson Education, India, 2012
4. Joseph Cavanagh," Digital Design and Verilog HDL Fundamentals", CRC Press,2017
118
 19EEE23 - ROBOTICS AND CONTROL

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Recognize, identify and select the major components of a robot for system specifications.
CO2 : Model the kinematics and dynamics of manipulators.
CO3 : Plan manipulator trajectories based on the kinematics of the robot.
CO4 : Choose a specific robot controller for various applications.
CO5 : Employ sensors for real time robotic application to include artificial intelligence in expert systems.

INTRODUCTION
Introduction to robotics: Evolution of Robotics - Laws of Robotics - Classification - Robot Anatomy - DOF-
Specification - Resolution - Repeatability and Precision movement. Introduction to robotic drives: Hydraulic,
Electric and Pneumatic drives - Linear and Rotary actuators - End - Effectors. 9

ROBOTIC ARM MODELING

Forward and Inverse Kinematics: Rotations and translation of vectors - Transformations and Homogenous
transformations - Denavit - Hartenberg representation - Velocity kinematics - Manipulator Jacobian.
Dynamics: Euler - Lagrange Equations - Equation of motion. (Algorithmic approaches only) 9

ROBOTIC CONTROL
Trajectory planning - Control of robot manipulator: PID control scheme - Variable structure control -
Resolved motion control - Computed torque control with effect of external disturbance - Force control of
robotic manipulators - Sliding mode and Adaptive control. 9

ROBOTIC SENSORS
Need for sensing system - Classification of robotic sensors - Status sensors, Environmental sensors,
Quality control sensors, Safety sensors and Work cell control sensors - Non optical and Optical position
sensors - Velocity sensors - Proximity sensors - Contact and Non-contact type sensors - Touch and Slip
sensors - Force and Torque sensors - Selection of right sensors. Introduction to robotic vision systems:
Stationary and Moving camera - Object recognition and categorization - Need for vision training and
adaptation. 9

ROBOTIC DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS

Robotic Design: System specification - Selection of Motor and Drive mechanism - Controller Design -
Vision system consideration and Method of programming. Industrial Applications: Future scope of robotics
- Safety in robotics - Robot intelligence and Task planning - Application of artificial intelligence and Expert
systems in robotics. 9

TOTAL : 45

119
TEXT BOOKS
1. Deb. S. R, "Robotics Technology and Flexible Machine Design", Tata McGraw Hill Publisher, paperback
2010.
2. Fu K.S, Gonzalez RC and Lee CSG., "Robotics Control, Sensing vision and Intelligence", McGraw
Hill Publisher, 1987

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Antoni Grau, Zhuping Wang," Industrial Robotics: New Paradigms", BoD - Books on Demand, 2020.
2. Mikell. P. Groover, Michell Weis, Roger. N. Nagel and Nicolous G. Odrey, "Industrial Robotics
Technology, Programming and Applications", McGraw Hill publisher,2005
3. Richard D Klafter,Thomas A.Chmielewski and Michael Negin, "Robotic Engineering: An Integrated
approach", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Krishna Kant, "Computerized based Industrial Control" PHI, 2nd edition, 2012.
5. Carol Fairchild, Dr. Thomas L. Harman, "ROS Robotics By Example - Second Edition: Learning to
control wheeled, limbed, and flying robots using ROS Kinetic Kame", 2nd Revised, 2019.

120
 19EEE24 - DIGITAL CONSUMER TECHNOLOGY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Describe the concepts of audio, video and digital display devices
CO2 : Outline the working of digital display devices
CO3 : Categorize the digital devices for internet and PC and analyze their applications
CO4 : Identify applications of the domestic digital devices
CO5 : Assess the usage of emerging consumer devices for industrial applications

DIGITAL GENERATION AND CONSUMER DEVICES

Generation - Digitization of consumer products - Home networking - Era of digital consumer devices -
Market Forecast - Market drivers - Success factors and challenges - Digital home. Perspective on global
marketing - Process of consumer behavior - Connecting consumer research and consumer behavior. 9

DIGITAL AUDIO AND VIDEO SYSTEMS

Microphones and Loud speakers - Construction, working principles and applications; Principles of digital
audio systems - Internet audio formats and players - Components of MP3 - Components of digital TV -
SDTV and HDTV technologies - Digital home theater systems. 9

DIGITAL DISPLAY DEVICES AND DIGITAL IMAGING

LED Video - LCDs - Plasma Display Panels - Field Emission Displays - Digital light Processor - Comparison
of different digital displays - Digital camcorders - Digital display interface standards. 9

INTERNET AND PC DEVICES

Printers - Scanners - Smart Card readers - Benefits of using ebooks and challenges - Mobile phones and
smart phone - DVD types and working, applications and challenges. 9

EMERGING CONSUMER DEVICES

Net TV - Pen Computing and Digital notepad - Lighting control - Home control and security - Energy
management systems - Home theatre and Entertainment - Vehicle Security - Home networking - PLC
and Xilinx solutions. Geo - Spatial maps - Smart transportations. 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Bali S.P, "Consumer Electronics", Pearson Education, India, 2010.
2. Amit Dhir, "The Digital Consumer Technology - Hand book", Elsevier Publications, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Gupta R.G, "Audio Video systems", Tata Mc Graw Hill Publisher, 2010.
2. R.R Gulati, "Color Television - Principles & Practice" , Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Thomas M. Coughlin, "Digital Storage In Consumer Electronics", Elsevier Publications, 2008.
121
 19EEE25 - ELECTRONIC PRODUCT DESIGN

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Integrate engineering principles with real applications from a systems perspective
CO2 : Fabricate printed circuit boards intended for projects in industries.
CO3 : Analyze different hardware design and testing methods.
CO4 : Analyze different software design and testing methods.
CO5 : Equip themselves with the different product testing methods.

PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

Overview of product ion development stages - Assessment of reliability - Ergonomic and aesthetic design
- Techno commercial feasibility of a product - Quality assurance - Packing and storage - Estimating
power supply requirement - HCMOS power dissipation - Power supply protection devices - Enclosure
sizing and supply requirements - Selection of materials for enclosure - Noise reduction - Grounding,
Shielding and Guarding Techniques - Thermal reduction. 9

PRINTED CIRCUITED BOARD DESIGN PCB

Layout considerations - Issues related to PCB design - Parasitic elements in PCB due to vias - Parasitic
elements in PCB due to traces - Multilayer PCB - Soldering Techniques - Automation in PCB design and
manufacturing - High speed and EMI/ EMC considerations in PCB design - Packaging for semiconductor
devices and IC's - Reliability issues in IC's - Introduction to SMD. 9

HARDWARE DESIGN AND TESTING METHODS

Logic Analyzer - Digital Oscilloscope - Spectrum analyzer - Signal integrity issues - Mixed signal oscilloscope
- Monte - Carlo Analysis - Evaluation of virtual instrumentation - Electronic gears. 9

SOFTWARE DESIGN AND TESTING METHODS

Software design - Use of simulators - Use of emulators - Use of compilers - Algorithmic state machines -
Finite state machines. 9

PRODUCT TESTING
Environmental testing - Temperature testing - Humidity testing - Vibration test - Bump test - EMI/EMC
Compliance testing - EMI/ EMC Test setup - Conducted emission test using time domain principle -
Radiated emission test. 9

TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. R.G. Kaduskar and V.B. Baru, "Electronic Product Design" Wiley India, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2014.
2. James Angus and Anthony Ward, "Electronic Product Design", CRC Press, 1996.
3. Bert Haskell, "Portable Electronic Product Design and Development", Mc. Graw Hill, 2004.

122
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Anand M.S, "Electronic Instruments and Instrumentation Technology", Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
2. John R Barnes, "Robust Electronic Design Reference Book", Volumes I and II, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, New York, 2004.
3. Ott H.W, "Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic System", John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1988.
4. Bruce R Archambeault, "PCB Design for Real - World EMI Control", Kluwer Academic Publishers,
New York, 2002.
5. Mourad Samiha and Zorian Yervant, "Principles of Testing Electronic Systems", John Wiley & Sons,
New York, 2000.
6. Walter C.Bosshart, "Printed Circuit Boards: Design and Technology", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2005.
7. Stillwell, Richard, "Electronic Product Design for Automated Manufacturing", United States, CRC
Press, 2018.

123
 19EEE26 - MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Differentiate and analyse the biomedical signal sources.
CO2 : Elucidate cardiovascular system and related measurements.
CO3 : Explain the brain, respiratory and nervous systems and related measurements
CO4 : Measure non-invasive diagnostic parameters.
CO5 : Recommend problem solving and service procedures for safety use of medical instruments as
per medical standards.

BIO-POTENTIAL MEASUREMENTS.
Basic components of a biomedical system - Cell Resting and action potentials - Physiological measurements
Electrodes: Limb electrodes, floating electrodes, pre-gelled disposable electrodes, Micro, needle and
surface electrodes- Electrode electrolyte interface and equivalent circuit- Amplifiers: Preamplifiers,
differential amplifiers, chopper amplifiers, Isolation amplifier - Different types of biotelemetry systems and
patient monitoring, Use of Standard HL7. 9

CARDIAC SYSTEM
ECG sources - Normal and Abnormal waveforms - Lead systems and recording systems - Cardiac
pacemaker - External pacemaker - Implantable pacemaker - Different types of pacemakers - Fibrillation
- Defibrillator - AC defibrillator - DC defibrillator - Arrhythmia monitor. 9

NEUROLOGICAL SYSTEM AND SKELETAL SYSTEM

EEG - Wave characteristics -Frequency bands - Spontaneous and evoked response - 10-20% Lead
system- Recording - Analysis of EMG waveforms - muscle latent velocity - Muscle and nerve stimulation
- Fatigue characteristics 9

RESPIRATORY MEASUREMENT AND VENTILATOR

Spirometer - Heart-Lung Machine - Oxygenators - Pnemograph - Artificial Respirator - IPR type -
Functioning: Ventilators, Dialysis : Acute and Renal failure -Dialysis types and - Types of Machine - Blood
Gas Analyser - pO2, pCO2, measurements. Finger-tip oximeter, ESR, GSR, measurements. 9

THERAPHATIC AND MONITORING INSTRUMENTS

Electromagnetic and Ultrasonic blood flow meter - Equipment of physiotherapy - Transcutaneous Electric
Nerve Stimulator (TENS) - Ultrasonic therapy - Extra corporeal shockwave lithotripsy - Diathermy -
Audiometers - Medical Imaging: MRI and CT scan (Principle and Quantitative approach only) - Electrical
safety Management and Maintenance: shock hazards, leakage current- safety of Medical Equipment.9

TOTAL : 45

124
TEXT BOOKS
1. Khandpur R.S, "Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 3rd Edition,
2014.
2. Leslie Cromwell, "Biomedical Instrumentation and measurement", Prentice hall of India, New Delhi,
2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. John G. Webster, "Medical Instrumentation Application and Design", John Wiley and sons, New
York, 2011.
2. Joseph J.carr and John M. Brown, "Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology", John Wiley
and sons, New York, 2001.
3. Prof.Venkataram S.K, "Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation", Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.,
2003.
4. Webb, Andrew G, " Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation. India", Cambridge University Press,
2018.

125
 19EEE27 - ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Distinguish different analog modulation schemes for their efficiency and bandwidth.
CO2 : Predict the behaviour of a communication system in presence of noise.
CO3 : Evaluate pulsed modulation system and analyze their system performance.
CO4 : Illustrate various optimal detection schemes.
CO5 : Distinguish different digital modulation schemes and can compute estimate the bit error
performance.
CO6 : Distinguish different analog modulation schemes for their efficiency and bandwidth.

ANALOG MODULATION TECHNIQUES

Principles of Amplitude Modulation Systems - DSB, SSB and VSB modulations- Angle Modulation-
Representation of FM and PM signals- Spectral characteristics of angle modulated signals-Noise in Analog
Modulation - Review of probability and random process-Gaussian and white noise characteristics-Noise
in amplitude modulation systems-Noise in Frequency modulation systems- Pre-emphasis and De-
emphasis- Threshold effect in angle modulation. 9

PULSE MODULATION
Sampling process- Pulse modulation (PAM, PCM, PWM, PPM) - Differential pulse code modulation-
Delta modulation 9

SIGNAL DETECTION THEORY

Elements of Detection Theory- ISI, Optimum detection of signals in noise - Coherent communication with
waveforms- Probability of Error evaluations - Baseband Pulse Transmission- Inter symbol Interference
and Nyquist criterion- Pass band transmission. 9

DIGITAL MODULATION
Digital Modulation schemes : Phase Shift Keying, Frequency Shift Keying- Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
- Continuous Phase Modulation and Minimum Shift Keying- Digital Modulation trade-offs. 9

EQUALIZATION TECHNIQUES
Optimum demodulation of digital signals over band-limited channels- Maximum likelihood sequence
detection (Viterbi receiver) - Equalization Techniques - Synchronization and Carrier Recovery for Digital
modulation. 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Haykin. S., "Communications Systems", John Wiley and Sons, 2009, 5th Edition.
2. Proakis J. G. and Salehi M., "Communication Systems Engineering", Pearson Education, 2002, 2nd
Edition.
126
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. B.Carlson, Introduction to Communication Systems, McGraw-Hill, 4th edition 2009.
2. Taub H. and Schilling D.L., "Principles of Communication Systems", Tata McGraw Hill, Third
Edition(Reprint),2008.
3. Barry J. R., Lee E. A. and Messerschmitt D. G., ``Digital Communication'', Kluwer Academic Publishers,
2004.
4. Proakis J.G., ``Digital Communications'', 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.
5. J.S.Beasley & G.M.Miler, Modern Electronic Communication, 9th edition, Prentice-Hall, 2008.
6. Grami, Ali,"Introduction to Digital Communications. Netherlands, Elsevier Science", 2015.
7. Douglas.V.Hall,"Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware", Revised second
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, NewDelhi, 2006.

127
 19EEE28 - MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Identify the taxonomy of compression techniques and describe information theory
CO2 : Interpret audio and video compression techniques.
CO3 : Ascertain the different approaches to image and text compression
CO4 : Conceive the video compression techniques and outline the wavelet based Compression
CO5 : Analyze challenges of implementing Internet Protocol and discover the applications.
INTRODUCTION AND TEXT COMPRESSION
Special features of Multimedia - Graphics and Image Data Representations - Fundamental Concepts in
Video and Digital Audio - Storage requirements for Multimedia Applications - Need for Compression -
Taxonomy of compression techniques - Overview of information theory - Static Huffman coding - Dynamic
Huffman coding - Lempel - Ziv coding - Lempel - Ziv Welsh coding. 9
AUDIO COMPRESSION
Audio compression techniques - Frequency domain and filtering - Basic sub band coding - Application to
speech coding - G.722 - Application of audio coding: MPEG audio - Silence compression - Speech
compression techniques - Vocoders - Linear predictive coder 9
IMAGE COMPRESSION
Approaches to image compression - Graphics interchange format - Tagged image file format, Digitized
documents - Digitized pictures - JPEG - Quad trees - DCT coding - Wavelet methods - Filter banks - EZW
coding - SPIHT coding - JPEG 2000 standards. 9
VIDEO COMPRESSION
Video signal representation - Video compression techniques - MPEG1, 2, 4 - Motion estimation - H.261,
H.263 - Overview of wavelet based compression - PLV performance real time compression. 9
VoIP TECHNOLOGY
Basics of IP transport - VoIP challenges - H.323/ SIP Network Architecture, Protocols, Call establishment
and release - VoIP and SS7 - Quality of Service - CODEC Methods - VoIP applicability 9
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Fred Halsall and James F. Kurose, "Multimedia communication Applications, Networks, Protocols
and standards", Pearson Education Limited, 2004.
2. Prabhat K Andleigh and Kiran Thakrar, "Multimedia Systems and Design", Prentice Hall of India,
Reprint 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Sayood Khaleed, "Introduction to Data Compression", Morgan Kauffman publication, 4th Edition,
2012
2. Tay Vaughan, "Multimedia: making it work", TMH, 7th Edition, 2007.
3. Marcus Goncalves, "Voice over IP Networks", McGraw Hill Publisher, 1999
4. Jerry D. Gibson, "Multimedia Communications: Directions and Innovations", Morgan Kaufmann
Publication, 2nd Edition, 2001
5. David Solomon, "Data Compression the complete reference", Springer publisher, 4th Edition, 2007.
128
19EEE29 - AUTOMATION, RENEWABLE ENERGY AND FPGA LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 6 3
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Apply an industrial IoT to access the data via industrial IoT
CO2 : Develop a controller for a plant/actuator using PCS7
CO3 : Design combinational and sequential logical relations to be implemented in FPGA based on
applications
CO4 : Design a controller in FPGA to control electric drives
CO5 : Illustrate the basic concept of renewable energy generated by solar, wind, battery and super
capacitor-based power generation.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Automation Lab
1. Access of Analog and Digital I/Os via Industrial IoT 2040 using Python, C/C++ compiler
2. Interfacing of IoT 2040 Gateway with Android Application.
3. Hardware configuration of PCS7 - combinational logics.
4. Design logic for traffic light controller using PCS7
5. Design a level process with PID controller for a real time plant
6. Study of Distributed Control System architecture and ES/OS Configuration of AS410 CPU in PCS7.
7. RF Communication and control of two end Nodes
8. Application server and End device Communication
9. Real time Data Monitoring and Device Control
10. Smart meter interfacing using LoRa
11. IoT based 1 phase pwm inverter

FPGA PROGRAMMING LAB

(Language: Verilog | Software: Xilinx | FPGA Board: Spartan 3E, Spartan 6)
1. Combinational circuits - Adders, encoders and decoders
2. Sequential circuits - counters and shift registers
3. Wallace Multiplier
4. 4-bit ALU
5. Programming an UART Module using FPGA
6. Analog input measurement using FPGA and data transfer to real time controller
7. PWM Generator for power electronic converters
8. Quadrature Encoder Interfacing Module
9. Speed control of Single Phase Induction Motor using FPGA
10. Speed control of Three Phase Induction Motor using FPGA
11. Speed control of DC Motor using FPGA
12. FPGA and IoT based static over current relay with test set-up
129
RENEWABLE ENERGY LAB
1. Characteristics of PV panel
2. Maximum power tracking of PV panel
3. Load test on Active front end PWM rectifier
4. Load test on Solar based DC-DC boost converter
5. Charging and Discharging Characteristics of bidirectional buck-boost converter for a super capacitor.
6. Study of transmission line simulator
7. Study of DC micro grid.

130
 19EEE30 - COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL PROCESSING

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Illustrate the basic computer organization and to design a micro sequencer based control unit
CO2 : Analyze and infer the various memory organizations
CO3 : Recall the concepts of various IO organizations
CO4 : Categorize the multiprocessor architecture and relate the performance
CO5 : Describe the concepts of parallel processing architecture

INTRODUCTION
Classes of computers - Defining Computer Architecture - Trends in Technology - Trends in Power and
Energy in Integrated Circuits - Trends in Cost - Dependability - Measuring - Reporting and Summarizing
Performance - Quantitative Principles of Computer Design. 7

DESIGN OF CPU
CPU organization - General register organization - Stack organization - Instruction formats - Addressing
modes - Data transfer and manipulation - Program control - Hardwired and micro programmed control.
Design and implementation of basic micro sequencer - Designing mapping logic - Design of ALU - Look
up Rom - Wallace trees - CISC and RISC characteristics. 9

MEMORY AND I/O ORGANIZATION

Memory Hierarchy - Main memory - Cache memory - Virtual memory concepts - IO interface - Modes of
data transfer - Programmed IO and Interrupt driven data transfer - Direct memory access - Asynchronous
data transfer - IO processor and IO channels. 9

MULTIPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE
Organization of multiprocessor system - Interconnection networks - Multiprocessor scheduling strategies
- Shared memory architecture - Symmetric shared memory and distributed shared memory - Cache
coherence - Snooping and directory based cache coherence - Synchronization - Parallel memory
organization 10

PARALLEL PROCESSING ARCHITECTURE

Principles of pipelining - Implementation - Pipeline hazards and resolution - Performance issues - Instruction
level parallelism and thread level parallelism - Instruction prefetch and branch handling - Vector processor
- Effectiveness of vectorization - Array processor - Parallel algorithms - Bubble sort - matrix multiplication
- Superscalar processor. 10
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano, "Computer System Architecture", Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2017
2. John L Hennessy and David A Patterson, " Computer Architecture: A quantitative approach", Morgan
Kaufmann publishers, 5th Edition, 2018.
3. David. A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy, "Computer Architecture: A Quantitative approach", Fifth
Edition, Elsevier, 2018.
131
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Kai Hwang and Faye A. Briggs, "Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing", Tata McGrew Hill,
2018.
2. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwatzaky, "Computer Organization", McGraw Hill, 6th Edition,
2016.
3. John D Carpinelli, "Computer system Organization and Architecture", Pearson Education, India.
2016.

132
 15EEE31 - MULTICORE ARCHITECTURE

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Identify the problems related to multiprocessing and describe the concepts of shared memory
CO2 : Illustrate the thread - level parallelism
CO3 : Formulate various programming constructs in multi-core architecture.
CO4 : Describe various memory architectures
CO5 : Summarize various multicore programming models for given specifications.

SUPERSCALAR PROCESSORS
Fundamentals of Superscalar Processor Design - Introduction to Multi core Architecture - Chip
Multiprocessing - Homogeneous Vs heterogeneous design - SMP - Multi core Vs Multithreading. 9

MEMORY ORGANIZATION
Shared memory architectures - Synchronization - Memory organization - Cache Memory - Cache Coherency
Protocols - Design of Levels of Caches. 9

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING
Fundamental concepts - Designing for threads - scheduling - Threading and parallel programming
constructs - Synchronization - Critical sections - Deadlock - Threading APIs 9

POWER PC ARCHITECTURE
RISC design - PowerPC ISA - PowerPC Memory Management - Power Multi core architecture design -
Power 6 Architecture. 9

PROGRAMMING SUPPORT FOR MULTI - CORE/MANY - CORE PROCESSORS

Cell Broad band engine architecture - PPE (Power Processor Element) - SPE (Synergistic processing
element) - Cell Software Development Kit - Programming for Multi core architecture. 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Hennessey & Patterson,"Computer Architecture A Quantitative Approach", Harcourt Asia, Morgan
Kaufmann publication, USA, 2018.
2. Kai Hwang,"Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability and Programmability", McGraw
- Hill Publications, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1 Michael J Quinn, "Parallel programming in C with MPI and OpenMP", Tata McGraw Hill, 2015
2. Joseph JaJa, "Introduction to Parallel Algorithms", Addison - Wesley publisher, 2012.
3. IBM Journals for Power 5, Power 6 and Cell Broadband engine architecture.2015.
4. Richard Y. Kain, "Advanced Computer Architecture: A System Design Approach", PHI, 2012
5. Rohit Chandra, Ramesh Menon, Leo Dagum, and David Kohr, "Parallel Programming in Open MP",
Morgan Kaufmann Publication, 2016.
133
 19EEE32 - DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORKS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Explain the need for the OSI model and the functions performed by each layer of the OSI model.
CO2 : Realize the basic network concepts and their transmission mode.
CO3 : Evaluate the signal conversions and understand the transmission of signals through different
cables.
CO4 : Describe the different networking and internetworking devices and their applications.
CO5 : Explain the process of communication from source to destination through various layers of the
communication protocol.
BASIC CONCEPTS
Introduction - Line configuration topology - Transmission mode - Categories of networks - Internetworks
- OSI Model and Functions of the Layers. 9
SIGNALS AND TRANSMISSION
Various types of signals - Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog conversion - Interfacing - Co - Axial
Cables - Fibre Optics - Wireless - Multiplexing - Error detection and correction. 9
DATA LINK CONTROL AND PROTOCOLS
Flow control - Error control - Asynchronous protocols - Synchronous protocols - Character and Bit oriented
protocols - TCP / IP Protocol - Point to Point protocol - X.25 Protocol. 9
NETWORK AND SERVICES
Local Area Network - Ethernet - Token ring - Token bus - Fibre Distributed Data Interface - Metropolitan
Area Networks - IEEE 802.16 - Switching - Integrated Services Digital Network - Asynchronous Transfer.
9
NETWORKING AND INTERNETWORKING DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS
Repeaters - Bridges - Routers - Gateways - Routing algorithm - Distance vector and link state Routing -
Client - Server model - Domain Name System - Simple Mail Transfer Protocol - Simple Network
Management Protocol - Hypertext Transfer Protocol - World Wide Web. 9
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. William A.Shay, "Understanding Data Communications and Networks", Brooks /Cole Publishing
Company, 2008.
2. Behrouz. A. Forouzan, "Data Communications and Networking", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publisher,
2017.
3. Curt White, "Fundamentals of Networking and Data Communications", South-Western College
Publishing, 2013.
4. William Stallings, "Data and Computer Communications", 10th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2014.
5. A.S. Tanenbaum, "Computer Networks", Prentice Hall of India, 6th Edition, New Delhi, 2020.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. S.Keshav,"An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking", Addision Wesley, 2010.
2. Srikant and Lei Ying, "Communication Networks: An Optimization, Control and Stochastic Networks
Perspective", Cambridge University Press, UK,2014
3. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, "Computer Networks: A Systems Approach", 5th Edition,
Elsevier, 2012.
4. Dimitri Bertzekas and Robert Gallager,"Data Networks", Prentice Hall of India", 2nd Edition, 2004.
134
 19EEE33 - FOG COMPUTING

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Describe the knowledge in systems, protocols and mechanisms which supports fog computing
CO2 : Illustrate major security and privacy problems in the fog computing scenarios and how they are
addressed with the security mechanisms.
CO3 : Identify the high level architecture of fog computing models.
CO4 : Formulate the cloud providers and software platforms.
CO5 : Design and implement a computing applications novel fog

INTRODUCTION
Introduction to Fog Computing / Network - Definitions - Characteristics - Four layer fog computing
architecture in smart cities 9

SEVEN LAYER FC
Physical Devices & Device Controllers - Connectivity - Edge (Fog) Computing - Data Accumulation - Data
Abstraction - Application- Collaboration & Processes - Interaction between each level. 9

IoT FOR FC
IoT/IoE applications on the fog infrastructure - Cloud and IoT estimation - Comparison with Cloud Computing
(CC) - Benefits of using Fog Computing. 9

CHALLENGES & SOFTWARE PLATFORMS

Overview and Comparison of Microsoft Azure - Amazon Web Services - Google Cloud Platform - Security
and Reliability - Storage - Monitoring and Automation - Introduction to Open-source softwares: Eucalyptus
- Open Nebula - Open Stack - Apache Cloud Stack. 9

APPLICATIONS
Healthcare and Activity Tracking - Smart utility services - Augmented reality - Caching and Preprocessing
- Cognitive systems and Gaming. 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Amir Vahid Dastjerdi, Harshit Gupta, Rodrigo N. Calheiros, Soumya K. Ghosh, and Rajkumar Buyya,
"Fog Computing: Principles, Architectures and Applications", Morgan Kaufmann Publications,
Burlington, Massachusetts, USA.28 Jan 2016.
2. Amir Vahid Dastjerdi and Rajkumar Buyya, University of Melbourne "Fog Computing: Helping the
Internet of Things Realize its Potential" on IEEE Computer Society,2016

REFERENCE BOOK
1 Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, Shahed Latif, "Cloud Security and Privacy: An Enterprise
Perspective on Risks and Compliance", O'Reilly, 2009.
135
 19EEE34 - INTERNET OF THINGS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Identify the architecture, emerging industrial infrastructure and challenges involved in deployment
of IoT.
CO2 : Interpret the use of devices, gateways and hardware design constraints in IoT.
CO3 : Describe the design principles to realize enterprise integrated Web of Things
CO4 : Demonstrate the technical design constraints involved in IoT based industrial automation
CO5 : Apply the application of IoT in Industrial and Commercial Building Automation
M2M To IoT
Introduction - Architecture of IoT - Challenges of IoT - M2M to IoT - IoT global context - Differing
Characteristics - Deployment and Operational - IoT reference Model and architecture 9
IoT FUNDAMENTALS
Devices and gateways - Local and wide area networking - Data management - Business processes in IoT
- Everything as a Service (XaaS), M2M and IoT Analytics - Knowledge Management. 9
DESIGN PRINCIPLES
An emerging industrial structure for IoT - The international driven global value chain - Global information
monopolies - Building architecture - Design principles - Needed capabilities, Standards considerations.
9
DESIGN CONSTRAINTS
Technical Design constraints - Hardware Design constraints - Data representation and visualization -
Interaction and remote control. Introduction to Python and Library files and its applications. 9
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
Middleware - Service - oriented architecture based device integration - SOCRADES - Realizing the
enterprise integrated Web of Things - IMC - AESOP - Web of Things to the Cloud of Things.
Case study: Cisco IoT System, Network connectivity, IOx and Fog Applications, Data analytics, Security,
Cyber and Physical Management and Automation - Application platform. 9
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos and David
Boyle, "From Machine -to - Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence",
Academic Press, 1st Edition, 2014.
2. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, "Internet of Things (A Hands - on - Approach)", VPT, 1st Edition,
2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Francis daCosta, "Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything",
A - press Publications, 1st Edition, 2013.
2. J.P. Vasseur, A. Dunkels, "Interconnecting Smart Objects with IP: The Next Internet", Morgan
Kaufmann, 2010.

136
 19EEE35 - DATA ANALYTICS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Identify big data and its analysis techniques.
CO2 : Apply Probability and Statistics in Data Analysis
CO3 : Analyze the data for machine learning algorithms.
CO4 : Justify the performance measure of algorithms using Python language
CO5 : Identify appropriate data in real life applications

TECHNOLOGY FOUNDATION FOR BIG DATA

Fundamentals of Big Data - Classification and characteristics of Big Data -Types of Data Analysis -
Introduction to Opensource frameworks - Hadoop Environment - Mapper - Reducer - Combiner - Partitioner
- Searching - Sorting - Compression - Hive - Introduction to features of MongoDB, Cassandra, Spark,
Kafka 9

MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS
Population and Sample - Measures of Central Tendency - Measures of Deviation - Measures of Shape -
Correlation Analysis-Bayes Theorem - Probability Density functions and distributions - Hypothesis Testing
- Dimensionality Reduction - Principal Component Analysis - Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) 9

DATA ANALYSIS IN MACHINE LEARNING

Overview of Machine learning concepts - Bias/variance, over fitting and train/test splits - Types of Machine
learning - Supervised, Unsupervised, Semi-supervised- Classification and Regression algorithms-Naïve
Bayes, K-Nearest Neighbors, logistic regression, support vector machines (SVM), decision trees - Metrics
- Linear Regression-model assumptions - Regularization (lasso, ridge, elastic net) - Analysis of Time
Series - Bagging and Boosting (to balance bias and variance) and random forest - Neural Networks-
Learning And Generalization, Overview of Deep Learning - Unsupervised learning: K Means and
Hierarchical clustering - Reinforcement learning 9

PROGRAMMING TOOLS FOR DATA SCIENCE

Visualizing Data: Bar Charts, Line Charts, Scatter plots - Working with data: Reading Files, Scraping the
Web, Using APIs (Example: Using the Twitter APIs), Cleaning and Munging, Manipulating Data, Rescaling,
Dimensionality Reduction - Basics of Python (file handling, case- folding, spell check, split, strip, Regex,
find, replace, etc.) - Toolkits using Python: Matplotlib, NumPy, Scikit-learn, NLTK 9

APPLICATIONS OF DATA NALYTICS

Solar and Wind Forecasting algorithms - Naïve Bayes algorithms for Protective Relay - Connected homes
- Smart thermostats - Wearable's: Fitness bands - Real - time analytics and Industrial automation -
Connected cities - Smart meters - Connected cars - Fleet management. 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
1. U.Dinesh Kumar, " Business Analytics- The Science of Data - Driven Decision Making", Wiley, 2018

137
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Goldman Sachs, "Big Data Analytics and the Internet of Things", Datameer, 2015.
2. Robert Stackowiak, Art Licht, Venu Mantha and Louis Nagode, "Big Data and The Internet of Things:
Enterprise Information Architecture for A New Age", A press, 2015.
3. Michael Wessler, OCP & CISSP, "Big Data for Dummies", John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2013.
4. Grolemund and Garrett, "Hands - On Programming with R", O'Reilly Media, 2014.
5. Ebook: Dr. Mark Gardener "Beginning R: The Statistical Programming Language", ISBN: 978 - 1 -
118 - 16430 - 3, 2012.
6. Judith Hurwitz, Alan Nugent, and Dr. Fern Halper, "Big Data for Dummies", John Wiley & Sons, Inc,
2013.
7. Seema Acharya, Subhashini Chellappan, " Big Data and Analytics", Wiley,2018

138
 19EEE36 -VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Summarize the fundamental concepts of Digital and Virtual Instrumentation.
CO2 : Compare the interfacing of RS232, RS 422, RS 485 and USB standards with PC.
CO3 : Recall the concepts of various bus protocol implementations in virtual instrumentation.
CO4 : Choose the data acquisition components for the given application.
CO5 : Develop and emulate the real-time hardware applications virtually using LabVIEW Software.
REVIEW OF DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION
Representation of PC based DAQ System - Sampling theorem - Linearization and Quantization of amplitude
and time - Analog I/O - Digital I/O - Counter/timer - DAQ software architecture - Networked data acquisition.
9
FUNDAMENTALS OF VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION
Concept of virtual instrumentation-PC based data acquisition-Typical onboard DAQ card-Resolution and
Sampling frequency-Multiplexing of analog inputs-Single-ended and Differential inputs-Different strategies
for sampling of multi-channel analog inputs. Concept of universal DAQ card - Use of timer - counter and
analog outputs on the universal DAQ card. 9
CLUSTER OF INSTRUMENTS IN VI SYSTEM
PC Interfacing - RS232, RS422, RS485 and USB standards - IEEE 488 standard-ISO-OSI model for
serial bus-Introduction to bus protocols of MOD Industrial Ethernet-CAN. 9
GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENT IN VI
Concepts of graphical programming-Lab-view software-Concept of VI’s and sub VI-Display types-Digital
and Analog Chart- Oscilloscope types - Loops - Case and sequence structures - Types of data - Arrays -
Formulae nodes - Local and global variables - String and File I/O. 9
ANALYSIS TOOLS AND SIMPLE APPLICATIONS IN VI
Fourier transform - Power spectrum - Correlation - Windowing and filtering tools - Simple temperature
indicator - ON/OFF controller - PID controller - CRO and DSO emulation - Simulation of a simple second
order system -Signal generation. 9
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert H. Bishop, "Learning with Lab - view", Prentice Hall, 1st Edition,2014.
2. Jovitha Jerome, "Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,2010

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. KevinJames, "PC Interfacing and Data Acquisition: Techniques for Measurement, Instrumentation
and Control", Newnes publications,2000.
2. Gary W.Johnson, Richard Jennings, "Lab-view Graphical Programming", McGraw Hill Professional
Publishing, 4th Edition, 2011.
3. Sanjay Gupta and Joseph John, "Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW", Tata McGraw - Hill Inc,2010.
139
 19EEE37 - CYBER PHYSICAL SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Interpret the core principles behind CPS
CO2 : Identify the components required to build CPS
CO3 : Identify safety specifications and critical properties
CO4 : Inference the abstractions in CPS design
CO5 : Inference the pre- and post-conditions and invariants for CPS models
INTRODUCTION TO CYBER-PHYSICAL SYSTEMS
Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS) in the real world, Basic principles of design and validation of CPS, Industry
4.0, Auto-SAR, IIoT implications, Building Automation, Medical CPS 7
CPS - PLATFORM COMPONENTS
CPS Hardware platforms - Processors, Sensors, Actuators, CPS Network - Wireless Hart, CAN, Automotive
Ethernet, CPS Software stack - RTOS, Scheduling Real Time control tasks. 9
PRINCIPLES OF AUTOMATED CONTROL DESIGN
Dynamical Systems and Stability Controller Design Techniques, Stability Analysis: CLFs, MLFs, stability
under slow switching, Performance under Packet drop and Noise, State flow 9
CPS IMPLEMENTATION
From features to software components, Mapping software components to ECUs, CPS Performance
Analysis - effect of scheduling, bus latency, sense and actuation faults on control performance, network
congestion 9
SAFETY ASSURANCE OF CYBER-PHYSICAL SYSTEMS
Advanced Automata based modeling and analysis, Basic introduction and examples, Timed and Hybrid
Automata, Definition of trajectories, Formal Analysis: Flow pipe construction, reachability analysis, CPS
SW Verification, Frama-C, CBMC Secure Deployment of CPS 11
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Raj Rajkumar, Dionisio De Niz , and Mark Klein, "Cyber-Physical Systems", Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2016.
2. Rajeev Alur, "Principles of Cyber-Physical Systems", MIT Press, 2015.
3. Lee E A and Seshia S A, "Embedded Systems: A Cyber-Physical Systems Approach", MIT Press,
2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 André Platzer, Logical Analysis of Hybrid Systems: Proving Theorems for Complex Dynamics.,
Springer, 2010,ISBN 978-3-642-14508-7.
2. Jean J. Labrosse, "Embedded Systems Building Blocks: Complete and Ready-To-Use Modules in
C", The publisher, Paul Temme, 2011.
3. P. Tabuada, Verification and control of hybrid systems: a symbolic approach, Springer-Verlag 2009
4. A.J. van der Schaft, J.M. Schumacher, An Introduction to hybrid dynamical systems, Lecture Notes
in Control and Information Sciences, Vol. 251, Springer-Verlag, London, 2000.
5. Borrell F, Bemporad A and Morari M, Predictive control for Linear and Hybrid Systems, Cambridge
University Press (2017)
140
 19EEE38 - INTELLIGENT TECHNIQUES FOR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Interpreting the basics of intelligent techniques and the role of artificial intelligence in industrial
controllers..
CO2 : Explain the fundamental modeling of a controller using fuzzy, expert systems and neural systems
CO3 : Apply the fundamental of fuzzy logic and reasoning to handle uncertainty and solve the control
engineering problems
CO4 : Implementing genetic algorithms to basic optimal control problems.
CO5 : Outline the basic concepts of a heuristic algorithm to solve engineering problems
INTRODUCTION TO AI & EXPERT SYSTEMS
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Computational Intelligence -Expert Systems - Fundamental
Concepts, Architecture - Knowledge Base - Inference Engine Components and Mechanisms - Expert
Systems Application - Expert System for Control in Power Systems. 9

NEURAL NETWORKS
Biological neurons - NN terminology, Activation functions, Fundamental models; Architectures - Feed
forward & Feedback NN, Types of NN based on learning methods, Applications of NNs- Identification,
Control - Case Study - Neural Network Applications for Power System Monitoring and Control. 9

FUZZY SYSTEMS
Introduction - Fuzzy versus Crisp, Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy relations, Fuzzy Systems: Fuzzy logic- universe of
discourse, membership function, Quantifiers, Inference, Fuzzy Rule based system, Defuzzification methods,
Fuzzy Controller, Constructing Fuzzy Model, Application of Fuzzy Logic in Control System. 9

DECISION TREES & MULTIAGENT SYSTEMS

Introduction - Decision Trees - Construction - Pruning - Oblique Decision Trees - Applicationsof Decision
Trees in Power Systems - Introduction to Multiagent Systems, Multiagent Technology Overview -
Applications of Multiagent Systems in Power Engineering 9

HEURISTIC OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

Introduction to Genetic Algorithm; GA steps - Selection, Crossover and Mutation; Application of GA to
optimal control problems - Particle Swarm Optimization, Ant Colony Algorithm, Unsupervised Learning
and Hybrid Methods. 9

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Michael Negnevitsky, "Artificial Intelligence-A Guide to Intelligent Systems", Addison-Wesley, 3rd
Edition, 2011.
2. Simon Haykin, "Neural Networks & Learning Machines”, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2016.

141
3. John Yen Timothy J. Ross, "Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications", John Wiley & Sons, 4th
Edition, 2016
4. Omid Bozorg - Haddad, Mohammad Solgi, "Meta-Heuristic & Evolutionary Algorithms for Engineering
Optimization", John Wiley & Sons, 2017

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1 Dan W. Patterson, "Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems", Pearson, 2015.
2. George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, "Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Logic”, Prentice Hall, Pearson, 2015
3. B. Yegnanarayana, "Artificial Neural Networks", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
4. Xin-She Yang, "Nature-Inspired Optimization Algorithms", 1st Edition, Elsevier, 2014
5. Ben Coppin , "Artificial Intelligence Illuminated", Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2004.
6. S. N. Sivanandam, S.N. Deepa, "Principles of Soft Computing”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2018

142
 19EEE39 - INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Design and develop a suitable controller for automated system involving different disciplines to
achieve more reliable and flexible system.
CO2 : Demonstrate hardware design, understand its internal operation and employ PLC programming
for factory automation, process control and fault detection.
CO3 : Comprehend and define business strategies and plan toward the Fourth Industrial Revolution.
CO4 : Discuss the fundamental requirements of process control systems and describe the architecture
of various distributed control systems.
CO5 : Choose suitable automation hardware for the given industrial application.

BUILDING BLOCKS OF AUTOMATION SYSTEM

Automation strategies - Production economics - Costs in manufacturing - Break Even analysis. Smart
Sensors, Transducers and Motion Actuators - PID Controller - Digital PID Controller. Multi microprocessor
Systems - Local Area Networks - Analog and Digital I/O Modules - Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
Systems - Remote Terminal Unit - Intelligent Electronic devices (IEDs)-Industrial Process Models. 9

PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
Introduction - Relay logic - PLCs - hardware design - Programming of PLCs - PLCs Internal operation and
signal processing - Programming of PLC Systems. Application to Robotics and FMS - PLC to factory
automation - PLC in process control - PLC maintenance - Internal PLC faults - Faults external to PLC -
Programmed error - Watch dogs - Safety - Hardware safety circuits - Troubleshooting. 9

DISTRIBUTED CONTROL AND INDUSTRIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

Introduction - DDC Structure - DDC Software - Fundamental requirements of Process Control System -
System Architecture - Distributed Control Systems - Configuration - Popular Distributed Control Systems.
Data communication link, Reliability, Digital signal formats, Error detection, Correction and Recovery
circuit, Message and Packet switching, RS485, Industrial Ethernet, Concept of Fieldbus, Study of MODBUS
protocol, HART. 9

INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRY 4.0

Introduction - The Various Industrial Revolutions -Defining Industry 4.0 -Main Characteristics of Industry
4.0 - The Value Chain - Industry 4.0 Design Principles - Building Blocks of Industry 4.0 - Smart Manufacturing
-Digitalization and the Networked Economy - Drivers, Enablers, Compelling Forces and Challenges for
Industry 4.0- Smart Factories- Real-World Smart Factories: GE?s Brilliant Factory - Siemens? Amberg
Electronics Plant (EWA) - Trends of Industrial Big Data and Predictive Analytics for Smart Business
Transformation- The Journey so far: Developments in India, USA, Europe, China and other countries.9

INDUSTRIAL CONTROL APPLICATIONS

Industrial Control Applications - Cement Plant - Thermal Power Plant - Water Treatment Plant. Irrigation
Canal Management - Steel plant - Petroleum Refineries - Pharmaceutical Industries - Automobile Industries
- KAIZEN, SIX SIGMA - IoT in industrial control applications. 9

TOTAL : 45
143
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mikell. P. Groover, "Automation Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing", Pearson
India Eduction Series Pvt. Limited, 4th Edition, New Delhi, 2016.
2. Krishna Kant, "Computer - Based Industrial Control ", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1 Alp Ustundag, Emre Cevikcan, "Industry 4.0: Managing The Digital Transformation,Springer
International Publishing AG; 1st ed. 2018
2. Curtis D.Johnson, "Process Control Instrumentation Technology", Pearson India Education Services
Pvt. Ltd., 8th Edition, 2015.
3. David W. Pessen, "Industrial Automation: Circuit Design and Components", Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2011.
4. Ian G. Warnock, "Programmable Controllers operation and Application", Prentice Hall International,
UK, 2008.
5. K.L. Sharma,"Overview of Industrial Process Automation", Elsevier, 2011.
6. Tan KokKiong and AndiSudjana Putra, "Drives & Control for Industrial Automation", Springer, 2010.
7. W.Bolton, "Programmable Logic Controllers", Elsevier, Fifth Edition, 2011.
8. Frank D.Petruzella, "Programmable Logic Controllers", McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 5th Edition, 2019.

144
 19EEE40 - DEEP LEARNING

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Apply Mathematical foundations in deep learning
CO2 : Examine the performance measure of algorithms
CO3 : Analyze machine learning algorithms.
CO4 : Formulate Deep learning algorithms
CO5 : Identify appropriate networks in real life applications

MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS
Linear Algebra : Vectors, Matrices and Tensors - Linear Dependence and Span - Norms - Eigen
Decomposition - Singular Value decomposition - Principal Component Analysis
Probability and Information Theory : Population and Sample - Measures of Central Tendency - Measures
of Deviation - Measures of Shape - Correlation Analysis- Probability Distributions - Baye’s Rule - Linear
regression - Logistic Regression 9

MACHINE LEARNING BASICS

Learning Algorithms - Capacity, over fitting and Under fitting - Hyper parameters and Validation Sets -
Estimators , Bias and Variance - Supervised and Unsupervised Learning Algorithms 9

DEEP NETWORKS
Deep feed forward networks - Gradient Based Learning - Back Propagation - Regularization - Dataset
Augmentation - Multitask Learning - Early stopping - Difficulty of training deep neural networks, Greedy
layer wise training - Bagging - Optimization strategies 9

CONVOLUTIONAL AND RECURRENT NETWORKS

Convolution Neural Networks: Convolution - Pooling - Variants - Structured output - Data types-
Unsupervised features
Recurrent Neural Networks: Back propagation through time- Long Short Term Memory- Gated Recurrent
Units - Bidirectional LSTMs - Bidirectional RNNs 9

RECENT TRENDS AND APPLICATIONS

Recent trends: Variational Auto encoders - Generative Adversarial Networks - Multi-task Deep Learning -
Multi-view Deep Learning
Applications: Vision, NLP, Speech 9
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Ian Good fellow and Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville ,"Deep Learning", MIT Press, 2016.
2. Josh Patterson, " Deep Learning: A Practitioner's Approach, O'Reilly Media:, 2017

REFERENCE BOOK
1. François Chollet, "Deep Learning with Python", Manning Publications, 2021
145
 19EEE41 - SWITCHED MODE POWER CONVERSION

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Recall the concepts of switched mode power conversion
CO2 : Analyze different non isolated DC-DC converters under steady-state condition.
CO3 : Design of magnetic components of dc-dc converters
CO4 : Analyze different soft-switched and resonant converters and power-factor correction techniques
CO5 : Select the EMI suppression techniques for different switched mode converters

INTRODUCTION AND TRANSFORMER-ISOLATED CONVERTERS

Linear converters Vs switching converters - Basic principles of switch-mode power conversion - Single-
switch and multi-switch transformer-isolated DC-DC converters - Flyback and forward converters;
transformer isolated half-bridge, full-bridge converters. Push-pull converters. Voltage fed and current-fed
converters. 9

MAGNETIC COMPONENT DESIGN

Magnetic core materials and performance; basic inductor and transformer design; practical magnetic
design; design aspects to be considered for designing transformers for specific applications - flyback,
push-pull, bridge, forward converters. 9

SWITCHING REGULATOR CONTROL

Small-signal models for switching regulators - Performance analysis and design of closed-loop system
under different control methods, and operating modes. Measurement of small signal transfer functions.
9
SOFT-SWITCHED AND RESONANT CONVERTERS
Hard-switching vs soft-switching - Introduction to resonant power converters and their characteristics -
Detailed study of a few soft-transition converters - 7

POWER-FACTOR CORRECTION, ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE AND CHAOS ANALYSIS

Problems due to harmonics in the current drawn by equipment - Basic concept of active single phase
power factor correction (PFC) techniques - Performance analysis and comparison of different PFC
techniques -Introduction to EMI and Non-linear phenomena in switched mode power converters: Chaos.
11
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Middlebrook, R. D. (Robert David), and Slobodan Cuk, Advances in Switched-Mode Power Conversion,
TESLA , Volumes I and II, 2nd Edition, 1983.
2. Marty-Brown, "Practical Switching power supply design" Academic Press, 1990
3. Abraham Pressman, Keith Billings, Taylor Morey," Switching Power Supply Design", Third edition,
2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS
146
1. Robert W. Erickson and DraganMaksimovic, "Fundamentals of Power Electronics", Springer, reprint
of the original 2nd edition, 2012.
2. Flynn Whittington, "Switched Mode Power Supplies", Universities Press; Second edition, 2009
3. Simon Ang, Alejandro Oliva, "Power-Switching Converters ", CRC Press, Vol. No., third Edition,
2010. 1. Philip T Krein, "Elements of Power Electronics ", Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2012.
4. Ned Mohan, Undeland and Robbin, "Power Electronics: converters, Application and design" John
Wiley & sons. 2013 (reprint).
5. Keith Billings, Taylor Morey "Switch mode Power Supply Handbook, "McGraw Hill, third edition,
November 2010.
6. L Umanand, S R Bhat , "Design Of Magnetic Components For Switched Mode Power Converters",
New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, 2017
7. Lazar Rozenblat, "Switching Power Supply Design: A Concise Practical Handbook", Kindle Edition,
2021.
8. Tse, C.K., di Bernardo, M, "Complex behavior in switching power converter", CRC Press 2003.

147
 19EEE42 - UTILIZATION OF SOLAR ENERGY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Infer the solar thermal energy system for thermal energy collection and storage and its' use in
the buildings.
CO2 : Design the solar PV system for the given applications and to explain the data monitoring system.
CO3 : Interpret and analyze the applications of solar thermal energy system
CO4 : Interpret and analyze the applications of solar PV system
CO5 : Identify the factors involved in economic analysis and explain about E-waste management.

SOLAR THERMAL ENERGY SYSTEM

Solar collectors: Liquid flat plate collectors, Concentrating collectors, advantages and disadvantages and
comparison - Thermal energy storage: Sensible heat storage and latent heat storage - solar pond - Solar
heating of buildings: Principle and system components - Solar cooling of buildings: Principle and system
components - Solar pond: Principle of operation, applications of solar ponds - Basic concepts of energy
efficient buildings 9

SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ENERGY SYSTEM

Design aspects of solar PV installation: Technical and general requirements of solar PV module, Main
components of solar PV system: Solar panel, Batteries (types, parameters and factors affecting battery
performance, Charge controllers, Converter requirements) - installation practices of solar panel -sizing of
wires - Electrical safety standards and requirements - Data monitoring system: Remote monitoring - On-
site monitoring 10

SOLAR THERMAL APPLICATIONS

Principle of operation: Solar furnace, Solar Distillation, Solar Water Heating, Solar Air Heating and solar
pumping system - Industrial process heat: Types and choice of solar collectors, examples for industrial
applications - Solar green house concepts 10

SOLAR PV APPLICATIONS
Home Lighting Systems - Street lighting systems - Battery Charging Stations - PV powered water pumping
system - PV powered refrigeration system - Military uses - Solar lanterns - Solar energy utilization in
space - MNRE schemes for grid connected and off-grid applications 9

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND E-WASTE HANDLING

Initial cost - Annual cost - Annual savings - Cumulative savings - Life cycle savings - Payback period -
Present worth factor - operation and maintenance cost - Economic Analysis Methods.
E-waste - Indian Scenario - Health and environmental hazards - Recycling concepts of E-waste - E waste
generation and handling of solar power plants 7
TOTAL : 45
148
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. S.P. Sukhtme & J.K. Nayak, "Solar Energy: Principles of thermal collection and storage", McGraw-
Hill Education (India), 3rd edition, 2015
2. G.D. Rai," Solar energy utilization", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2017
3. H P Garg & J. Prakash, "Solar Energy - Fundamentals and applications", Mcgrew Hill Education,
New Delhi, 2016
4. Chetan Singh Solanki, "Solar Photovoltaics, Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications", PHI
learning, New Delhi 2009.
5. Hand book on installation and maintenance of solar panel - Government of India
6. Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) - Relevant downloads

149
 19EEE43 - WEARABLE SENSORS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Identify the development areas of wearables and its impact on various sectors
CO2 : Design & recognize various electrodes in monitoring devices for healthcare applications
CO3 : Discuss biochemical and gas sensors as wearable devices in medical & other allied industries
CO4 : Realize Electronic textiles in wearable technology and acquire the knowledge in textile sensors
CO5 : Comprehend the design & development of various wearable's for physiological changes and
other detections in human body

INTRODUCTION
Wearable Devices development -advent of wearable computing -wearable sensors in various sectors:
Industry sectors' overview - sports, healthcare, Fashion and entertainment, military, environment monitoring,
mining industry, public sector and safety.
Wearable haptics: World of wearable's - Attributes of wearable's - Intelligent clothing: The meta wearable
- Challenges and opportunities - Future of wearable's - Need for wearable haptic devices - Categories of
wearable haptic and tactile display 9

WEARABLE DEVICES FOR HEALTH CARE

Design, fabrication & geometry of Electrode- Wearable Bioelectric impedance devices for Galvanic skin
response; Wearable ECG device, wearble EEG device, Wearable EMG devices: EMG/ SEMG Signals,
EMG Measurement - wearable surface electrodes, SEMG Signal Conditioning- Wearable Blood Pressure
(BP) Measurement: Cuff-Based Sphygmomanometer, Cuffless Blood Pressure Monitor- Wearable sensors
for Body Temperature: Intermittent and Continuous temperature monitoring, Detection principles -
thermistor, infrared radiation, thermopile 9

WEARABLE SENSORS
Introduction - Challenges in chemical and biochemical sensing -Types Invasive, Non-invasive Wearable
inertial sensors- Flex sensor, pulse oximeter, glucose sensor, Inertial sensor, dehydration sensor, pH
sensor, heart rate sensor, gas sensor, haptic glove, fitness tracker-Applications for wearable motion
sensors - Practical considerations for wearable inertial sensor - Conductive textile electrodes, Knitted
Piezoresistive Fabric (KPF) sensors 9

TEXTILE SENSOR TECHNOLOGY

Introduction to Textile electrode- smart fibers to textile sensors - Interlaced network-Textile sensors for
physiological state monitoring - Biomechanical sensing - Noninvasive sweat monitoring by textile sensors-
FBG sensor in Intelligent Clothing and Biomechanics.- textile sensor technology for athletes 9

APPLICATIONS OF WEARABLE'S
Wearable's for the Monitoring of Physical and Physiological Changes in Daily Life- Wearing Sensors
Inside and Outside of the Human Body for the Early Detection of Diseases- Wearable and Non-Invasive
150
Assistive Technologies- Application of Optical Heart Rate Monitoring -Wearable's with Global Positioning
System (GPS) integration for tracking and navigation- Applications of wearables for military personnel's
& its design difficulties -Photoplethysmography (PPG) 9

TEXT BOOKS
1. Jacob Fraden, "Hand Book of Modern Sensors: physics, Designs and Applications", 2015, 3rd edition,
Springer, New York
2. Edward Sazonov, Michael R. Newman, "Wearable Sensors: Fundamentals, Implementation and
Applications", 2014, 1st Edition, Academic Press, Cambridge
3. Kate Hartman, "Make: Wearable Electronics: Design, prototype, and wear your own interactive
garments", 2014, 1st Edition, Marker Media, Netherlands

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 John G Webster, "Measurement, Instrumentation and sensor Handbook", 2017, 2nd edition, CRC
Press, Florida
2 Michael J. McGrath, Cliodhna Ní Scanaill, "Sensor Technologies Healthcare, Wellness, and
Environmental Applications" 2013, Apress, springer
3 Subhas C. Mukhopadhyay" Wearable Electronics Sensors For Safe and Healthy Living",2015,
Springer International Publishing
4 Katsuyuki Sakuma "Flexible, Wearable, and Stretchable Electronics" 2020,CRC Press
5 Jon. S. Wilson, "Sensor Technology Hand Book", 2011, 1st edition, Elsevier, Netherland
6 Gerd Keiser, "Optical Fiber Communications", 2017, 5th edition, McGraw-Hill Science, Delhi.

151
 ONE CREDIT COURSES
19EEOC06 - ELECTRICAL SAFETY STANDARDS AND PRACTICES
L T P C
1 0 0 1
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Expand skills to identify the presence of electrical hazards and measures the risks
CO2 : Select appropriate safety equipment for human protection.
CO3 : Realize the safety procedures, Maintenance and grounding.
CO4 : Realize the importance of Accident Prevention, First Aid and Rescue Techniques.
CO5 : Aware the International standards and certification for safety practices

FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRICAL SAFETY

Review of practical electricity - Fundamentals of electrical safety - Hazard Analysis: Primary and Secondary
hazards, Human body Response to current magnitudes, Causes of Injury and death - Switch gears used
for electrical system protection (Switch, Fuse, MCB, ELCB, Isolators). 6

EQUIPMENT'S, PROCEDURES AND GROUNDING

Electrical safety equipment's for human protection - General Electrical Safety procedures - Importance of
Equipment grounding - Maintenance program - Accident Prevention methods - First Aid and Rescue
Techniques. 6

SAFETY STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATION

Introduction of IE Rules - International Electrical Safety Standards - Electrical safety license and Certification
for Practices: NFPA 70E Electrical Safety and OSHA Electrical Safety Work Practices (OESWP) 3

TOTAL : 15

TEXT BOOKS
1. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffr, Dennis K. Neitzel, “Electrical Safety Hand Book”, McGraw
Hill, New York, USA, 2012.
2. Massimo A. G. Mitolo, “Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems”, McGraw- Hill, USA, 2008.

REFERENCES
1. Mohamed A El-Sharkawi, "Electric Safety: Practice and Standards", CRC press,New York, 2013.
2. "Indian Electricity Rules 1956", Ministry of Power- Government of India, 2010
3. Palmer Hickman, “Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices”, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, London,
2009.
4. Kenneth G. Mastrullo, Ray A. Jones, “The Electrical Safety Program Book”, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, London, 2003.

152
 19EEOC07 - SCILAB PROGRAMMING

L T P C
1 0 0 1
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Obtain the necessary knowledge to solve numerical problems through Scilab capacities
CO2 : Recognize and interpret the mathematical modeling in SCILAB-XCOS.
CO3 : Design and develop the tool boxes in SCILAB and hardware interfacing.

INTRODUCTION
Introduction to simulation software- The general environment and the console - Simple numerical
calculations - The menu bar - The editor - The graphics window - Windows management and workspace
customization. 3

PROGRAMMING
Variables, assignment and display - Loops Tests - 2D and 3D plots - Supplements on matrices and
vectors - Calculation - accuracy - Solving differential equations 3

FUNCTIONS
Variables - Numbers - Operators Functions - Expressions - The format Function, Suppressing Output,
Entering Long Statements, Command Line Editing. 3

TOOLBOXES
SCILAB Simulation - Tool Boxes In SCILAB - Creating toolboxes in SCILAB 3

INTERFACING WITH SCILAB

Introduction to SCILAB and GUI - Interfacing with LabVIEW - interfacing with Arduino 3

TOTAL : 15

TEXT BOOKS
1. Rachna Verma, Arvind Verma "Introduction to SCILAB", Cengage publications. 2018
2. Sandeep Nagar" Introduction to Scilab: For Engineers and Scientists" A press,2017.
3. Ramachandran, Hema "Scilab- A free software to Matlab". S-Chand publications 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Book by Tejas Sheth "Scilab: A Practical Introduction to Programming and Problem Solving",
2. Alain Vande Wouwer, Carlos Vilas, and Philippe Saucez "Simulation of ODE/PDE Models with
MATLAB®, OCTAVE and SCILAB: Scientific and Engineering Applications" Springer 2017.
3. Varodom Toochinda "Feedback Control with Scilab and Arduino" E-book
4. Anita Gehlot, Rajesh Singh, Bhupendra Singh "Arduino and Scilab based Projects" Bentham Science
Publishers Pte. Ltd. Singapore - 2019

153
 19EEOC08 - MACHINE VISION

L T P C
1 0 0 1
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Summarize the basic theory and algorithms that are widely used in digital image processing
CO2 : Discover current applications in the field of Image Processing
CO3 : Perform image manipulation with Open CV, including smoothing, blurring.
CO4 : Utilize Python and OpenCV to draw shapes on images and video
CO5 : Apply Neural Networks concepts with Tensor Flow and PyTorch

MACHINE VISION OVERVIEW

Introduction, definition, Active vision system, Machine vision components, hardware's and algorithms,
image function and characteristics, segmentation, data reduction, feature extraction, edge detection,
image recognition and decisions 5

OPENCV-TENSORFLOW-PYTORCH
OpenCV - Image processing techniques using OpenCV with hands on coding examples - Background
subtraction and its applications with hands on coding examples-Object detection and classification
Tensorflow- Object detection and classification Pytorch - Three industry scenarios - LPR detection, face
recognition, car counting. 5

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
Industrial machine vision in production and services, structure of industrial m/c vision, generic standards,
rules of thumb, illumination, optics, image processing, interfacing machine vision system. 5

TOTAL : 15

TEXT BOOKS
1. Kenneth Dawson-Howe, A Practical Introduction to Computer Vision with OpenCV (Wiley-IS&T Series
in Imaging Science and Technology) 1st Edition, Kindle Edition, 2014
2. Computer Vision - A modern approach, by D. Forsyth and J. Ponce, Prentice Hall Robot Vision, by B.
K. P. Horn, McGraw-Hill,2012

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Haralick& Shapiro, "Computer and Robot Vision", Vol II, 1993
2. GerardMedioni and Sing Bing Kang "Emerging topics in computer vision,2004
3. Michael Avendi, PyTorch Computer Vision Cookbook: Over 70 recipes to master the art of computer
vision with deep learning and PyTorch 1.x Kindle Edition, 2016

154
 19EEOC09 - CYBER SECURITY IN MANUFACTURING AND SMART GRID
L T P C
1 0 0 1
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Analyze the risks and threat issues in industrial control system
CO2 : Elaborate the components and architecture of SCADA system
CO3 : Compare the ICS and SCADA system based on the attributes like security and threats
CO4 : Apply the knowledge of SCADA to an ICS.
CO5 : Analyze the case studies related to Industry 4.0, ICS,SCADA.

INDUSTRY 4.0
Industry 1.0 to 4.0 Journey- Industry 4.0 Overview - Industrial Automation Components Industrial Control
System (ICS) 3

INDUSTRIAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ICS)

Industrial Control System (ICS) introduction - ICS Components - ICS Network & Communications- ICS
Security Risks & Threats 3

SCADA
SCADA introduction - SCADA Components - SCADA Objectives & Functions - SCADA Architecture-
SCADA Software - SCADA Security Risks & Threats 3

ICS & SCADA

ICS & SCADA - Network Security Threats & Solutions - ICS & SCADA - Application Security Threats &
Solutions - ICS & SCADA - Org Security Threats & Solutions - ICS & SCADA - Physical Security Threats
& Solutions 3

CASE STUDIES
Major incidents related to Industry 4.0, Industrial Control System (ICS), SCADA, ICS & SCADA - Solutions
related to Industry 4.0, Industrial Control System (ICS), SCADA, ICS & SCADA - Case Studies 3

TOTAL : 15

TEXT BOOKS
1. Gilbert N. Sorebo, Michael C. Echols, "Smart Grid Security -An End-to-End View of Security in the
New Electrical Grid", CRC Press, 1st Edition, India, 2012.
2. Eric D. Knapp , Joel Thomas Langill, "Industrial Network Security: Securing Critical Infrastructure
Networks for Smart Grid, SCADA, and Other Industrial Control", Syngress, December 2014.

REFERENCE BOOK
1. Goel, S., Hong, Y., Papakonstantinou, V., Kloza, D, "Smart Grid Security", Springer, 2015.

155
 19EEOC10 - ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION

L T P C
1 0 0 1
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Interpret and identify Industrial robotics, automation and digital twin technology.
CO2 : Bridge the gap between the industries and institutions working in the area of robotics and
automation
CO3 : Conceive organizational aspects and analyze the architecture of Digital Twin Technology.
CO4 : Facilitate the future industry tools NX CAD -3D Design Modeling, COMOS - Virtual Plant Control,
SIMIT - Real Time simulation - With and Without H/W SIMATIC - Industry Distributed Controller
,Industrial IoT Gateway.
CO5 : Develop an application software to interface various peripherals with given design requirements

INTRODUCTION
Overview of Process Simulate & Virtual Commissioning Case Study : Electric Vehicle Battery Pack
Assembly-Integrated Mechatronics Engineering for Automation. 3

DIGITAL TWIN
Digital Twin for Process Industry-Holistic approach Digital Twins for Optimizingthe value chain-COMOS:
Lifecycle data platform 3

ROBOTICS
Robotics modeling and control- Kinematics- Control of Index finger Exoskeleton using Surface- EMG
signal-Neural Network control- Applications of Robotics. 3

SOFTWARE
Introduction to PCS 7-Architecture of SIMATIC PCS V9.0-Real time examples- Perspectives in DCS and
PLC. 3

IOT
Trend in IOT- Smart manufacturing- Industry 4.0- Manufacturing Execution systems- Delta Vector Control
Drive-C2000 series. 3

TOTAL : 15

TEXT BOOKS
1. Gerardus Blokdyk, "Digital twin A Complete Guide"- 2019 Kindle Edition
2. Bruno Siciliano and Oussama Khatib, "Handbook of Robotics"- Springer International Publishing
2018

REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Anand Iyer, "Digital Twin: Possibilities of the new Digital twin technology" Kindle 2017 Edition.
2. Sebastian Thrun, Wolfram Burgard, Dieter Fox, "Probabilistic Robotics" MIT Press, 2018
3. Ian Barkin, Pascal Bornet, Jochen Wirtz, "INTELLIGENT AUTOMATION" 2020
4. By Frank Lamb, "Industrial Automation: Hands On" McGraw-Hill Education, 2020
156
 19EEOC12 - AWS CLOUD PRACTITIONER ESSENTIALS

Module 1 : Introduction to Amazon Web Services

Module 2 : Compute in the Cloud
Module 3 : Global Infrastructure and Reliability
Module 4 : Networking
Module 5 : Storage and Databases
Module 6 : Security
Module 7 : Monitoring and Analytics
Module 8 : Pricing and Support
Module 9 : Migration and Innovation
Module 10 : The Cloud Journey
Module 11 : AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Basics

157
 19EEOC13 - INTRODUCTION TO IOT

Chapter 1 : Everything is connected

Chapter 2 : Everything Becomes Programmable
Chapter 3 : Everything Generates Data
Chapter 4 : Everything can be automated
Chapter 5 : Everything needs to be secured
Chapter 6 : Educational and Business Opportunities

158
 19EEOC14 - TCS ION CAREER EDGE YOUNG PROFESSIONAL

Module 1 : Communicate to Impress

Module 2 : Deliver Presentations with Impact
Module 3 : Develop Soft Skills for the Workplace
Module 4 : Gain Guidance from Career Gurus
Module 5 : Write a Winning Resume and Cover Letter
Module 6 : Stay Ahead in Group Discussions
Module 7 : Ace Corporate Interviews
Module 8 : Learn Corporate Etiquette
Module 9 : Write Effective Emails
Module 10 : Learn Corporate Telephone Etiquette
Module 11 : Understand Accounting Fundamentals
Module 12 : Gain Foundational Skills in IT
Module 13 : Understand Artificial Intelligence (AI) - Part 1
Module 14 : Understand Artificial Intelligence (AI) - Part 2

159
 EEC COURSES
19HOC31 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS - I
L T P C
0 0 2 1

ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Gain confidence, enhance Personality and develop positive attitude in their work and life.
CO2 : Effectively communicate and present opinions using appropriate functional expressions for a
given situation
CO3 : Compose Emails, Reports for a given business scenario using appropriate sentence construction
and in the prescribed format.
CO4 : Generate ideas and speak on a given topic in a competitive scenario like Debate, Group
Discussion, and Public Speaking.

PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT
Motivation and Self Confidence, SCOT Analysis - Personality Development - What is Personality,
Developing Positive Attitude towards work and life, Building Relationship with others - Personality
Development - Paradigms of Human Interaction, Fear Management. 4

VERBAL COMMUNICATION
English Conversation - Asking and Giving Opinions - English Conversation -Thanking People, Asking
and Giving Suggestions - English Conversation - Asking for Direction, Agreeing and Disagreeing - Role
Play-Business. 5

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Email Writing - Format, Etiquettes and Tips - Report Writing -Introduction, elements and tips - Drafting a
report - Error Identification - Rules, Common Mistakes and Exercises - Sentence Completion Filler (fill in
the blanks using apt words). 5

PUBLIC SPEAKING
How to start and sustain a conversation - Debate - Extempore - Group Discussion - Importance and
Process - Public Speaking - Introduction, Tips - Drafting a Public Speech - Interview - Types, Dos and
Don'ts - Mock Press. 6

TOTAL : 20

REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/109104030/references/references.pdf (online resource)
2. John Seelay, Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking, 2nd Edition, Kindle Edition by Oxford
University Press, 2007.
3. Sabina Pillai, Agna Fernandez, Soft Skills and Employability Skills -Published by Cambridge University
Press, 2017.

160
 19HOC41 - COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS - II

L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Solve objective questions on analogy, Statement and Argument, Statement and Conclusion,
Data Sufficiency and Sentence improvement within a given time.
CO2 : Construct grammatically correct sentences
CO3 : Speak confidently to describe a process, present information on the specified topic and disseminate
information in a professional manner.

SELF EVALUATION
Self believe and self Esteem - Activities based on Current Events 2

VERBAL AND LOGICAL RESONING

Analogy - Introduction, Types and Exercises - Statement and Argument - Statement and Conclusion -
Data Sufficiency - Sentence Improvement - Critical Reasoning/Theme Detection 5

GRAMMAR
Basic Grammar- Subject Verb Agreement - One word substitute - Preposition- Cause and Effect -Basic
level questions and Moderate level questions 4

PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES
Describing a Process - Presentation Skills - Introduction, Planning and Preparation - Presentation on a
Topic - Group Discussion - Dos and Don'ts - Functional Expressions used in Group Discussion - Interview
Skills - Ideal Grooming for an interview, Preparing for the Interview. 9

TOTAL : 20

REFERENCES
1. Sanjay Kumar, PushpLata, Communication Skills 2nd Edition, published by Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, India, 2015.
2. Anthony Manning, Chris Sowton and Craig Thaine, Cambridge Academic English, published by
Cambridge University Press, U P, India, 2012.

161
19HOC51 - EMPLOYABILITY AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT SKILLS - I

L T P C
0 0 2 1

ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Solve objective questions on Syllogisms, Data Interpretation, Critical Reasoning, Theme Detection,
Sentence Completion and Business Vocabulary
CO2 : Develop appropriate responses for business phone calls and negotiate effectively.
CO3 : Speak with appropriate body language for a technical speaking task.
CO4 : Project the appropriate grooming and the right etiquettes, for interview and group discussion
task.

VERBAL APTITUDE
Syllogisms-Paragraph Comprehension -Data Interpretation-Critical Reasoning/Theme Detection -
Grammar -Sentence Completion Filler -Business Vocabulary-Foreign phrases used in English 3

PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Telephonic Conversation Skills - Telephonic Interview -Etiquettes - Professional, Dining & Telephone -
Employability skills - Importance and Employability level of present Y and Z Generation - Interpersonal
Skills - Negotiation Skills - Types, Expressions used in formal and informal negotiations, Stages of
Negotiation -Time Management-Pareto principle, Prioritizing tasks, Barriers to time management 7

THE ART OF SPEAKING

Types of Speaking - Barriers to Speaking - Presentation on a Technical Topic -Speaking on Current
Trends in the Industry 5

NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION
Interview Skills -Non Verbal Communication - Smiling, Posture, Handshake, Tone of Voice and Eye Contact
- GD tips & techniques and Mock GD-Body Language - Grooming. 5

TOTAL : 20

REFERENCES
1. Kamin, Maxine. Soft Skills Revolution: A Guide for Connecting with Compassion for Trainers, Teams,
and Leaders. Washington, DC: Pfeiffer & Company, 2013.
2. Petes S. J., Francis. Soft Skills and Professional Communication. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011.
3. John Hayes. Interpersonal Skills at Work. Second Edition. Routledge publication. 2005

162
 19HOC61 - EMPLOYABILITY AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT
SKILLS - II
L T P C
0 0 2 1
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Exhibit Corporate Etiquettes with assertiveness and personal effectiveness.
CO2 : Build teams and solve problems at workplace.
CO3 : Manage conflicts in a professional manner
CO4 : Simulate an actual Job Interview scenario to prepare a candidate for a real Interview

CORPORATE ETIQUETTE
Corporate Etiquette: Dos and Don'ts, -Conversational dos and don'ts - Creating elusive first impression-
Assertiveness-Personal Effectiveness 4

LEADERSHIP AND TEAM MANAGEMENT

Leadership Skills - Understanding Traits and Styles - Team Building: Bonding, Development and Delegation
- Adaptability and Work Ethics - Handling Team Dynamics- Giving and Receiving Feedback-Problem
Solving Skills 5

STRESS AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT

Emotional Intelligence: Recognition, Understanding and Managing - Stress Management: Techniques
and Benefits - Conflict Management: Introduction- Handling Conflicts - Conflicts settlement 6

GROUP DISCUSSION AND INTERVIEW SKILLS

Mock GD - Interview Skills - Answering challenging questions - Common Interview Questions 5

TOTAL : 20

REFERENCES
1. Barun K Mitra., Personality Development and Soft Skills. Second Edition. Oxford University Press.
2016
2. N. Krishnaswamy & Lalitha Krishnaswamy - Mastering Communication Skills and Soft Skills. New
Delhi. Bloomsburry. 2015
3. Stein, Steven J. & Howard E. Book. The EQ Edge: Emotional Intelligence and Your Success. Canada:
Wiley & Sons, 2006.

163
 OPEN ELECTIVES
19CEOE01 - TOWN PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 : interpret the geometric forms and aesthetic qualities of Architecture
CO2 : integrate the various elements of architecture and orientation of buildings
CO3 : describe the development plans and planning regulations
CO4 : incorporate the development control rules in town and country planning

PRINCIPLES OF TOWN PLANNING

Evaluation of planning - Objects of town planning - principles of town planning- origin of towns - growth of towns - origin -
direction - various forms of planning (9)

ELEMENTS OF ARCHITECTURE
Introduction of architecture - definition - Evaluation of geometric forms - function and history - Sphere, Cube, Pyramid, Cylinder
and Cone - aesthetic qualities of Architecture - Proportion, Scale, Balance, Symmetry, Rhythm and axis - Contrast in Form -
Harmony. (9)

PRINCIPLES OF ORIENTATION AND PLANNING OF BUILDINGS

Factors affecting orientation - Sun-Wind-Rain - Orientation criteria for Indian conditions - Principles governing the theory of
planning - Planning of residential buildings. (7)

DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Principles of city planning - levels of planning- scope and contents of regional plan, master plan, detailed development plan and
structure plan - preparation and implementation - planning of new towns - slum clearance and urban renewal. (9)

PLANNING LEGISLATION AND DEVELOPMENT CONTROL RULES

Planning legislation and administration - Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act, Tamil Nadu Housing Board Act, Tamil Nadu
slum clearance and Improvement Act. Zoning regulations - sub division regulations - building regulations - Floor Space Index -
minimum plot sizes - open spaces - minimum standard dimensions (11)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. RangwalaS.C., "Town Planning", Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2013.
2. Francis D.K., Ching, "Architecture Form, Space and Order", Oxford University Press, 2014.

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/124/107/124107001/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/109104047/pdf/lecture40.pdf

164
 19CEOE02 - CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPTATION
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 : Outline the earth's system which influences the climatic factors of the earth.
CO2 : Infer the evidences and observed changes in the climate and environment on a global scale and in India.
CO3 : Analyse the impacts of climate change on various sectors and the uncertainties over the projected impacts of climate
change.
CO4 : Investigate the various adaptation and mitigation options in various sectors and examine the mitigation efforts made
in India.
CO5 : Correlate future clean technology and alternate energy options inferred in clean development mechanism.

EARTH'S CLIMATE SYSTEM

Introduction-Climate in the spotlight-The Earth's Climate Machine - Climate Classification - Global wind systems - Trade Wind
Systems - Trade Winds and the Hadley Cell - The Weserlies - Cloud formation and Monsoon Rains - Storms and Hurricanes -
The Hydrological Cycle - Global Ocean Circulation - EI Nino and its Effect - Green House Gases and Global Warming - Carbon
Cycle. (9)

OBSERVED CLIMATE CHANGE AND ITS CAUSES

Observation of Climate Change - Changes in pattern of temperature, precipitation and sea level rise - Observed effects of
Climate Changes - Patterns of Large Scale Variability - Drivers of Climate Change - Feedbacks - The Montreal Protocol -
UNFCCC - IPCC - Evidences of Changes in Climate and Environment - on a Global Scale and in India. (9)

IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE

Impacts of Climate Change on various sectors - Agriculture, Forestry and Ecosystem - Water resources - Human Health -
Industry, Settlement and Society - Methods and Scenarios - Projected Impacts for different regions - Uncertainties in the Projected
Impacts of Climate Change. (9)

CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATION AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Adaptation Strategy/options in various sectors - Water - Agriculture - Infrastructure and Settlement including coastal zones -
Human Health - Tourism - Transport - Energy - Key Mitigation Technologies and practices - Energy supply - Transport - Buildings
- Industry - Agriculture - Forestry - Carbon sequestration - Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) - Mitigation Efforts in India and
Adaptation funding. (9)

CLEAN TECHNOLOGY AND ENERGY

Clean Development Mechanism - Carbon Trading - Examples of future Clean Technology - Biodiesel - Natural Compost - Eco-
friendly Plastic - Alternate Energy - Hydrogen - Bio-fuels - Solar Energy - Wind - Hydroelectric Power. (9)
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dash Sushil Kumar, "Climate Change - An Indian Perspective", Cambridge University Press India Pvt. Ltd, 2007.
2. UNIPCC Fifth Assessment Report, 2014.
3. Jan C. van Dam, Impacts of "Climate Change and Climate Variability on Hydrological Regimes", Cambridge University
Press, 2003.
165
REFERENCES
1. Anil Markandya, Climate Change and Sustainable Development: Prospects for Developing Countries, Routledge, 2002.
2. Heal, G. M., Interpreting Sustainability, in Sustainability: Dynamics and Uncertainty, Kluwer Academic Publ., 1998.
3. Jepma, C.J., and Munasinghe, M., Climate Change Policy - Facts, Issues and Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1998.
4. Dash Sushil Kumar, "Climate Change - An Indian Perspective", Cambridge University Press India Pvt. Ltd, 2007.

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. "An Inconvenient truth (2006)"- video
2. https://climate.nasa.gov
3. https://unfccc.int
4. https://environment .gov.au

166
 19CEOEO3 - METRO SYSTEMS AND ENGINEERING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 : Integrate the basic elements of MRTS, BRTS, LRTS and other transportation systems
CO2 : Illustrate the components of metro rail systems
CO3 : Apply the concepts of ITS in the field of Transportation Engineering

PRINCIPLES OF TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS

Transportation systems in India - various modes of transport - public transport - Intermediate public transport - types - characteristics
- other urban transportation modes - drawbacks- various transit systems (9)

MRTS
Definition - Mass Rapid Transit System - History of MRTS - Need for MRTS - connectivity in Indian conditions - cities having
MRTS - infrastructure - operations - fares and ticketing - case study. (8)

BRTS and LRTS

Bus Rapid Transit System - terminology - history -features - performance - cost - drawbacks - Light Rail Transit System -
necessity - types - gauge- capacity integration with cycles - comparison to other rail modes (9)

METRO RAIL SYSTEMS

History of Metro trains - Need for Metro rail - connectivity in Indian conditions - cities having Metro - construction techniques
adopted in Metro Rail stations - Case study - Delhi Metro (DMRC) - Chennai Metro (CMRL) (10)

ITS
Definition - Intelligent Transport System - Principles - Application of ITS technologies in various countries - smart transportation
- case studies (9)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Pradip Kumar Sarkar, Vinay Maitri, G. J. Joshi ·"Transportation Planning Principles, Practices and Policies", Prentice Hall
India Pvt., Limited 2017
2. D. Johnson Victor, S. Ponnuswamy, "Urban Transportation Planning, Operation and Management" Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2012
3. Mashrur A. Chowdhury, Adel Wadid Sadek "Fundamentals of Intelligent Transportation Systems Planning" Artech House ·
2003
4. Sumit Ghosh, Tony S. Lee, "Intelligent Transportation Systems Smart and Green Infrastructure Design, Second Edition"
CRC Press · 2010

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/105101008/downloads/cete_48.pdf

167
 19CEOE04 - RENEWABLE ENERGY RESOURCES
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 : Infer the current energy scenario and future energy usage in India.
CO2 : Interpret the concepts of solar energy, wind energy, tidal energy and biomass energy.
CO3 : Compare the energy utilization from wind energy, solar energy, biomass energy and tidal energy.
CO4 : Correlate the challenges and problems associated with the use of energy sources.

ENERGY PERSPECTIVES
Conventional and non conventional energies - Energy and sustainable development - Global energy scenario - Energy scenario
in India - Energy consumption pattern in rural and urban regions in India - Energy efficiency and economy - Energy losses and
its control - Renewable energy potential mapping - Plant load factor (9)

SOLAR ENERGY PERSPECTIVES

Concept of solar energy - Solar energy to light and to thermal conversions - Total energy and necessary infrastructure - Units and
measurement of solar radiation - Temperature dependent collecting devices and their efficacies - Design aspects - Typical
applications: heating, cooling, lighting, power generation and cooking. (9)

WIND ENERGY PERSPECTIVES

Wind potential in India - Wind turbines and their types - Merits and demerits - Wind power and appropriate coefficient - Efficiency
and performance of wind machines -Energy conversion and storage - Synchronous invertors - Various storage aspects: battery,
fly wheel, hydrogen and compressed air. (9)

BIOMASS ENERGY PERSPECTIVES

Biomass potential in India - Gobar gas and producer gas - Characteristics of biomass - Operation and design of biogas plants -
Objectives, principles and operational aspect of biogassifiers - Pyrolysis and incineration - Power generation from municipal
solid waste and industrial Sludges - Application of biodiesel plants - Fuel cells. (9)

TIDAL ENERGY PERSPECTIVES

Tidal aspects in coastal India - Tidal energy conversion system: mechanical to electrical and thermal to electrical - Tidal force
calculation and power generation - conceptualization and potential of geothermal energy - Geothermal vents. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Sukathme, S.P, Nayak J.K., "Solar Energy", Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 2017.
2. Rai, G.D., "Non Conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
3. P.Kothari, K.C Singal, Rakesh Ranjan "Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies", PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd,
New Delhi, 2013.
4. Scott Grinnell, "Renewable Energy & Sustainable Design", CENGAGE Learning, USA, 2016.

168
REFERENCES
1. Richard A. Dunlap," Sustainable Energy" Cengage Learning India Private Limited, Delhi, 2015.
2. Godfrey Boyle, "Renewable energy", Open University, Oxford University Press in association with the Open University,
2004.
3. Shobh Nath Singh, 'Non-conventional Energy resources' Pearson Education, 2015.

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ge06/preview
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_nou20_cs09/preview

169
 19CEOE05 - PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 : Identify the components, factors and environmental issues affecting Sustainable development.
CO2 : Assess the role of International summits, conventions and Environmental aspects on Sustainable development.
CO3 : Interpret the necessity and importance of Indian and International Socio -economical and legal aspects in Sustainability.
CO4 : Illustrate the different strategies to achieve Sustainable development.
CO5 : Assess the role of Life cycle Assessment, Cleaner Production and Sustainable Chemistry to achieve sustainable
development.

CONCEPTS OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Sustainable development- Evolution of Environmental awareness and Sustainable development, global Sustainable development
goals -components and factors affecting Sustainable development-Demographic dynamics and sustainability- Environmental
issues and crisis- ozone layer depletion, global warming and climate change (9)

ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
International Environmental summits, conventions and agreements-Tiwari committee recommendation - Role of Pollution Control
Board - Transboundary issues - Ecological indicators- Ecological foot print- Carbon foot print - Basic concept of Environmental
impact assessment (9)

SOCIO ECONOMIC AND JUDICIAL ASPECTS

UN Sustainable development policies through trade- World Trade Organization-International monetary fund and World bank -
Circular Economy and Sustainable Development - Socio economic policies for sustainable Development- Role of Judiciary in
Sustainable Development - Major Environmental Cases in India - Development of Environmental Policies in India - Environment
Protection Act, 1986 - EIA notification 2006 - National Conservation Strategy and Policy Statement on Environment and
Development, 1992 - Policy Statement for the Abatement of Pollution, 1992 - National Environment Policy, 2006. SDG India
Index - Baseline Report 2018 (9)

STRATEGIES FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Economic growth and Sustainable Development - Resource depletion and resource protection- - Internet of things and Sustainable
Development - Sustainable Management of Forest, Land, water- Natural Disaster management- case studies. (9)

CLEANER PRODUCTION, LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT - GREEN/SUSTAINABLE CHEMISTRY

Cleaner Production, definition, aim, application-Generic process of Cleaner Production Assessment- Life cycle Assessment -
definition, necessity and elements- ISO Environmental standards- Environmental Audit -Green Chemistry - twelve Principles of
Green Chemistry - case studies. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Ramakrishnan, P. S., "Ecology and Sustainable Development", National Book Trust, New Delhi, 2001
2. Paul Robbins, John Hintz, and Sarah A. Moore, "Environment and Society: A Critical Introduction", Wiley-Blackwell, 2014
3. Bimal N. Patel and Ranita Nagar, "Sustainable Development and India", Oxford University Press, 2018.
170
REFERENCES
1. Nick Hanley, Jason F. Shogren and Ben White, "Environmental Economics in Theory and Practice", Macmillan Publishers,
UK, 1997
2. Tietenberg T. and Lynne Lewis, "Environmental and Natural Resource Economics", Harper Collins, Routledge, 2016
3. Kirkby, J.O., Keefe, P., and Timberlake, "Sustainable Development", Earthsean Pub., London, 2001

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/107/103/107103081/

171
 19CEOE06 - DISASTER MANAGEMENT
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 : Identify natural and manmade disasters
CO2 : Explain in detail about causes and effects of natural and manmade disasters.
CO3 : Apply geospatial techniques (including GIS) that can enhance vulnerability assessments
CO4 : Identify and analyse the factors that give rise to differential vulnerabilities and levels of community resilience and
suggest necessary mitigation plans
CO5 : Assess and manage these vulnerabilities through disaster planning and policy-making.

NATURAL DISASTERS
Cyclones, Floods, Drought and Desertification - Earthquake, Tsunami, Landslides and Avalanche. (9)

MAN MADE DISASTERS

Chemical industrial hazards, major power breakdowns, traffic accidents, Fire, War, Atom bombs, Nuclear disaster- Forest Fire-
Oil fire -accident in Mines. (9)

GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY
Remote sensing, GIS and GPS applications in real time disaster monitoring, prevention and rehabilitation- disaster
mapping. (9)

RISK ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION

Hazards, Risks and Vulnerabilities - Disasters in India, Assessment of Disaster Vulnerability of a location and vulnerable groups-
Preparedness and Mitigation measures for various Disasters- Mitigation through capacity building -Preparation of Disaster
Management Plans. (9)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Legislative responsibilities of disaster management- Disaster management act 2005- post disaster recovery & rehabilitation,
Relief & Logistics Management; disaster related infrastructure development- Post Disaster, Emergency Support Functions and
their coordination mechanism - Role of Engineers in Disaster Management. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. R. Subramanian, “Disaster Management” Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2018.
2. Tushar Bhattacharya, "Disaster Science and Management", McGraw Hill India Education Pvt. Ltd., 2017.

REFERENCES
1. Disaster Management in India-A Status Report- Published by the National Disaster Management Institute, Ministry of
Home Affairs, Govt. of India, 2004.
2. Murthy D. B. N., "Disaster Management : Text and Case Studies", Deep and Deep Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
3. Sundar I. and Sezhiyan T., "Disaster Management", Sarup and Sons, New Delhi, 2007.
4. Singhal J.P. "Disaster Management”, Laxmi Publications, 2010.
172
5. Khanna BK, "All You Wanted To Know About Disasters”, New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi, 2005.
6. Ramana Murthy, "Disaster Management”, Dominant, New Delhi, 2004.
7. Rajdeep Dasgupta, "Disaster Management and Rehabilitation”, Mittal Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

173
 19MEOE01 - DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Demonstrate the fundamental concepts applied with mathematical knowledge, methodologies to bring knowledge of
characterize, analyse and solve a wide range of problems between the purpose of a model and the appropriate level
of complexity and accuracy.
CO2 : Plan, design and conduct experimental investigations efficiently and effectively; choose an appropriate experiment to
evaluate a new product design or process improvement through experimentation strategy, data analysis, and
interpretation of experimental results.
CO3 : Analyse the nature of variables, statistical inference, influence parameter selection, factorial concepts, Conduct Design
of experiments; interpret the direct and interaction effects using RSM.

INTRODUCTION
Strategy of Experimentation, Typical applications of Experimental design, Basic Principles, Guidelines for Designing Experiments.
(7)

BASIC STATISTICAL CONCEPTS

Concepts of random variable, probability, density function cumulative distribution function. Sample and population, Measure of
Central tendency; Mean median and mode, Measures of Variability, Concept of confidence level. Statistical Distributions: Normal,
Log Normal & Weibull distributions. Hypothesis testing, Probability plots, choice of sample size. Illustration through Numerical
examples. (9)

EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN
Classical Experiments: Factorial Experiments: Terminology: factors, levels, interactions, treatment combination, randomization,
Two-level experimental designs for two factors and three factors. Three-level experimental designs for two factors and three
factors, Factor effects, Factor interactions, Fractional factorial design, Saturated Designs, Central composite designs. Illustration
through Numerical examples. (11)

ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION METHODS

Measures of variability, Ranking method, Column effect method & Plotting method, Analysis of variance (ANOVA) in Factorial
Experiments: YATE's algorithm for ANOVA, Regression analysis, Mathematical models from experimental data. Illustration through
Numerical examples. (9)

EXPERIMENT DESIGN USING TAGUCHI'S ORTHOGONAL ARRAYS

Types of Orthogonal Arrays, selection of standard orthogonal arrays, Linear graphs and Interaction assignment, Dummy level
Technique, Compound factor method, Modification of linear graphs. Illustration through Numerical examples. (9)

TOTAL :45

TEXT BOOKS
1. C.F. Jeff Wu & Michael Hamada, "Experiments-Panning, Analysis, and Optimization", 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons. Inc.,
2021.
2. D.C. Montgomery, "Design and Analysis of Experiments", 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons. Inc. 2019.

174
REFERENCES
1. T.B. Barker, Andrew Milivojevich, "Quality by Experimental Design", 4th Edition, CRC Press, 2021
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105087/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/104/111104075/

175
 19MEOE02 - ENGINEERING OPTIMIZATION
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Formulate single or multi-variable engineering optimization problems and comply with the appropriate objective
functions.
CO2 : Select the appropriate optimization technique for the specified engineering problems based on number of variables
and constraints.
CO3 : Derive, develop and utilize the possible randomness or any other associated factors that would possibly occur during
constrained and unconstrained optimization situations.

INTRODUCTION
Problem formulation - design variables, constraints, constraint surfaces, objective functions, objective function surfaces.
Classification of optimization - based on existence of constraints, nature of design variables, structure of the problem, nature of
equation involved, permissible value of the design variables, deterministic nature of the variables, separability of the functions
and the number of objective functions. Example of engineering optimization problems. (11)

SINGLE VARIABLE OPTIMIZATION

Optimal criteria - bracketing method - exhaustive search method, region elimination method - interval halving, Fibonacci, golden
search method, point estimation method - successive quadratic approximation, gradient search method - Newton Raphson's
method. (10)

MULTIVARIABLE OPTIMIZATION WITH CONSTRAINTS

Multivariable optimization - semi definite case - saddle point. Multivariable optimization with equality constraints - solution by
direct substitution - solution by the method of constrained variation - solution by the method of Lagrange multipliers. Multivariable
optimization with inequality constraints - Kuhn-Tucker conditions, constraint qualification. (12)

UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION
Introduction - classification of unconstrained minimization methods - general approach - rate of convergence - scaling of design
variables. Direct Search Methods - random search methods - random walk method with direction exploitation - advantages of
random search methods. Indirect Search Methods - gradient of a function - evaluation of the gradient - rate of change of function
along a direction - steepest descent (Cauchy) method. (12)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. S. S. Rao, "Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice", 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2019.
2. K. Deb, "Optimization for Engineering Design - Algorithms and Examples", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall India, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. J. S. Arora, "Introduction to Optimum Design", 4th Edition, Academic Press, 2016.
2. Ashok D. Belegundu &Tirupathi R. Chandrupatla, "Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering", 3rd Edition,
Kindle Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2019.
176
3. A. Ravindran, K. M. Ragsdell, Reklaitis G.V., "Engineering Optimization: Methods and Applications", John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 2006.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105235/
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/108/105108127/
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/101/112101298/

177
 19MEOE03 - ENGINEERING POLYMERS, COMPOSITES AND ALLIED
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Choose manufacturing processes for polymers and PMC materials to obtain required shapes by applying product
design considerations
CO2 : Find the processes to develop new ceramic and cermet materials for manufacturing of high temperature cutting tools
by applying design considerations
CO3 : Develop and characterize the Nano-composites, MMCs, CMCs and PMCs for the engineering applications using
secondary processing methods
CO4 : Synthesize, characterize, compaction and sintering of metal powders for application of P/M parts using powder
metallurgy techniques
CO5 : Synthesize and characterize the nanostructured materials for fabricating electronic devices, MEMS, magnetic, electronic
and optical sensors and fabricating carbon nano structured materials for fuel cell and energy storage applications

SHAPING PROCESSES FOR PLASTICS

Properties of polymer melts - extrusion - production of sheet and film - fibre and filament production (spinning) - coating processes
- injection moulding - compression and transfer moulding - blow moulding and rotational moulding - thermoforming. Casting -
polymer foam processing and forming - product design considerations. (8)

RUBBER-PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
Rubber processing and shaping - manufacture of tyres and other rubber products - product design considerations. (5)

SHAPING PROCESSES FOR POLYMER MATRIX COMPOSITES

Materials for PMC - open mold processes - closed mold processes - filament winding -pultrusion process - other PMC shaping
processes. (4)

PROCESSING OF CERAMICS AND CERMETS

Processing of traditional ceramics - processing of new ceramics - processing of cermets - product design considerations. (4)

APPLICATION OF COMPOSITES
Composites including Nano-composites for electrical, superconducting and device applications, fabrication of Nano-composites,
secondary processing and joining of various composite materials for structural applications and their fracture behavior and
safety. (9)

POWDERS
Production and characterization of powders, compaction of metal powders - die compaction, isostatic pressing, powder forging,
powder rolling and extrusion, pressure less compaction techniques, hot pressing and hot isostatic pressing, sintering of powder
compacts, liquid phase sintering, sintering furnaces, post sintering operations, applications of P/M parts. (7)

INTRODUCTION TO NANOMATERIALS
Nano structured materials, low-dimensional structures: quantum wells, quantum wires, and quantum dots, Nano clusters &
Nanocrystals, electronic and optical properties of Nano crystallites, metallic and semiconducting superlattices, synthesis of
nanostructured materials, fabrication and characterization of Nano electronic devices and MEMS, basics of synthesis and
178
characterization of Nano-multi-component systems for sensors (magnetic, electronic and optical) and electrodes, synthesis and
fabrication of carbon Nano structures for fuel cell and energy storage applications. (8)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Mikell P. Groover, "Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing Materials, Processes and Systems", 4th Edition, John Wiley &
sons, Inc. 2015.
2. Ajayan P. M., Schadler L. S., & Braun P. V, "Nano composite Science and Technology", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2014.

REFERENCES
1. Charles A. Harper, "Modern Plastics Handbook", McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Sperling L.H., "Introduction to Physical Polymer Science", 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
3. Chawla K.K., "Ceramic matrix composites", 1st Edition, Chapman & Hall, 2013.
4. Randall M German, "A-Z of Powder Metallurgy (Metal Powders Technology)", Elsevier Science, 2007.
5. Upadhyaya G. S., "Powder Metallurgy Technology", Cambridge International Science Publishing, 2002.

179
 19MEOE04 - INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Examine the configuration of a robot and suggest a robot for a particular operation (pick and place, welding, vision,
climbing etc.).
CO2 : Calculate the position, velocity and acceleration for a robot manipulator and solve the forward and inverse kinematics.
CO3 : Calculate mass and inertia for the links of a robot manipulator and also find its forward and inverse dynamics.
CO4 : Choose an appropriate vision system for the robot and then extract these images to get the desired output.
CO5 : Write a program to determine path for obstacle avoidance for a specific task and can solve using matrix laboratory
software.

INTRODUCTION
Brief history of robots, robot definitions, today's practical importance of robot applications, challenges faced by robots in industrial
situations, future scope of robotics. (3)

GENERAL CONSIDERATION OF ROBOTIC MANIPULATORS

Introduction - Brief history of robotics- Robot geometrical configurations - wrist and gripper subassemblies - robot drive systems
- robot software. (5)

KINEMATICS OF ROBOT MANIPULATORS

Homogeneous representation of objects, robot manipulator joint coordinate system, Euler angles and Euler transformations,
Denavit- Hartenburg (D-H) representations, direct kinematics in robotics, inverse kinematic solutions, geometrical approach in
inverse Kinematics, Jacobian of transformation in robotic manipulation. (12)

ROBOT WORKSPACE AND MOTION TRAJECTORY DESIGN

General Structure of robotic workspaces, robotic workspace performance index, extreme reach of robotic hands, robotic task
description, robotic motion, trajectory design, general design considerations on trajectories, 4-3-4 trajectory, 3-5-3 trajectory,
simulation of robotic workspaces. (8)

MOTION CONTROL OF ROBOTIC MANIPULATORS

General arm control system - open and closed loop control systems error controlled robotic dynamics - control structure of
amplifier- control of a single axis robotic arm, common control systems for industrial robots, force control of robotic
manipulators. (9)

ROBOT SENSING AND ROBOT VISION SYSTEM

Desirable features of sensor- range sensors - proximity sensors - tactile sensors-force sensors, torque sensing detectors - TV
cameras - illumination techniques - fundamentals of image processing visual data acquisition - image enhancement - image
segmentation - image extraction and recognition- object and model matching - image extraction. Typical vision systems, robot
programming languages - characteristics of robot- level languages - characteristics of task level languages, simulation languages.
(8)

TOTAL : 45

180
TEXT BOOK
1. Fu.K S, Gonzales .R.C., & Lee.C.S.G., "Robotic Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence", McGraw Hill International,
2006.
2. Ashitava Ghushal "Robotics : Fundamental Concepts and Analysis", Oxford, 2006.

REFERENCES
1. Mikell.P.Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Tooger. N. Nager, & Nicholas G. Odrey, "Industrial Robotics Technology, Programming
and Applications", McGraw Hill International, 2004.
2. Richard. D. Klafter, Thomas. A. Chmielewski, & Michaelnegin, "Robotic Engineering - An Integral Approach", Prentice Hall
of India, 2002.
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105249/

181
 19MEOE05 - BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Gain knowledge about BPR, Factors affecting BPR operations and design BPR techniques.
CO2 : Use BPR tools, utilize concepts of BPR, analyse cost / Benefit and appreciate the need of IT in BPR.
CO3 : Incorporate changes in the business operation based on market demand and implement the same in the manufacturing
system.
CO4 : Select an appropriate practice of the business re-engineering project by taking the practical situations into consideration.
CO5 : Provide the most feasible practical solution to the problem keeping in mind the considerations of business automation,
value, processes and risks in launching the business reengineering project.

INTRODUCTION TO BPR
Definition; the paradigm shifts in production; the need for BPR, advantages and benefits of BPR, constraining factors, challenges,
the positioning concept; the re-engineering visions; The BPR Life Cycle Methodology, Guidelines for BPR steps, Role of Information
Technology in BPR; process Improvement and Process Redesign; BPR Experience in Indian Industry. (9)

METHODOLOGIES AND TOOLS FOR BPR

Process management; dynamic business re-engineering change framework; steps to reengineer the process. Tools used in
Modelling the Business: flow-charting, business activity maps, relational diagrams, benefit/cost analysis. The enabling role of
information technology in business re-engineering. Conceptual Foundation of Business Process Re-engineering; Process
Identification and Mapping; Role/Activity Diagrams. (9)

CHANGE MANAGEMENT
Planned changes in business re-engineering projects; challenges of business change; business change development. Success
factors in re-engineering. The assessment of business re-engineering. Process Visioning and Benchmarking. Business process
Improvement, Business Process Redesign; Man Management for BPR implementation; Re-organizing People and Managing
Change. (9)

GOVERNANCE & BPR

Total Quality Management, Risk Management, Organizational Structures, BPR Project Management, The Power of Habit in
organizations. The role of eLearning environments. Applications, gaming, BPR facilitation, BPR in Software Development, Basic
principles, Relation to BPR. (9)

BEST PRACTICES IN BPR

Research & Practice, Perspectives in BPR, Discussion on research challenges, and practice challenges for industry and
governments Case studies: Nissan, Chrysler, Hewlett Packard etc. Workflow systems, Imaging technology, Floware, Business
design facility tools, Risk and impact measurement. (9)

TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Davenport, "Process Innovation: Reengineering work through information technology". Harvard Business School Press,
1993.
2. Hammer & Champy, "Reengineering the Corporation: A Manifesto for Business Revolution" Harper Business Books, 1993.
182
3. Hammer & Stanton, "The Reengineering Revolution" Harper Collins. London, 1995.
4. Henry J Johansson, Patrick McHugh, John Pendlebury & William A. Wheeler, "Business Process Reengineering: Break
Point Strategies for Market Dominance", Wiley, New Delhi, 1993.

REFERENCES
1. Harmon, P, "Business Process Change: A Guide for Business Managers and BPM and Six Sigma Professionals", Elsevier/
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2007.
2. R. Anupindi et al., "Managing Business Process Flows: Principles of Operations Management", Pearson Education Inc,
2006.
3. Kock, N.F., "Process Improvement and Organizational Learning: The Role of Collaboration Technologies", Idea Group,
1999.
5. Walford, R.B., "Business Process Implementation for IT Professionals and Managers" Artech Business Process
Reengineering" Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1993.

183
 19MEOE06 - ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Analyze the demand and supply and sketch a demand and supply curve.
CO2 : Determine the Breakeven point and find out the strength and weakness of the Market Structure.
CO3 : Sketch the curve for cost behavior for the short run concept.
CO4 : Analyze and specify the causes and provide the solution to each cause.
CO5 : Formulate the steps involved in a recruitment process as a chart and interpret it.

INTRODUCTION
Definition -Nature and Scope-Significance of Economics for Engineers. (5)

BASICS OF MICRO ECONOMICS

Demand Analysis and Supply Analysis - Elasticity of Demand and Supply - Case Study in Demand Forecasting - Cost concepts
- Classifications - Short run and Long run cost curves - Break-even Analysis. (8)

MARKET STRUCTURE
Classification of Market - Perfect Competition-Characteristics -Monopoly - Monopolistic Competition - Oligopoly and Duopoly -
Price Discrimination under different markets - Price and output determination in short run and long run. (8)

MONEY AND BANKING

Money - Quantity theory of Money -Supply of Money - RBI Measures of Money Supply - Banking - Functions of Commercial
Banks and Central Banks- Balance of Payments - Meaning and methods of Exchange control Methods of Foreign Payments -
IMF, IBRD, WTO- Agreements of WTO and its Impact on Indian Economy. (9)

NATIONAL INCOME
Meaning - National Income - Concepts -Methods of Calculating and Problems in calculating National Income - Inflation - Causes
- Measures -Deflation - Stagflation - Phillips Curve - Unemployment New Environment Policy- Liberalisation -Privatisation -
Globalisation. (8)

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Principles of Management, Evolution of Management, Development of Managerial Skills- Human Resource Management-
Importance- Objectives- Job Analysis- Recruitment- Selection and Placement and Training Development. (7)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Dewett. K. K., & Navalur M.H., "Modern Economic Theory", S. Chand and Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2014
2. Lipsey & Chrystal, "Economics", Oxford University Press, 2010
3. V. S. Bagad, "Principles of Management", Technical Publication, Pune
184
REFERENCES
1. Paul A Samuelson & William, "Economics", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Francis Cheriunullem, "International Economics", McGraw Hill Education, 2011.
3. William A McEachern & Smrit Kaur, "Micro Economics", Cengage Learning, 2013.
4. William A McEachern & Indira A., "Macro Economics", Cengage Learning, 2014.
5. Lipsey & Chrystal, "Economics", Oxford University Press, 2010.
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107209/

185
 19EEOE01 - ENERGY AUDITING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Exhibit Conceptual knowledge of the technology, economics and regulation related issues associated with energy
conservation and energy auditing
CO2 : Compute the thermal efficiency of various thermal utilities and use the energy audit methods learnt to identify the
areas deserving tighter control to save energy expenditure.
CO3 : Analyse the cost- benefit of various investment alternatives for meeting the energy needs of productive processes
through energy conservation study.
CO4 : Illustrate the energy saving techniques to reduce power consumption of the non- productive loads
CO5 : Advocacy of strategic and policy recommendations on energy conservation and energy auditing.

ENERGY AUDIT
Global energy scenario - Heat and Electrical energy - Role of energy managers in industries - Energy auditing -Types of energy
audit- Data to be collected in auditing - Needs, methodology and types of energy audits - Simple payback period - Net present
value of saving- Energy audit report (9)

ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSERVATION

Basic Industrial electrical distribution- energy saving and energy efficiency with Transformers, reactive power correction and
cable loss reduction- Energy saving in lighting systems -Specific Energy Consumption (SEC) - Load management - Demand
Side Management (DSM). (9)

HEAT ENERGY CONSERVATION

Energy Audit - Losses in Boiler - Waste heat recovery - Sources of waste heat - High temperature heat recovery - Medium
temperature heat recovery - Waste heat recovery applications- Cogeneration- Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems
(HVAC) :Types - energy conservation in cooling towers and Spray ponds. (9)

BUILDING, TRANSPORT AND UTILITY ENERGY CONSERVATION

Real buildings systems: Consumption - Cost versus lifecycle cost - Building design - Water supply systems Real Transportation
Systems: Energy conservation in transportation - New technologies - Progress in clean diesel technology. Energy conservation
inpumps, and fan and blowers - Energy efficient motors. (9)

ENERGY AUDIT PLANNING AND MONITORING

Energy Action Planning: Energy management system - Management commitment and Energy conservation policy - Energy
performance assessment - Data collection and management - Analysis of data, baseline and benchmarking - Estimation of
energy savings potential - Action planning and Training planning.
Monitoring and Targeting: Defining monitoring & targeting, Elements of monitoring & targeting - Data and information, various
techniques - Energy consumption, Production and Cumulative sum of differences (CUSUM). (9)

TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. D. P. Sen Gupta, K. R. Padiyar, IndranilSen, M.A, "Recent Advances in Control and Management of Energy Systems",
Interline Publishers, Bangalore, 1993.
186
2. AmlanChakrabarti, "Energy Engineering and Management", PHI Learning, New Delhi 2012.
3. YP.Abbi and Shashank Jain, "Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management", TERI, 2006.
4. Frank Krieth and D Yogi Goswami, "Energy Management and Conservation Handbook", CRC Press, 2007.
5. C.B. Smith, "Energy Management Principles", Pergamon Press, New York, 1981.

REFERENCES
1. "General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit-Unit- 1,2,3,4", BEE Guide book, 2010.
2. Hamies, "Energy Auditing and Conservation: Methods, Measurements, Management & case study", Hemisphere,
Washington, 1980.
3. Diamant R.M, "Total Energy", Pergamon Press, Oxford Press, 1970.
4. Albert Thumann, "Fundamentals of Energy Engineering", Prentice Hall, May 1984
5. Larry C Whit et.al, "Industrial Energy Management & Utilization", 1st Edition, Springer, 1988.

187
 19EEOE02 - SOLAR AND WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Summarize the solar radiation, measurements and characteristics of solar PV cell.
CO2 : Develop the model of a PV system and its applications.
CO3 : Illustrate the basic types, mechanical characteristics and model of wind turbine.
CO4 : Analyse the electrical characteristics and operation of various wind-driven electrical generators.
CO5 : Utilize various power electronic converters used for hybrid system.

SOLAR RADIATION AND SOLAR CELL FUNDAMENTALS

Basic characteristics of sunlight - solar spectrum - insolation specifics- irradiance and irradiation pyranometer - solar energy
statistics- Solar PV cell - I-V characteristics -P-V characteristics- fill factor. Modeling of solar cell- maximum power point
tracking. (9)

SPV SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND APPLICATIONS

PV module - blocking diode and by -pass diodes- composite characteristics of PV module - PV array - solar cell array design
concepts - Peak power operation-System components. PV- powered fan-PV fan with battery backup - PV-powered pumping
system - PV powered lighting systems - grid - connected PV systems. (9)

WIND ENERGY FUNDAMENTALS AND COMPONENTS

Wind source-wind statistics-energy in the wind- Basic principle of wind energy conversion - nature of wind - power in the wind
-turbine power characteristics- parts of wind turbines- braking systems-tower-Maximum power operation. (9)

WIND TURBINE TYPES AND CONTROL

Classification of WECS - Generating Systems - DC generator, Synchronous generator, Induction -generator, Doubly fed
Induction generator, Direct -driven generator- generator control - load control. (9)

SYSETM INTEGRATION
Energy storage-Power electronic converters for interfacing wind electric generators - power quality issues- Hybrid system:
wind - diesel systems, wind-solar systems. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. S N Bhadra, S Banerjee and D Kastha, "Wind Electrical Systems", Oxford University Press, 1st Edition, 2005.
2. Chetan Singh Solanki, "Solar Photovoltaic's: Fundamentals,Technologies and Applications" PHI Learning Publications,
3rd Edition, 2015.

REFERENCES
1. Roger A. Messenger and Jerry Ventre, "Photovoltaic systems engineering", Taylor and Francis Group Publications,
2020.

188
2. M.Godoy Simoes and Felix A. Farret, "Alternative Energy Systems: Design and Analysis with Induction Generators",
CRC press, 2nd Edition, 2008.
3. Ion Boldea, "The electric generators hand book - Variable speed generators", CRC press, 2015.

189
 19EEOE03 - ELECTRICAL SAFETY PROCEDURES AND MANAGEMENT
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Identify and analyze the precautions and protection of electrical hazards
CO2 : Select and use the suitable personal protective equipment according to the working environment
CO3 : Interpret the safety procedures for the specific work place
CO4 : Analyze and apply the various grounding techniques
CO5 : Infer the electrical safety against low voltage and high voltage and to manage the medical equipments

INTRODUCTION AND HAZARDS OF ELECTRICITY

Electrical Safety introduction : Hazard Analysis: Primary and secondary hazards - Arc, blast, shocks - Causes and effects -
Summary of causes- Protection and precaution - Injury and death protective strategies - IE Rules 1956 - Basic rules for new
installations: power system, Domestic and Industry (Qualitative treatment only) (9)

ELECTRICAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT

General inspection and testing procedure for electrical safety equipment - Electrical safety equipment for external protection:
Flash and thermal protection - Head and eye protection - Insulation protection. Electrical safety equipment for internal protection:
Over voltage, Short circuit, Earth Fault, Leakage current, High/ Low frequency - Single Line diagram of industrial power system
with safety control - Electrician's Safety kit and materials. (9)

SAFETY PROCEDURES
Introduction - Six step safety method - Job briefings - Energized or De - energized - Safe switching of power systems - General
energy control programs - Lockout - Tagout - Voltage measurement techniques - Placement of safety grounds - Flash hazard
calculations and approach distances - Calculating the required level of arc protection (flash hazard calculations) - Barriers and
warning signs - Tools and test equipment - Field marking of potential hazards - Shock avoidance techniques - One minute safety
audit. (9)

GROUNDING AND ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE

Need for electrical equipment grounding - System grounding - Equipment grounding - Types of Earthing - Earth testing for
electrical equipment in Power house and Industry - Eight step maintenance program - Maintenance requirements for specific
equipment and location - IEC and UL standard. (9)

VOLTAGE SAFETY SYNOPSIS AND MEDICAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT

Safety equipment and safety procedures for low voltage and high voltage system - Electrical safety around electronic circuits-
Electrical safety for medical equipment like over current safety, Isolation, EMI and harmonics - Battery maintenance procedure-
Stationary battery safety - Accident prevention - Accident investigation - First aid - Rescue techniques - Electrical safety program
structure and development - Safety meetings - Safety audits. (9)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
1. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel and Al Winfield, "Electrical Safety Handbook", 4th edition, Mc Grew
Hill, 2012
190
REFERENCE S
1 Mohamed A El - Sharkawi, "Electric safety: Practice and Standards", CRC press, New York, 2013
2. Martha J. Boss and Gayle Nicoll, "Electrical Safety: systems, sustainability and stewardship", CRC press, New York, 2014
3. Ray A. Jones and Jane g. Jones, "The Electrical Safety Program Guide", National fire protection association, Quincy, 2011
4. Electrical Safety booklets issued by Government bodies

191
 19EEOE04 - ENERGY EFFICIENT ILLUMINATION SYSTEMS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Understand the properties of light, importance of lighting in various fields, types of light sources and methods of
lighting.
CO2 : Perform the calculation of luminance parameters in various applications.
CO3 : Identify the criteria for selection of lighting equipment's and control systems in various applications.
CO4 : Impart design and technology for Interior lighting and Exterior lighting applications
CO5 : Review the various technologies used in Smart lighting systems.

INTRODUCTION : BASICS OF LIGHTING

Lighting Physics - Optical Radiation - Concept of Color - Biological Factors : Human eye and brain response - Different entities
of illuminating systems. Properties of Lighting - Natural and Artificial lighting - Good and Bad Lighting - Challenges in Lighting -
Good Practices in Lighting - Types of Lighting. (7)

LIGHTING CALCULATIONS AND LIGHT SOURCES

Basic Terms in Lighting System - Luminance measurement - Laws of Illumination - Polar Curves - Rousseau's construction -
Concept of Photometry - Introduction of lighting software.
Lamps: Incandescent Lamps: Halogen lamps - Discharge Lamps: MV and SV Lamps, Fluorescent Lamps: FTL, CFL - Arc lamps
- Special Lamps: LED: Surface Mounted Devices (SMD-LEDs), Chip on Board (COB-LEDs) - Neon lamps - Lasers - Comparison
of Lamps - Life Cycle Cost (LCC) Analysis - Efficacy. (12)

LIGHTING EQUIPMENTS AND STANDARDS

Luminaries, Wiring, Control gears, Switching boards, Reflectors and Control circuits - Heating, Harmonics and EMI Suppression
techniques from lighting equipment - Switching and Dimming control algorithm - Recommendation of Illumination Levels for
Various Tasks / Activities / Locations - Role of 3D printing technology for designing luminaries - International Standards and
codes of lighting system. (9)

LIGHTING APPLICATIONS
Interior lighting: Industrial, Residential, Indoor stadium and Hospitals. Exterior lighting: Flood, Street, Aviation and Transport
lighting - Sign and display Board Lighting - Lighting in Agriculture - Lighting in Automobiles. (8)

SMART LIGHTING SYSTEMS

Intelligent lighting system - Smart LED lighting systems - LED Smart Projector system - Solar Street Lighting Systems - Role of
IoT in lighting system - Concept of Light Fidelity (Li-Fi) - Significance of UV-C lighting in medical - Concept of Artificial Moon for
street lighting. (9)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Joseph B. Murdoch, "Illumination Engineering from Edison's Lamp to the Laser", Visions Communications, Washington
DC, USA, 2nd Edition, 1994.
2. Jack L. Lindsey, "Applied Illumination Engineering", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2008
192
3. Leon Gaster, John Stewart Dow, "Modern Illuminants and Illuminating Engineering", Nabu Press, Washington DC, 1st
Edition, 2010.
4. Philip Gordon., "Principles and Practices of Lighting Design: The Art of Lighting Composition", Blue Matrix Productions,
2011.

REFERENCES
1. Lighting Engineering: Practical Hand Book, INDALUX 2002
2. IES Lighting Handbook, 10th Edition, 2011.
3. NPTEL Course: Illumination Engineering
4. Lighting - Research paper reference from Philips - Lighting Academy and Signify Lighting University.

193
 19EEOE05 - ELECTRIC VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Apprehend the fundamentals and importance of electric vehicles and its components
CO2 : Select the suitable drive scheme based on the motor and topology for the given specification and applications
CO3 : Design and categorize the battery system for electric vehicles and hybrid electric vehicles
CO4 : Recognize the suitable battery charging scheme for different environments and applications.
CO5 : Describe the significance of E-mobility and its various business opportunities

ELECTRIC VEHICLES
An Overview of Conventional, Battery, Hybrid and Fuel Cell Electric Systems - Conventional IC Engine Vehicle - BEVs - HEVs -
Series HEV - Parallel HEV - Series-Parallel HEV - FCEV - EV subsystems - Vehicle Dynamics: Vehicle Load Forces - Basic
Power, Energy, and Speed Relationships - Aerodynamic Drag - Aerodynamic Drag and Fuel Consumption - Rolling Resistance
- Gradability (9)

ELECTRIC PROPULSION
Electric Motors in EVs - Configuration and control of DC motor drives - Induction motor drives- Permanent Magnet motor drives
- Switched reluctance motor drives - Transmission configuration, Components - gears, differential, clutch, brakes - regenerative
braking - types - Motor sizing.- Matching the electric machine and the internal - combustion engine (ICE), Sizing the propulsion
motor, sizing the power - electronics, selecting the energy storage technology, Communications- supporting subsystems (9)

BATTERIES
Introduction to Batteries - Energy Storage Requirements in Electric Vehicles: Batteries Types: Lead-Acid Battery - Nickel-Metal
Hydride - Lithium-Ion - Battery Operation - Battery Parameters and Comparisons - Battery Packs - Battery Sizing - Battery based
energy storage and its analysis - Fuel Cells - Fuel Cell based energy storage and its analysis - Super capacitors- Hybridization
of different energy storage devices (9)

BATTERY CHARGING
Charging methods for battery- Fast charging - Battery Charging, Protection, and Management System - Termination methods -
Charging from grid - Isolated and Non-isolated DC - DC Converters - Bidirectional DC-DC converter - High-frequency transformer
based isolatedcharger topology - Transformer less topologies. (9)

E-MOBILITY
Energy Management Strategies - Automotive networking and communication, EV and EV charging standards, V2G, G2V, V2B,
V2H - E-mobility business - Electrification challenges - Connected Mobility and Autonomous Mobility- Case Studies: Design of a
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV). (9)

TOTAL : 45

194
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mehrdad Ehsani, YimiGao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles:
Fundamentals, Theory and Design, 2nd Edition CRC Press, 2018.
2. Iqbal Hussein, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, 3rd Edition, CRC Press, 2021

REFERENCES
1. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, 2nd edition, Wiley, 2012
2. Soylu "Electric Vehicles - The Benefits and Barriers", InTech Publishers, Croatia, 2011.
3. J.M. Miller, "Propulsion Systems for Hybrid Vehicles", Institution of Electrical Engineers (IEE), 2nd edition, London, UK,
2010.
4. R. Stone and J.K. Bell, "Automotive Engineering Fundamentals", SAE International, Warrendale, PA, 2004.
5. Viswanathan B. and Scibioh Aulice M, "Fuel cells: Principles and Applications", University Press, 2008.

195
 19EEOE06 - ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN THERMAL AND
ELECTRICAL UTILITIES
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Preaudit the energy
CO2 : Analyse the possibility of energy savings
CO3 : Analyze the methods of energy savings
CO4 : Design the solutions
CO5 : Identify and perform appropriate energy management

ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN THERMAL UTILITIES - I

• Fuels and Combustion: Introduction to fuels, properties of fuel oil, coal and gas, storage, handling and preparation of fuels,
principles of combustion, combustion of oil, coal, and gas.
• Boilers: Types, combustion in boilers, performance evaluation, analysis of losses, feedwater treatment, blowdown, energy
conservation opportunities..
• Furnaces: Classification, general fuel economy measures in furnaces, excess air, heat distribution, temperature control,
draft control, waste heat recovery.
• Insulation and Refractories: Insulation-types and application, the economic thickness of insulation, heat savings and
application criteria, Refractory-types, selection and application of refractories, heat loss.
• FBC boilers: Introduction, mechanism of fluidized bed combustion, advantages, types of FBC boilers, operational features,
Retrofitting FBC system to conventional boilers, saving potential. (9)

ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN THERMAL UTILITIES - II

• Steam System: Properties of steam, assessment of steam distribution losses, steam leakages, steam trapping, condensate,
and flash steam recovery system, identifying opportunities for energy savings
• Cogeneration: Definition, need, application, advantages, classification and saving potentials.
• Waste Heat Recovery: Classification, advantages, and applications, commercially viable waste heat recovery devices,
saving potential.
• Energy Management & Audit: Definition, need and types of an energy audit. Energy management (audit) approach-
understanding energy costs, benchmarking, energy performance, matching energy use to the requirement, maximizing
system efficiencies, optimizing the input energy requirements, fuel & energy substitution, energy audit instruments.
• Material and Energy balance: Facility as an energy system, methods for preparing process flow, material, and energy
balance diagrams. (9)

ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN ELECTRICAL UTILITIES

• Electrical system: Electricity billing, electrical load management and maximum demand control, power factor improvement
and its benefit, selection and location of capacitors, performance assessment of PF capacitors, distribution and transformer
losses.
• Electric motors: Types, losses in induction motors, motor efficiency, factors affecting motor performance, rewinding and
motor replacement issues, energy-saving opportunities with energy- efficient motors.
196
• Energy-Efficient Technologies in Electrical Systems: Maximum demand controllers, automatic power factor controllers,
energy-efficient motors, soft starters with energy savers, variable speed drives, energy-efficient transformers, electronic
ballasts, occupancy sensors, energy-efficient lighting controls. (9)

ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN THERMO ELECTRIC UTILITIES - I

• Compressed Air System: Types of air compressors, compressor efficiency, efficient compressor operation, Compressed
air system components, capacity assessment, leakage test, factors affecting the performance and savings opportunities
• HVAC and Refrigeration System: Vapor compression refrigeration cycle, refrigerants, the coefficient of performance, capacity,
and factors affecting Refrigeration and Air conditioning system performance and savings opportunities.
• Vapor absorption refrigeration system: Working principle, types and comparison with vapor compression system, saving
potentially
• Fans and blowers: Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control strategies and energy conservation
opportunities.
• Pumps and Pumping System: Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control strategies and energy
conservation opportunities. (9)

ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN THERMO ELECTRIC UTILITIES - II

• Cooling Tower: Types and performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control strategies and energy-saving
opportunities assessment of cooling towers.
• Lighting System: Light source, choice of lighting, luminance requirements, and energy conservation avenues.
• Diesel Generating system: Factors affecting the selection, energy performance assessment of diesel conservation avenues
(9)
TOTAL : 45

ENERGY PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT FOR EQUIPMENT AND UTILITY SYSTEMS

Open Book examination on the following energy performance assessments for equipment and utility systems:
• Boilers, Furnaces
• Cogeneration, Turbines (gas, steam)
• Heat Exchangers
• Electric Motors, Variable Speed Drives
• Fans and Blowers, Water Pumps, Compressors
• HVAC systems
• Lighting Systems
• Performing Financial Analysis.
• Applications of Non-conventional & Renewable Energy Sources (NRES)
• Waste minimization and resource conservation

TEXT BOOKS
1. Mehmet Kanolu, Yunus A. Çengel, "Energy efficiency and management for engineers", McGraw- Hill Education, 2020
2. Stephen A. Roosa, Steve Doty, Wayne C. Turner, "Energy Management Handbook", 9th edition, River Publishers, Taylore
and Francis Group, 2020
3. Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities, Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Guide books
4. Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities, Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Guide books
197
REFERENCES
1. Rajiv Shankar, "Energy Auditing in Electrical Utilities", Viva Books, 2017
2. Wayne C. Turner," Energy Management Handbook", Eighth Edition, 2012
3. Stephen A. Roosa, Steve Doty, "Energy Management Handbook", 2018
4. General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit, Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Guide books
5. Energy Performance Assistance for Equipment and Utility Systems, Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Guide books

198
 19ECEOE01 - SIGNAL PROCESSING AND ITS APPLICATIONS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Compute the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of a given discrete time sequence using Radix-2 Fast Fourier Transform
algorithms and design FIR/IIR Filters
CO2 : Apply source coding procedure to calculate coding efficiency based on entropy & mutual information and outline
different pulse analog modulation techniques
CO3 : Analyze various equalization techniques and compare its performance
CO4 : Calculate channel capacity using Shannon's channel capacity theorem and develop channel error control codes
CO5 : Analyze speech processing methods in time and frequency domain and design codec methods for speech compression
techniques

ORTHOGONAL TRANSFORMS AND DIGITAL FILTER STRUCTURES

DFT-DCT-Properties of DFT- Computation of DFT, FFT and structures-Decimation in time-Decimation in frequency - Linear
convolution using DFT
Basic FIR/IIR filter structures-FIR/IIR Cascaded lattice structures-Parallel allpass realization of IIR transfer functions- Sine cosine
generator - Computational complexity of filter structures (10)

DATA COMPRESSION
Information entropy-Source coding-Huffman algorithm-Delta Modulation-Adaptive Delta Modulation- Continuously Variable Slope
Delta Modulation-Differential Pulse Code Modulation - Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation. (8)

SIGNAL PROCESSING IN COMMUNICATION RECEIVER

Temporal Equalization-Space Time Equalization-Frequency Domain Equalization-Symbol Timing Recovery- Channel Quality
Estimation- Automatic Frequency Control-Overall Receiver Block. (9)

ERROR CORRECTING CODES & CHANNEL CODING

Error Correcting codes-Error Correction-Linear Blocks Codes-Cyclic Codes- Bose, Chaudhari and Hocquenghem Codes-
Convolution Codes-Viterbi Decoding-Interleaving Codes-Concatenated Codes- Turbo Codes. (9)

SPEECH CODING
Speech Coding-Adaptive Predictive Coding-Sub Band Coding,-Vocoders-Liner Predictive Coding- Image Coding-Joint Photo
Graphic Expert Group (JPEG)-Moving Pictures Expert Group (MPEG), the layer-3 of MPEG-1 Algorithms(MP3),Lempel- ZIV
Algorithms - Recognition techniques:Speech Recognition and Image recognition. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. V. Oppenheim, R. W. Shafer and J.R.Buck, "Discrete-Time Signal Processing", Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2011.
2. Simon Haykin, "Digital Communications Systems", 1st Edition, Wiley, 2013.

199
REFERENCES
1. Sanjit. K. Mitra and Sanjit Kumar Mitra, "Digital Signal Processing - A computer based approach", Tata McGraw Hill, 4th
Edition, 2011.
2. Todd K Moon, "Error Correction Coding - Mathematical methods and Algorithms", John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
3. Roberto Togneri, Christopher J.S DeSilva, "Fundamentals of Information Theory and Coding Design", CRC press, 2003
4. L.R.Rabiner and R.W.Schaffer "Digital Processing of Speech signals" Prentice Hall 1978
5. Nirmal K. Bose, Calyampudi Radhakrishna Rao, "Signal Processing and Its Applications" North-Holland, 1993

200
 19ECEOE02 - SMART SENSORS AND IoT
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Explain the classification ,types,packaging and testing of smart sensors
CO2 : Interpret the construction and working principles of Electronic sensors
CO3 : Exemplify the working of different types of light radiation sensors .
CO4 : Illustrate the key concepts of temperature ,gas and airquality sensors used to measure the parameters.
CO5 : Interpret the characteristics, functional blocks and architecture of IoT to develop an IoT based applications.

SMART SENSORS BASICS

Sensor Classification, Performance and Types, Error Analysis characteristics- Semiconductor Packaging- Hybrid Packaging-
Packaging for Monolithic Sensors- Reliability Implications-Testing Smart Sensors- HVAC Sensor Chip- Amplification and Signal
Conditioning- Integrated Signal Conditioning- Digital conversion- MCU Control-MCUs for Sensor Interface- Techniques and
System Considerations- Sensor Integration. (9)

ELECTRONIC SENSORS
Resistance strain gauge - piezoelectric pressure gauge - characteristics- load cells-torque sensor- Piezo-resistive and capacitive
pressure sensor- optoelectronic pressure sensors- vacuum sensors- Capacitor plate sensor, Inductive sensors, LVDT- Hall
effect- Doppler detectors- liquid level detectors, flow sensors - ultrasonic sensor- flow sensors. (9)

GHT RADIATION SENSORS

Electronic and Optical properties of semiconductor as sensors - LED - Semiconductor lasers- Fiber optic sensors- Thermal
detectors - Photo multipliers- photoconductive detectors- Photo diodes- Avalanche photodiodes - CCDs - Intensity sensor -
Interferometers-Phase sensor: Phase detection, Polarization maintaining fibers. (9)

TEMPERATURE, GAS AND AIR QUALITY SENSORS

Bimetallic strip- Bourdon temperature gauge- thermocouples- Resistance thermometers- thermistors- bolometer- Pyroelectric
detector-Engine combustion process- Catalytic exhaust after treatment, Emission limits- Exhaust sensors and Engine control -
Exhaust sensors for OBD- Hydro-Carbon Sensors- NOx-Sensors-Oxygen Sensors- Measurement of oxides of sulphur,oxides of
nitrogen unburnt hydrocarbons, carbonmonoxide, dust mist and fog- smoke sensors. (9)

IoT AND ITS APPLICATIONS

IoT Definition - Characteristics - IoT Functional Blocks -IoT Architecture -Physical design of IoT - Logical design of IoT- Sensing
& Actuation -Basics of Networking - Communication Protocols- Machine-to-Machine - Communication models & APIs.
Domain specific applications of IoT: Smart and Connected Cities: Layered architecture, Smart Lighting, Smart Parking
Architecture, Smart Traffic Control and Smart water management. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Jacob Fraden," Handbook of modern sensors: physics, designs, and applications", 5th Edition, Springer, 2016.
2. Randy Frank, "Understanding Smart Sensors", Artech House, 2nd Edition, Boston, 2011.

201
REFERENCES
1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, "Internet of Things - A hands-on approach", Universities Press, 2015.
2. Jon. S. Wilson, "Sensor Technology Hand Book", Elsevier, 1st Edition, Netherland, 2011.
3. John G Webster, "Measurement, Instrumentation and sensor Handbook", CRC Press, 2nd Edition, Florida, 2017.
4. John P. Bentley," Principles of Measurement systems", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Asia Pvt. Ltd, 2009.
5. D. Patranabis," Sensors and Transducers", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
6. Ernest O Doebelin, Dhanesh N Manik, "Measurement Systems, Application and Design", McGraw Hill, 6th Edition, 2007.

202
 19ECEOE03 - CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Understand the various types of microphones and loudspeaker.
CO2 : Explain the principle and working of Monochrome TV.
CO3 : Describe the Colour TV scanning process and camera tube.
CO4 : Illustrate LCD, LED TV, working of cable TV and DTH.
CO5 : Interpret the significant technical considerations using a broad systems perspective.

AUDIO SYSTEMS
Microphones Carbon, moving coil, wireless microphone; Loudspeakers - Direct radiating Electrostatic and horn loudspeaker;
Multi-speaker system; Sound Recording - Magnetic Recording, Digital Recording, Optical Recording (CD system and
DVD). (9)

MONOCHROME TV
Elements of TV communication system, Scanning process, Scanning methods and Aspect Ratio, Need of synchronizing and
blanking pulses, Composite Video Signal, Camera Tube: Vidicon. (9)

COLOUR TELEVISION
Primary, secondary colours, Concept of Mixing, Colour Triangle, Camera tube, PAL TV Receiver, Concept of Compatibility with
Monochrome Receiver, NTSC, PAL, SECAM. (9)

LCD AND LED TELEVISION

Basic principle and working of LCD & LED TV, Cable Television: Working of Cable TV, DTH (9)

DOMESTIC & CONSUMER APPLIANCES

Operation of Microwave Oven, Automatic Washing Machine, Photostat Machine, Digital Camera, Vacuum cleaner, Food
Processors, Scanner. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Bali S.P., "Consumer Electronics" Pearson Education, 2017.
2. Bali R and Bali S.P. "Audio video systems: principle practices & troubleshooting", Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd.,
2010.

REFERENCES
1. Gulati R.R., "Modern Television practices" New Age International Publication (P) Ltd.2011.
2. Gupta R.G, "Audio video systems" Tata Mc graw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2010.
3. Whitaker Jerry & Benson Blair, "Standard Handbook of Audio engineering" McGraw-Hill Professional, 3rd Edition, 2010.
4. Amit Dhir, "The Digital Consumer Technology Handbook", Elsevier Science, 2004.

203
 19ECEOE04 - ROBOTICS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Describe the concepts of robotics, safety measures and homogeneous transformation.
CO2 : Formulate the concepts of mechanical drives and sensors in robotics.
CO3 : Describe the types of sensors and Robotic Vision
CO4 : Develop robotics programming, classifications and its applications.
CO5 : Exemplify the concepts of artificial intelligence.

ROBOT KINEMATICS
Introduction - Robotics and programmable automation - Historical background - Laws of Robotics - Robot definitions - Robotics
system and Robot anatomy - Specifications of Robots - Safety measures in Robotics. (10)

ROBOTIC DRIVERS AND CONTROLS

Robot drives, actuators and control - Functions of drive systems - General types of fluids - Pump classification - Pneumatic
systems - Electrical drives - DC motors - Stepper motors - Drive mechanism. (9)

SENSORS AND MACHINE VISION

Need for sensing systems- Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors- Position and displacement sensors -
Potentiometers, Encoders, Linear Variable Differential Transformer, Force and Torque sensors- Wrist sensor, Joint sensor, Tactile
array sensor, Slip sensors- Proximity sensors- Range finders- Imaging sensors- Inductive Proximity switch- Acoustic sensors-
Opto-electronic sensors- Lighting Techniques, Robot Vision- Sensing and Digitizing, Image Processing and analysis-
Preprocessing, Segmentation, Description, Recognition, Interpretation and Applications of robot vision system (9)

ROBOTIC LANGUAGE AND PROGRAMMING

Robot language and programming. Robot language - Classification of Robot languages - Computer control and robot software -
VAL system and language. Applications of Robots: Capabilities of Robots - Robotics applications - Obstacle avoidance. (8)

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN ROBOTICS

The history of Artificial Intelligence- Artificial and Natural Intelligence- Artificial Intelligence and Automated manufacturing- The
application domains of Artificial Algorithms- Risks and Benefits of AI- Agents and Environments- Knowledge representation.
(9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Satya Ranjan Deb, "Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation", Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2012.
2. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, "Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach", Pearson Education, 2014.

REFERENCES
1. Robin.R.Murphy, "Introduction to AI Robotics", The MIT Press, Canbridge, Massachusetts, London, England, Second
Edition, 2019.
2. Jadran Lenarcic, Jean-Pierre Merlet, "Advances in Robot Kinematics 2016", Springer International Publishing AG, 2018.
204
3. Peter McKinnon, "Robotics", CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2016.
4. Ritu Tiwari, Anupam Shukla, Rahul Kala, "Intelligent Planning for Mobile Robotics: Algorithmic Approaches", Information
science reference, United states of America, 2013.
5. David. L. Pool and Alan. K. Mackworth, "Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational agents", Cambridge University,
2011.

205
 19ECEOE05 - INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING TECHNIQUES
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Explain the information content in a discrete memoryless source through parameters such as entropy and mutual
information.
CO2 : Estimate a channel's capacity based on Shannon's channel capacity theorem
CO3 : Analyze various channel encoding and decoding methods
CO4 : Design and develop an error control coding methods for random error and burst error detection and correction techniques
CO5 : Understand different applications in coding techniques

INFORMATION THEORY AND SCHEMES FOR SOURCE CODING

Uncertainty Information and Entropy - Basic Properties of entropy - Information rate - Conditional entropy - Joint Entropy - Mutual
Information - Channel capacity of a Gaussian channel
SOURCE CODING : Prefix codes - Necessary conditions for source coding - Kraft Mcmillan Inequality- Huffman Coding- Shannon
Fano Coding Efficiency calculations. (9)

MEMORYLESS FINITE SCHEMES FOR CHANNEL CODING

Discrete Memoryless Channel - Channel models - BSC and BEC channels - Cascaded channels - Channel capacity of discrete
and analog channels - Channel capacity of a Gaussian channel-Bandwidth-S/N trade-off-Channel coding theorem - Information
capacity theorem - Code rate and redundancy-Parity check codes - Rate Distortion Theory. (9)

LINEAR BLOCK CODES AND CYCLIC CODES

Rationale for coding - Types of codes - Matrix description of linear block codes - Syndrome decoding - Minimum distance
considerations -Repetition codes - Dual codes- Cyclic codes :Generator polynomial - Parity check polynomial - Encoder of cyclic
codes - Calculation of syndrome - Cyclic codes for error correction. (10)

CONVOLUTIONAL CODES
Convolutional codes : Tree codes- Trellis codes- Viterbi decoding of convolutional codes - Catastrophic Error Propagation in
Convolutional Codes -Performance Bounds for Convolutional Codes - Coding Gain - Convolutional Code Trade off - Soft Decision
Viterbi Decoding -Feedback Decoding - Sequential Decoding (9)

CODING TECHNIQUES IN DATA COMPRESSION

Static and Dynamic Huffman coding - Arithmetic coding - Run length encoding- Lempel-Ziv coding -Image compression techniques
-JPEG standard for Lossy and Lossless compression- Video compression standards. (8)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Roberto Togneri, Christopher J.S DeSilva, "Fundamentals of Information Theory and Coding Design", CRC press, 2003.
2. Ranjan Bose, "Information Theory Coding and Cryptography", Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition 2016.
206
REFERENCES
1. Richard B.Wells, "Applied Coding and Information Theory for Engineers", Pearson Education, 1st Edition Indian reprint,
2009.
2. Khalid Sayood, "Introduction to Data Compression", 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2012.
3. Bernard Sklar, "Digital Communications: Fundamentals and Applications", Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2009.
4. Thomas M. Cover and Joy A. Thomas, "Elements of Information Theory", John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition, 2006.
5. Reza F M, "An Introduction to Information theory", McGraw Hill, 2000.
6. Todd K Moon, "Error Correction Coding - Mathematical methods and Algorithms", John Wiley & Sons, 1st Edition, 2021.

207
 19ECEOE06 - WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Outline the challenges & issues in the wireless sensor network and its subsystems and interpret network architecture
and its components
CO2 : Describe the essential principles of the MAC protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks
CO3 : Elucidate the Routing & localization tracking inWireless Sensor Networks
CO4 : Discuss the features of WSN Operating systems
CO5 : Illustrate the methodologies to provide WSN based solution for various critical issues.

SENSOR NETWORKS - INTRODUCTION & ARCHITECTURES

Challenges for Wireless Sensor Networks-Enabling Technologies for Wireless Sensor Networks- Characteristic requirements for
WSN - WSN architecture - Commercially available sensor nodes -Imote, IRIS, Sunspot -Physical layer and transceiver design
considerations in WSNs-Single Node Architecture -Energy Consumption of Sensor Nodes- Sensor Network Scenarios- Optimization
Goals and Figures of Merit. (9)

DATA LINK LAYER

Fundamentals of MAC protocols- Issues in designing a MAC Protocol for WSN - Low duty cycle protocols and wakeup concepts
- Contention based protocols:PAMAS - Schedule-based protocols:LEACH - Sensor MAC - Berkeley MAC - Traffic-adaptive
medium access protocol (TRAMA) - The IEEE 802.15.4- Link Layer protocols - fundamentals task and requirements, error
control, framing, link management, Address and Name Management, Assignment of MAC Addresses, Unique,Content-based
and geographical addressing. (10)

ROUTING AND TRACKING

Routing Challenges and Design Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks- Taxonomy :Data-centric routing SPIN - Energy aware
routing, Gradient-based routing -Hierarchical Routing LEACH -Location Based Routing GAF, Data aggregation - Various
aggregation techniques
A Tracking Scenario - Problem formulation - Distributed representation and inference of states- Tracking multiple objects -
Sensor models - Topology control - Clustering - Time synchronization - Localization and Localization Services (10)

EMBEDDED OPERATING SYSTEMS FOR WSNs

Embedded Operating Systems: Operating Systems for WSNs - Introduction - Operating System Design Issues- Introduction to
Tiny OS - NesC - Interfaces and Modules- Configurations and Wiring - Generic Components -Programming in Tiny OS using
NesC, Emulator TOSSIM. (7)

APPLICATIONS OF WSN
WSN Applications - Home Control - Building Automation - Industrial Automation - Medical Applications - Reconfigurable Sensor
Networks - Highway Monitoring - Military Applications - Civil and Environmental Engineering Applications - Wildfire Instrumentation
- Habitat Monitoring - Nanoscopic Sensor Applications - Case Study: IEEE 802.15.4 LR-WPANs Standard - Target detection and
tracking - Contour/edge detection - Field sampling (9)
TOTAL : 45
208
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and Taieb Znati, " Wireless Sensor Networks Technology, Protocols, and Applications", John
Wiley & Sons, First Edition, 2007.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, "Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks", John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2005.

REFERENCES
1. Anna Hac, "Wireless Sensor Network Design", John Wiley & Sons, First Edition, 2003.
2. C.S.Raghavendra Krishna, M.Sivalingam and Taribznati, "Wireless Sensor Networks", Springer Publication, 2004.
3. Paolo Santi, "Topology Control in Wireless Adhoc and Sensor Networks", John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
4. Philip Levis, David Gay,"TinyOS Programming", Cambridge University Press, 2009 Contiki - Open Source Operating System
for IoT - http://www.contiki-os.org/

209
 19ECEOE07 - AUTOMOTIVE EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Design modules for hybrid vehicle using automotive system components.
CO2 : Design control system in automotives by appropriate choice of Microcontrollers, Sensors and actuators.
CO3 : Examine the communication protocols for real time applications
CO4 : Understand the safety and comfort in Automobiles as per the government test procedures.
CO5 : Understand the communication and diagnostic protocols

AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS
Overview of Automotive industry - Tools and Processes - Introduction to modern automotive systems -Spark and Compression
Ignition Engines - Automotive Transmissions - Vehicle braking fundamentals -Steering Control - Overview of Hybrid Vehicles -
Analog and Digital Systems - Basic measurements systems. (9)

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS

Sensors: Characteristics, response and modeling - Actuators - Microcontroller and Digital Signal Processors used for automotive
applications. (9)

EMBEDDED COMMUNICATION
Embedded Automotive Protocols: CAN, LIN, FLEXRAY, MOST (9)

SAFETY SYSTEMS
Active Safety Systems: ABS, TCS, ESP, brake assist - Passive Safety Systems: Airbag systems, Advance Driver Assistance
system (ADAS) -Computer vision techniques - Connected cars technology - Trends towards Autonomous vehicles. (9)

FUNDAMENTALS OF DIAGNOSTICS
Basic wiring system and Multiplex wiring system, Self-Diagnostic system - various On board and off board diagnostics in
Automobiles - Diagnostics tools - Diagnostics Protocols: KWP20000 and UDS. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
Ronald K Jurgen, "Automotive Electronics Hand Book", McGraw- Hill, 2nd Edition 1999.

REFERENCES
1. William B. Ribbens, Ph.D, "Understanding Automotive Electronics", Elsevier Publications, 7th Edition, 2012.
2. Tom Denton, "Advance Automotive Diagnosis", 2nd Edition, Elsevier 2006.
3. BOSCH Automotive Handbook, 8th Edition.
4. Denton. T, "Automobile Electrical and Electronics Systems", SAE (Society for Automobile Engineers) International, 3rd
Edition, 2004.
5. Jack Erjavec, "Automotive Technology: A Systems Approach", Delmar Cengage Learning, 5th Edition, 2009.

210
 19ECEOE08 - 5G TECHNOLOGIES AND APPLICATIONS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : describe the evolution of cellular systems from 2G to 4G
CO2 : explain the motivation, targets of 5G technology and its standardization
CO3 : elaborate the 3GPP releases and 5G radio access network architecture
CO4 : discuss the services offered by 5G deployment and its design approaches
CO5 : understand the role between 5G and emerging next generation wireless technologies

EVOLUTION OF CELLULAR SYSTEMS

Evolution from 2G to 3G and 3G to 4G - Circuit Switch to Packet Switch - ITU Standardization Process- - Evolution of LTE and
releases. (9)

INTRODUCTION TO 5G
Motivation for 5G - 5G targets - Technology components - Spectrum - capabilities - The role of 3GPP in standardization - use
cases - 5GPPP (Public-Private Partnership) (9)

5G RADIO ACCESS NETWORK

Radio access - 3GPP Releases - 5G New Radio (NR) - Requirements - 3GPP phases for IMT-2020 - NR air interface - 5G RAN
architecture (9)

5G SERVICES
Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB) systems - Massive Machine Type Communication (MMTC) system - Ultra Reliable and
Low Latency Communication (URLLC) systems - Design approaches (9)

EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES IN 5G
Massive MIMO - Network Function Virtualization - Software Defined Networking - Cognitive radio -Millimetre Wave - Heterogeneous
network - Internet of Things (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Saad Asif, "5G mobile Communications Concepts and Technologies", CRC Press,2018
2. Biljana Badic, Christian Drewes, Ingolf karls, Markus Mueck, "Rolling out 5G Use cases, Applications and Technology
Solutions", Apress, 2016

REFERENCES
1. Antti Toskala, Harri Holma, Takehiro Nakamura, "5G Technology 3GPP New Radio", Wiley & Sons Ltd. 2020.
2. Devaki Chandramouli, Juho Pirskanen, Rainer Liebhart, "5G for the Connected World", Wiley,2019
3. Haesik Kim, "Design and Optimization for 5G Wireless Communications", Wiley, 2020
4. Ramjee Prasad, "5G Outlook Innovations and Applications", River Publications, 2016
5. Anwer Al-Dulaimi, "5G Networks Fundamental Requirements, Enabling Technologies, and Operations Management", Wiley,
2018
6. Mauro Boldi, Olav Queseth, Patrick Marsch, Ömer Bulakci, "5G System Design Architectural and Functional Considerations
and Long Term Research", Wiley,2018
211
 19ECEOE09 - VEHICULAR COMMUNICATION
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Understand basic principles, technologies, and system architecture of vehicular ad-hoc networks (VANET)
CO2 : Analyze Physical Layer and MAC Layer for signal propagation for vehicular communication
CO3 : Describe the various routing mechanisms and protocols to fulfill vehicular networking requirements.
CO4 : Explain the challenges and issues in establishing cellular V2X connection and mobility management.
CO5 : outline vehicular communication platforms for various emerging applications

INTRODUCTION TO VEHICULAR RADIO NETWORKS

Basic principles and challenges-Mobile Wireless Communications and Networks-Need for Vehicular Communications-VANET
activities- Network Architecture for Vehicular Communications. (9)

PHYSICAL LAYER AND MAC LAYER

Signal Propagation-Doppler spread and its impact on OFDM Systems-Proposed MAC approaches and standards, Intelligent
Transportation Systems: IEEE 802.11p-ITS-IVC (10)

VANET ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Opportunistic packet forwarding-topology based routing- geographic routing (8)

VEHICULAR MOBILITY MANAGEMENT

Connected Vehicles& Connected Autonomous Vehicles- Dedicated Short Range Communication-flow and traffic models-Standards
and Regulations- DSRC Protocol Stack, Cellular V2X (9)

EMERGING VANET APPLICATIONS

Vehicle to Infrastructure Safety Applications-communication paradigms-message coding and composition-data aggregation-
Security and Privacy (9)
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. H. Hartenstein and K. P. Laberteaux, VANET: Vehicular Applications and Inter-Networking Technologies, John Wiley &
Sons Ltd., 1st Edition 2010.
2. Luca Delgrossi, Tao Zhang, "Vehicle Safety Communications: Protocols, Security, and Privacy", John Wiley & Sons Ltd 1st
Edition 2012.

REFERENCES
1. P. H.-J. Chong, I. W.-H. Ho, Vehicular Networks: Applications, Performance Analysis and Challenges, Nova Science
Publishers, 2019.
2. C. Sommer, F. Dressler, Vehicular Networking, Cambridge University Press, 2015.
3. Popescu-Zeletin R, Radusch I and Rigani M.A, "Vehicular-2-X Communication",Springer,2010.
4. M. Watfa, Advances in Vehicular Ad-Hoc Networks: Development and Challenges, Information Science Reference, 2010.
5. H. Moustafa, Y. Zhang, Vehicular Networks: Techniques, Standards, and Applications, CRC Press, 2009.
6. Xiang W, "Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments Technology", Springer, 2015
212
 19ECEOE10 - SENSING FOR AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to demonstrate an ability to
CO1 : Acquaint with the basic automotive system components and need for automotive sensors.
CO2 : Discuss the fundamentals of various Power train sensors in automotive systems.
CO3 : Comprehend various sensors for chassis management.
CO4 : Understand the sensors for vehicle management & security systems in Automobiles.
CO5 : Examine the vehicle communication protocols standards in automotive applications.

AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS
Introduction to Modern Automotive Systems- Electronics in Automobiles - Combustion Engines- Power-train- braking systems -
Transmission- Applications and Challenges in the automotive. (9)

POWERTRAIN AUTOMOTIVE SENSORS

Exhaust temperature sensor -  sensors - PM sensor - NOx sensor - fuel quality sensor- level sensor- torque sensor-speed
sensor- manifold pressure sensor - mass flow sensor. (9)

CHASSSIS SENSORS
Wheel speed sensors/direction sensors- steering position sensor (multi turn)- acceleration sensor (inertia measurement)- brake
pneumatic pressure sensor- ABS sensor- electronic stability sensor. (9)

SENSORS FOR VEHICLE MANAGEMENT & SECURITY SYSTEMS

Gas sensors (CO2)- Temperature/humidity sensor- air bag sensor- key less entering sensor- radar sensors. Tire pressure
monitoring systems- Two wheeler and Four wheeler security systems. (9)

VEHICLE COMMUNICATION STANDARDS

Automotive Protocols : CAN, LIN, FLEXRAY, MOST (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
John Turner, Automotive Sensors, 2010, Momentum Press, 1st Edition, New York.

REFERENCES
1. Automotive Electrics, Automotive Electronics: Systems & Components, 2014, 5th Edition, BOSCH.
2. Ronald K Jurgen, "Automotive Electronics Hand Book", McGraw- Hill, 2nd Edition 1999.
3. Automotive Sensors Handbook, 8th Edition, 2011, BOSCH
4. Jiri Marek, Hans-Peter Trah, Yasutoshi Suzuki, Iwao Yokomori, "Sensors for Automotive Technology", 4th Edition, Wiley,
New York, 2010.
5. Jack Erjavec, "Automotive Technology: A Systems Approach", Delmar Cengage Learning, 5th Edition, 2009.

213
 19CSOE01 - CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : State the evolution of marketing and define CRM architecture explaining customer acquisition, retention and
segmentation.
CO2 : Describe the business value, its costs and deploying data mining for CRM.
CO3 : Understand the type of collecting and connecting the customer data with proper guidelines for privacy.
CO4 : Demonstrate the scoring process and apply the various CRM optimization techniques to optimize the CRM process in
order to improve customer profitability.
CO5 : Evaluate CRM tools using tool assessment and methodology to choose the appropriate tool for real time applications.

INTRODUCTION
Most profitable Customer - CRM: Custom centered database, Managing campaigns, Evolution of marketing, Closed loop
marketing, CRM architecture - Customer profitability - Customer acquisition - Cross selling - Customer retention - Customer
segmentation. (9)

BUILDING THE BUSINESS CASE

Introduction - Uncovering the needs for data mining - Defining the business value - The costs - Deploying Data mining for CRM:
Introduction - Define the problem - Define the user - Define the data - Scope the project - Trial - Quality assurance - Education
Launch - Continuation. (10)

COLLECTING CUSTOMER DATA

Introduction - Three types of customer data - Collecting customer data - Connecting customer - Customer data and privacy -
Privacy and data mining - Guidelines for privacy - Legal issues associated with data mining. (8)

SCORING YOUR CUSTOMER

Introduction - Process - Scoring architectures and configurations - Preparing the data - Integrating scoring with other applications-
Optimizing the CRM process: Introduction - Improved customer profitability through optimization - Optimized CRM - Complete
loop - Optimal CRM process - Optimization techniques. (8)

OVERVIEW OF DATA MINING AND CRM TOOL MARKETS

Introduction - Data mining market place - Taxonomy of data mining tools - Tool assessment attributes and methodology - Tool
evaluation -Data mining tool: WEKA -CRM tools - Next generation for CRM. (10)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Alex Berson, Stephen Smith, Kurt Thearling, "Building Data mining Applications for CRM", Tata McGraw Hill, Fifteenth
Reprint, 2008.
2. Ian H.Witten ,Eibe Frank, Mark A.Hall, "Data Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques", Morgan Kaufmann,
Fourth Edition, 2016

214
REFERENCES
1. Francis Buttle, Stan Maklan "Customer Relationship Management: Concepts and Technologies", Routledge, Fourth Edition,
2019.
2. Roger J. Baran, Robert J. Galka, "CRM: The Foundation of Contemporary Marketing Strategy", S.Chand (G/L) & Company
Ltd, Second Edition, 2017.

215
 19CSOE02 - FUNDAMENTALS OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the various software life cycle models and choose an appropriate model for a given application.
CO2 : Identify the functional requirements, prepare data flow, ER diagrams and Software Requirement Specifications.
CO3 : Employ suitable architectural styles, software design methodologies, coding standards and practices in developing
practical applications
CO4 : Discuss various testing techniques and their application in defect removal.

INTRODUCTION
The Software Engineering Discipline - Software Development Projects - Software Life Cycle Models: Use of Life Cycle Models -
Classical Waterfall Model-Iterative Waterfall Model-Prototype model-Evolutionary Model-Spiral Model (9)

SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS AND ANALYSIS

Requirements Analysis and Specification - Requirements Gathering and Analysis- Value of good SRS - Requirement process-
Requirement Specification - desirable characteristics, components and Structure of requirements document - Functional
Specification with use cases - basics - developing Use Cases -DFDs - Data Dictionary - ER Diagrams. (8)

SOFTWARE DESIGN
Design concepts - Cohesion and Coupling- The Open-Closed Principle - Function Oriented Software Design : Structured charts
- Structured design methodology - Detailed Design: Logic / Algorithm design - State Modeling of Classes. (10)

CODING
Programming principles and guidelines - Structured programming - Information hiding - Some programming practices - Coding
standards - Code inspection - Planning- Self review - Group review meeting. (7)

TESTING
Testing Fundamentals -Black Box Testing: Equivalence Class Partitioning - Boundary Value Analysis - White box Testing: Control
Flow based criteria - Data Flow based Testing - Levels of Testing: Unit Testing - Integration Testing - System Testing - Acceptance
Testing. (11)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Pankaj Jalote, "Software Engineering A Precise Approach", Wiley India, Third edition 2012.
2. Rajib Mall, "Fundamentals of Software Engineering", PHI Learning Private Limited, Third Edition 2013.
(Introduction only)

REFERENCES
1. Roger.S.Pressman "Software Engineering A Practitioner's Approach", McGraw Hill International Edition, Seventh Edition,
2014.
2. Ian Sommerville, "Software Engineering", Dorling Kindersley (India) Private Ltd., Eighth Edition, 2008

216
 19CSOE03 - INTERNET PROGRAMMING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Gain knowledge in overview of www and web based applications.
CO2 : Design and develop dynamic and Interactive web page using DHTML.
CO3 : Design and develop web applications using servlets.
CO4 : Gain knowledge on E-business models and E-marketing.

BASIC WEB CONCEPTS

Basic Web Concepts - Web based Client/Server model -Web Protocols- Working of web browser - Browser & Server Communication
- Review of HTML: Markup Languages, Introduction to HTML- forms - frames - tables. (9)

CLIENT SIDE PROGRAMMING

Client-side Programming (Review of JavaScript): Introduction, Writing Comments, Variables, Operators, Statements, Alert, Confirm,
and Prompt Boxes, Functions, Event and Error Handling, Introduction to Built-in Classes, Form Validation, Cookies. (9)

DYNAMIC HTML
Dynamic HTML :Introduction - cascading style sheets-object model and collections - event model - filters and transition - data
binding - data control - ActiveX control - handling of multimedia data. (9)

SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING

Servlets - Deployment of simple servlets - Web server (Java web server / Tomcat / Web logic) - HTTP GET and POST requests
- Session tracking - Cookies - JDBC - Simple web applications - Multi-tier applications. (9)

WEB BASED APPLICATIONS AND ITS TECHNOLOGIES

Rails: Overview of Rails-Ajax: Overview of Ajax Rails with Ajax- e-Business Models-e-Marketing-online payments-Security.(9)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Deital & Deital, "Internet and World Wide Web-How to Program", Pearson Education Fifth Edition, 2011.
2. Robert W.Sebesta, "Programming with World Wide Web", Pearson Education, Eighth Edition, 2015.

REFERENCES
1. Scot Johnson, Keith Ballinger, Davis Howard Chapman, "Special Edition Using Active Server Pages", Prentice Hall of
India, paperback 1999.
2. Ravi Kalakota and Andrew B Whinston, "Frontiers of e-commerce", Addison Wesley, paperback 1999.
3. Jeffrey C. Jackson," Web Technologies: A Computer Science Perspective", Pearson Education, Reprint 2011.
4. Elliotte Rusty Harold, "Java Network Programming", O'Reilly Publishers, Fourth Edition 2013.

217
 19CSOE04 - INTRODUCTION TO DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the basic concepts, architecture, data models of database management systems and data warehouse.
CO2 : Demonstrate the multidisciplinary fields of data mining and illustrate the techniques for data preprocessing.
CO3 : Find frequent item set and generate association rules for the given transactions.
CO4 : Analyze different types of data using classification and clustering techniques.

BASIC CONCEPTS OF DATABASE SYSTEM

Purpose of DBMS - Applications - Views of data - Data Abstraction - Instances and Schemas - Data Models - Database Languages
- Relational Databases - Database Architecture - Database users and administrators - History of Database systems. (8)

DATA MINING
Data Mining - On What Kind of Data-Data Mining Functionalities - Classification of Data Mining Systems - Data Mining Task
Primitives - Integration of a Data Mining System with a Database or Data Warehouse System-Major Issues in Data Mining.(9)

DATA WAREHOUSING
Data Warehouse - Introduction-Multidimensional Data Model-Data Warehouse Architecture -Data Warehouse Implementation
from Data Warehousing to Data Mining. (8)

DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing: Needs Preprocessing the Data - Data Cleaning- Data Integration and Transformation-Data Reduction-
Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation. Association Rules: Basic concepts - Apriori Algorithm - Generation of association
rules from frequent item sets - FP Tree Algorithm - Pattern evaluation methods (10)

CLUSTERING AND CLASSIFICATION

Cluster analysis - Partitioning Methods - K-Means and K-Medoid algorithm - CLARA - CLARANS - Hierarchical clustering -
BIRCH - Density based clustering - DBSCAN - Decision tree induction. (10)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudharshan, "Database System Concepts", Tata McGraw Hill, Sixth Edition,
2013. (Basic Concepts of Database System only)
2. Jiawei Han & Micheline kamber, "Data Mining-Concepts and Techniques" Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Third Edition,
2012.

REFERENCES
1. Arun K Pujari, "Data Mining Techniques" Universities Press India Ltd., Third Edition, 2012.
2. Dunham, "Data Mining- Introductory and Advanced Topics", Pearson Education, New Delhi, First Edition, 2006.
3. Sam Anahory, Dennis Murray, "Data Warehousing in the Real World ", Pearson Education, Seventh Indian Reprint New
Delhi,2003.
4. George M. Marakas, "Modern Data Warehousing, Mining, & Visualization Core concepts", Pearson Education, First Edition,
2003
5. Paulraj Ponnaiah, "Data Warehousing Fundamentals", Wiley Publishers, Singapore, First Edition, 2001.
218
 19CSOE05 - INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Examine the characteristics and challenges in embedded system development
CO2 : Identify the parameters affecting CPU performance and develop optimized code
CO3 : Demonstrate the scheduling of given set of real-time tasks using the appropriate scheduling algorithm
CO4 : Design embedded system for simple applications

INTRODUCTION
Characteristics of embedded computing applications- Challenges in embedded computing design - Performance in embedded
computing. Embedded System Design Process - Computer Architecture Taxonomy - ARM Processor -Assembly Language
Programming. (10)

CPU PERFORMANCE
I/O Primitives - Busy -Wait I/O - Interrupts - Memory System Mechanisms: Cache, Memory Management Unit and Address
Translation - Pipelining - CPU Power Consumption (8)

DEVELOPMENT AND DEBUGGING

Development environments - Debugging Techniques - Debugging challenges - System Level Performance analysis - Program
Level Performance analysis - Program Optimization (9)

SCHEDULING
Scheduling states of a Process-Running Periodic Processes - Preemption - Priorities- Rate Monotonic Scheduling - Earliest
Deadline First Scheduling - Priority Inversion - Data dependency. (10)

NETWORKS
Bus Standards: I2C, CAN Bus, Field Bus. CASE STUDY: Alarm Clock, Elevator Controller. (8)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
1. Marilyn Wolf, "Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computing System Design", Morgan Kaufman, Third
Edition, 2012

REFERENCES
1. Rajib Mall, "Real-Time Systems: Theory and Practice", Pearson Education, First Edition, 2009. (For Scheduling)
2. David. E. Simon, "An Embedded Software Primer", Pearson Education, First Edition, 2012
3. Rajkamal, "Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design", McGraw Hill, Third Edition, 2014.

219
 19ITOE01 - DIGITAL COMPUTER BASICS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain various schemes of number system representations, code conversions and perform arithmetic operations.
CO2 : Describe Boolean Algebra, formulate and simplify Boolean expressions using K-Maps and illustrate the logic gates
realization.
CO3 : Describe the working of basic combinational circuits and sequential circuits.
CO4 : Describe the structure and functioning of various memory schemes.

NUMBER SYSTEMS
Binary Numbers, Number Base Conversions, Octal and Hexadecimal Numbers.
Complements of Numbers - Signed Binary Numbers. Binary Codes : Binary-Coded Decimal (BCD) Code, Gray Code, ASCII
Character Code, Error Detecting Code. BCD Addition - Decimal Arithmetic. Binary Storage and Registers. (9)

BINARY LOGIC AND BOOLEAN ALGEBRA

Definition of Binary logic. Boolean Algebra - Basic Definitions - Theorems and Properties of Boolean Algebra - Canonical and
Standard Forms. Digital Logic Gates : Integrated Circuits. Gate-Level Minimization: Map Method - Four Variable K-Map - Product
of Sums Simplification. Realization of Boolean functions using Gates (9)
COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS
Adder : Half Adder - Full Adder - Binary Parallel Adder - BCD Adder. Subtractor : Half Subtractor - Full Subtractor. Code Conversion.
Decoders - De-Multiplexer - Encoders - Multiplexers. (10)

SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS
Storage Elements - Latches, Flip Flops - RS, D, JK and T flip -flops- Triggering of flip -flops - Characteristic Tables - Characteristic
Equations. Registers - Shift Registers. Counters: Binary ripple counter - Up down binary counter. (9)

MEMORY AND PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC

Random Access Memory - Memory Decoding - Read Only Memory - Types of ROMs, Programmable Logic Array, Programmable
Array Logic (8)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
1. M. Morris Mano and Michael D. Cieti,"Digital Design with an Introduction to the Verilog HDL, Pearson Education, Fifth
Edition, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. M. Morris Mano, "Digital Logic and Computer Design", Pearson Education, First Edition, 2008.
2. Thomas L.Floyd, "Digital Fundamentals", Pearson Education, Tenth Edition, 2011.

220
 19ITOE02 - PROGRAMMING IN JAVA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the fundamental aspects of object oriented programming paradigm.
CO2 : Develop java programs using features like methods, classes, constructors, overloading and string handling.
CO3 : Write exception handling routines for practical applications.
CO4 : Describe multithreading, synchronization and networking features of Java.
CO5 : Demonstrate use of applets and database connectivity in developing practical Applications.

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

Introduction to object oriented languages - Evolution of object oriented languages - Object oriented programming paradigm -
Basic concepts of object oriented programming - Procedural Vs object oriented programming. (6)

INTRODUCTION TO JAVA
Java and Internet - Byte Code - Features of Java - Java Development Environment- Java Programming: Methods and Classes-
Constructor - Garbage Collection - Overloading - Inheritance - Overriding - Packages and Interfaces - Java IO systems - String
Handling : String and String Buffer. (12)

EXCEPTION HANDLING
Exception Handling: Fundamentals of Exception handling and types - Built in Exceptions - User defined Exceptions. (5)

MULTI THREADS
Multithreaded Programming: Thread Model -Thread properties -Thread priorities - Synchronization- Inter thread communication-
Networking :Inet address- Datagrams - Sockets - URL connections. (11)

APPLET AND DATABASE CONNECTIVITY

Introduction to Abstract Window Tool kit - Applet class - HTML applet tags - Parameter passing - Audio clip interface - Event class:
Keyboard and Mouse events handling. (11)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
1. Herbert Schilt :"Java 2 - Complete references ", Tata McGraw Hill, ftinth Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2014.

REFERENCE
1. Deitel H.M and Deitel P.J, "Java - How to Program", Prentice Hall of India, Ninth Edition, 2012.

221
 19ITOE03 - FUNDAMENTALS OF DATABASE SYSTEMS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the database system concepts and explain the key features of Relational data models.
CO2 : Describe the features of Entity Relationship diagram and draw Entity Relationship diagram for the given real world
application
CO3 : Design a normalized database system and carry out data retrieval using SQL.
CO4 : Demonstrate various transaction concepts and various concurrency control mechanisms

DATABASE SYSTEMS
Data Vs Information-Introducing the database and DBMS- Importance of Database Design- Files and File systems-Problems
with File System Data Management, Database Systems. Relational Database Model: Logical view of Data- Keys- Integrity
Rules- Relational Set Operators- Data Dictionary and the system catalog -Codd's relational database rules. (10)

RELATIONAL MODEL
Entity Relationship Model: Entities-Attributes-Relationship-Connectivity and cardinality- Existence Dependence-
Relationship Strength-Weak Entities-Relationship participation- Relationship Degree-Recursive Relationship-Developing
an ER Diagram. (8)

STRUCTURED QUERY LANGUAGE

Introduction to SQL- Data Definition Commands- Data Manipulation Commands-Advanced Data Definition and SELECT
Commands - Virtual Tables -Creating Views- Joining Database Tables. (8)

DATABASE DESIGN
Database Tables and Normalization- Need for Normalization- Normalization Process- Improving the Design-Surrogate Key
Considerations, High level Normal Forms, Normalization and Database Design-Denormalization. (10)

TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT
Transaction Concepts: Transaction Properties- Transaction Concurrent Executions. Concurrency control with Locking Methods:
Lock Granularity-Lock Types-Two-Phase Locking to Ensure SeriaIizabIity-Deadlocks-Database Recovery Management-RAID.
(9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
1. Peter Rob, Coras M.Colonel, "Database Systems: Design, Implementation and Management", Thompson Learning Course
Technology, Tenth Edition, 2012.

REFERENCES
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F.Korth,S.Sudharshan,"Database System Concepts", McGraw-Hill, Sixth Edition, 2013.
2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. tJavathe, "Fundamentals ofDatabase Systems", Pearson Education, Sixth Edition, 2013.
3. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, "Database ManagementSystems", McGraw Hill Education, Third Edition, 2014.
4. Thomas M.Connolly and Carolyn E.Begg, "A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation and Management", Pearson,
6th Edition, 2004.

222
 19ITOE04 - CLOUD COMPUTING FUNDAMENTALS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understanding the client- server, distributed collaborative and cloud computing architecture along with cloud storage
and services.
CO2 : Classify the different virtualization environments and techniques.
CO3 : Illustrate various services deployed from a cloud architecture supported by different providers.
CO4 : Analyze the major security challenges and privacy problems in the cloud and virtual environment.

INTRODUCTION
Understanding Cloud Computing- history of cloud computing: Client/Server computing, Peer to peer computing, Distributed
computing and Collaborative computing.- Understanding cloud architecture, cloud storage and services-Pros and cons of cloud
computing. (9)

VIRTUALIZATION
Introduction-Characteristics of Virtualized Environments - Taxonomy of Virtualization Techniques - Virtualization and Cloud
Computing - Pros and Cons of Virtualization - Technology Examples (9)

CLOUD COMPUTING ARCHITECTURE

Cloud reference model: Architecture, Infrastructure / Hardware as a service, Platform as a service-Software as a service, Types
of cloud: Public clouds, Private clouds, Hybrid Cloud, Community Clouds. (9)

CLOUD SERVICES
Discovering Cloud services Development services and tools: Amazon, Google App Engine, IBM, Salesforce.com, Other Cloud
Services development tool (9)

CLOUD SECURITY
Security Overview - Cloud SecurityChallenges - Software as a Service Security - Security Governance - Risk Management -
Security Monitoring - Security Architecture Design - Data Security - Application Security - Virtual Machine Security. (9)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Michael Miller "Cloud Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the Way You Work and Collaborate Online",1st
Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, and Thamarai Selvi, "Mastering Cloud Computing", Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
(Virtualization, Cloud Computing Architecture)
3. John W.Rittinghouse and James F.Ransome, "Cloud Computing: Implementation, Management, and Security", CRC Press,
2010. (Cloud Security)

223
REFERENCES
1. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, "Cloud Computing, A Practical Approach", McGraw-Hill Osborne Media,
2009.
2. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", Yahoo Press, 2002.
3. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox,Jack GDongarra, "Distributed and Cloud Computing, From Parallel Processing to the Internet
of Things", Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2002.

224
 19ITOE05 - INFORMATION SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Identify and analyze the security threats and attacks and applydevice suitable security policies and standards.
CO2 : Assess the risks and apply suitable risk control strategies.
CO3 : Employ appropriate intrusion detection and prevention systems to ensure information security.
CO4 : Discuss various national and international laws of information security and its framework.

INTRODUCTION, NEED FOR SECURITY

Introduction to Information Security - The History of Information Security- Critical Characteristics of Information - NSTISSC
Security Model - Components of an Information System - Securing Components - Balancing Information Security and Access -
The Systems Development Life Cycle - The Security Systems Development Life Cycle. The Need for Security: Introduction
Business Needs First -Threats -Attacks. (9)

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION SECURITY

Introduction - An Overview of Risk Management - Risk Identification -Risk Assessment - Risk Control Strategies - Selecting a
Risk Control Strategy - Risk Management Discussion Points - Recommended Practices in Controlling Risk. (9)

POLICIES, STANDARDS, PRACTICES AND BUSINESS CONTINUITY

Introduction - Information Security Policy, Standards and Practices -The Information Security Blueprint: ISO 17799/BS 7799,
ISO 27001and itscontrols, NIST SecurityModels, Design of Security Architecture - Security Education, Training and Awareness
Program - Continuity Strategies. (6)

SECURITY TECHNOLOGY
Introduction - Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems: IDPS Terminology, Use of IDPS, Strengths and Limitations of IDPS -
Honey Pots, Honey Nets, and Padded Cell Systems - Scanning and Analysis Tools, Access Control Devices (6)

BIOMETRIC CONTROLS
Biometrics - Nature of Biometrics Identification/Authentication Techniques - Biometric Techniques - Matching and Enrollment
Process in Biometrics - Benefits Over Traditional Authentication Methods. (6)

SECURITY OF WIRELESS NETWORKS

Attacks on Wireless Networks: Other Security Risks in Wireless Networks, Management and Mitigations for Wireless Networks
Attacks. (7)

LAWS AND LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Introduction - Information Security and the Law: The Rising Need -Understanding the Laws for Information Security:A Conceptual
Framework - The Indian ITAct - Laws for Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) -Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
(HIPAA) - Building Security into Software/System Development Life Cycle. (7)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Michael E Whitman and Herbert J Mattord, "Principles of Information Security", Course Technology, New Delhi, Fourth
Edition, 2012 Reprint.
225
2. Nina Godbole, "Information Systems Security-Security Management, Metrics, Frameworks and Best Practices", Wiley
India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, First Edition, 2009.(Biometric Controls, Security of Wireless Networks, Laws and Legal Framework)

REFERENCES
1. Thomas R.Pettier, "Information Security Fundamentals", Auerbach Publications, Second Edition, 2013.
2. Vicki Krause and Harold F.Tipton, "information Security Management Handbook", Auerbach Publications, Sixth Edition,2008.
3. Mark Merkow and Jim Breithaupt,"Information Security - Principles & Practices", Second Edition, Pearson Education,
2014.

226
 19ITOE06 - INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the importance and need for effective user friendly Graphical User Interfaces (GUI).
CO2 : Choose suitable interactions devices/tools to meet application specific requirements.
CO3 : Design Graphical User Interfaces(GUI) using apt components and apply the design guidelines for user-friendly
navigation and presentation.
CO4 : Asses graphical user interfaces for compliance against the screen design guidelines.

INTRODUCTION
Importance of User Interface: Definition-Importance of good design-Benefits of good design-Human-centered development and
Evaluation-Human Performance models-A Brief history of screen design (9)

THE GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE & DESIGN PROCESS

GUI: Popularity of graphics - The concept of direct manipulation - Graphical system - Characteristics - Web user - Interface
Popularity - Characteristics and Principles of User Interface.
Design process: Human Interaction with computers - Importance of Human Characteristics - Human Consideration - Human
Interaction Speeds and Understanding Business Junctions. (9)

SCREEN DESIGNING
Design Goals - Screen Planning and Purpose - Organizing Screen Elements - Ordering of Screen Data and Content - Screen
Navigation and Flow - Visually Pleasing Composition - Amount of Information - Focus and Emphasis - Presenting Information
Simply and Meaningfully - Information retrieval on web - Statistical Analysis - Technological considerations in Interface Design.
(9)

WINDOWS & COMPONENTS

Windows: New Navigation Schemes - Selection of Window - Selection of DevicesBased on Screen Based Controls. Components:
Text and Messages - Icons and Increases - Multimedia - Colors - Uses -Problems - Choosing colors. (11)

SOFTWARE TOOLS AND INTERACTION DEVICES

Specification Methods - Interface Building Tools - Keyboard and Function Keys - Pointing Devices Speech Recognition. (7)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Wilbert O Galitz, "The Essential Guide to User Interface Design", Third Edition, Wiley India Pvt., Ltd., 2007.
2. Ben Shneidermann, "Designing the User Interface", Fifth edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2013. (Software Tools and
Interaction Devices)

REFERENCE
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, G D Abowd and Russel Beale, "Human Computer Interaction", Pearson Education, Third Edition

227
 19ITOE07 - ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING CONCEPTS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the operational aspects of ERP system and its related technologies.
CO2 : Demonstrate the steps required for ERP Project management and implementation process by choosing the right
vendors/consultants, employee training and monitoring.
CO3 : Categorize the business modules of an ERP package in order to define the functionality of various departments in a
company.
CO4 : Analyze the ERP market place and its vendors, and assess how Enterprise Application Integration (EAI), e-business
help the company use ERP to its utmost benefit.

INTRODUCTION
Enterprise - An Overview - Introduction to ERP - Benefits Of ERP - ERP and Related Technologies - Business Process
Reengineering (BPR) - Data Warehousing - Data Mining - OLAP--SCM. (9)

ERP IMPLEMENTATION
ERP Implementation Lifecycle - Implementation Methodologies - ERP deployment methods - Package Selection - Process
Definition - Vendors and Consultants - Contract with Vendors, Consultants and Employees - Training and education- Project
Management and Monitoring. (10)

THE ERP BUSINESS MODULES

Business modules of an ERP Package - Finance - Manufacturing - Human Resources - Plant Maintenance - Materials Management
- Quality Management - Sales and Distribution. (9)

THE ERP MARKET & ERP - PRESENT AND FUTURE

ERP Marketplace and Marketplace Dynamics - ERP Vendors - SAP AG, Oracle Corporation, Microsoft Dynamics, EPICOR,
QAD, RAMCO Systems - Enterprise Application Integration (EAI)- ERP and E-Business- Future Directions and Trends in
ERP. (9)

SAP
Gateway to SAP: Architecture of SAP R/3 -SAP Integrated-Three Tier Architecture - SAP Easy Access - Understanding ABAP
Workbench (8)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Alexis Leon, "ERP Demystified", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Third Edition, 2014.
2. Dreamtech Press, "SAP R/3, Black Book", Dreamtech Software Team, 2006. (SAP)

REFERENCES
1. Ellen F.Monk, Bret Wagner, "Concepts in Enterprise Resource Planning", Course Technology Ptr, Fourth Edition, 2011.
2. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkitakrishnan N.K., "Enterprise Resource Planning - Concepts and Practice", Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, Second Edition, 2012.

228
 19CHOE01 - INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 : Practice the safety norms and inspect turning machines, boring machines, milling machine, planning machine, grinding
machines, CNC machines and wood working machinery to create risk free working environment.
CO2 : Assess the adequacy of machinery guarding to eliminate or reduce the hazards from the point operation, flying chips
and sparks and moving parts.
CO3 : Apply the safety concepts in welding, gas cutting, storage and handling of gas cylinders, metal forming processes,
etc.,
CO4 : Predict, identify and evaluate, hazardous conditions and practices safety rules in in cold forming and hot working of
metals
CO5 : Employ the safety rules in inspection and testing process and take plan the preventive measures in health and welfare
of workers' aspects in engineering industry.

SAFETY IN METAL WORKING MACHINERY AND WOOD WORKING MACHINES

General safety rules, principles, maintenance, Inspections of turning machines, boring machines, milling machine, planning
machine and grinding machines, CNC machines, Wood working machinery, types, safety principles, electrical guards, work
area, material handling, inspection, standards and codes- saws, types, hazards. (9)

PRINCIPLES OF MACHINE GUARDING

Guarding during maintenance, Zero Mechanical State (ZMS), Definition, Policy for ZMS - guarding of hazards - point of operation
protective devices, machine guarding, types, fixed guard, interlock guard, automatic guard, trip guard, electron eye, positional
control guard, fixed guard fencing- guard construction- guard opening. Selection and suitability: lathe - drilling - boring - milling -
grinding - shaping - sawing- shearing presses - forge hammer - flywheels - shafts - couplings -gears - sprockets wheels and
chains pulleys and belts - authorized entry to hazardous installations-benefits of good guarding systems (9)

SAFETY IN WELDING AND GAS CUTTING

Gas welding and oxygen cutting, resistance welding, arc welding and cutting, common hazards, personal protective equipment,
training, safety precautions in brazing, soldering and metalizing - explosive welding, selection, care and maintenance of the
associated equipment and instruments - safety in generation, distribution and handling of industrial gases-colour coding - flashback
arrestor - leak detection-pipeline safety-storage and handling of gas cylinders. (9)

SAFETY IN COLD FORMING AND HOT WORKING OF METALS

Cold working, power presses, point of operation safe guarding, auxiliary mechanisms, feeding and cutting mechanism, hand or
foot-operated presses, power press electric controls, power press set up and die removal, inspection and maintenance-metal
sheers-press brakes. Hot working safety in forging, hot rolling mill operation, safe guards in hot rolling mills - hot bending of
pipes, hazards and control measures. Safety in gas furnace operation, cupola, crucibles, ovens, foundry health hazards, work
environment, material handling in foundries, foundry production cleaning and finishing foundry processes. (9)

SAFETY IN FINISHING, INSPECTION AND TESTING

Heat treatment operations, electro plating, paint shops, sand and shotblasting, safety in inspection and testing, dynamic balancing,
hydrotesting, valves, boiler drums and headers, pressure vessels, air leak test, steam testing, safety in radiography, personal

229
monitoring devices, radiation hazards, engineering and administrative controls, Indian Boilers Regulation. Health and welfare
measures in engineering industry-pollution control in engineering industry-industrial waste disposal (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Wells G.L.,R.M.C. Seagrave-Flow sheeting for safety, Indian Institute of Chemical Engineering, London U.K,1977.
2. TrevurKletz Butterworth, Learning from accidents, - London, 1988.
3. John Barton and Richard Rogers, Chemical reaction Hazards - A guide to safety, Institution of Chemical Engineering
London, 1997.
4. Philip Hagan "Accident Prevention Manual for Business and Industry", N.S.C.Chicago, 13th edition 2009.

REFERENCES
1. Rohatgi A.K, Safety handling of Hazardous Chemicals Enterprises, Bombay, 1986.
2. Shukla S.K., Envirohazards and Techno Legal aspects, Shashi Publications, Jaipur India, 1993.
3. John V.Grimaldi and Rollin H.Simonds," Safety Management", Richard D Irwin, 1994.
4. Krishnan N.V. "Safety Management in Industry" Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1997.
5. "The Indian boilers act 1923 with amendments", Law Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.
6. "Health and Safety in welding and Allied processes", Welding Institute, UK, High Tech. Publishing Ltd., London, 1989.
7. "Safe use of wood working machinery", HSE,UK,2005.

230
 19CHOE02 - RISK ANALYSIS AND HAZOP
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 : Identify individual hazards in a process and deduce the associated risks.
CO2 : Identify radiation intensity and effects of explosion
CO3 : Perform risk analysis of various types of problems
CO4 : Evaluate effect about key hazard identification techniques
CO5 : Apply risk analysis techniques and Hazop study

INTRODUCTION AND DISPERSION MODELS

Risk analysis introduction, quantitative risk assessment, rapid risk analysis - Comprehensive risk analysis - Emission and dispersion
- Leak rate calculation. Single and two-phase flow - Dispersion model for dense gas - Flash fire - Plume dispersion - Toxic
dispersion model - Ealuation of risk. (9)

RADIATION INTENSITY
Radiation - Tank on fire - Flame length - Radiation intensity calculation and its effect on plant, people and property radiation
VCVCE - Explosion due to over pressure - Effects of explosion, risk contour -Effects, explosion, BLEVE - Jet fire - Fire ball.(9)

RISK ANALYSIS
Overall risk analysis - Generation of meteorological data - Ignition data - Population data - Consequences analysis and total risk
analysis - Overall risk contours for different failure scenarios - Disaster management plan - Emergency planning - On site and off
site emergency planning, risk management ISO 14000, EMS models case studies - Marketing terminal, gas processing complex,
refinery. (9)

HAZARD ANALYSIS
Hazard identification safety audits, checklist, what if analysis, vulnerability models event tree analysis fault tree analysis, Hazan
past accident analysis Fixborough - Mexico - Madras - Vizag - Bopal analysis (9)

CASE STUDIES
Hazop - Guide words, parameters, derivation - Causes - Consequences - Recommendation - Coarse Hazop study - Case
studies - Pumping system - Reactor - Mass transfer system. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Ragavan K.V., Khan A.A., Methodologies in Hazard identification and assessment -Manual, CLRI publication, 1990.
2. Marcel.V.C., Major Chemical Hazard, Ellis Hawood Ltd., Chi Chester, UK, 1987.
3. Skeleton B., Process Safety Analysis, Institution of chemical Engineers, U.K., 1997.

REFERENCE
1. Daniel A Crowl., Louvar J.F., Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with Applications, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2002.

231
 19CHOE03 - GREEN TECHNOLOGY
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 : Outline the green technology concepts and relevance in twenty first century requirements.
CO2 : Defend the environmental and sustainability issues, role of CSR and CER and Indian corporate structure and
environment.
CO3 : Recall the indicators of sustainability and their use and can also find the alternate theories.
CO4 : Criticize the environmental reporting, ISO 14001, ISO 14064, financial initative by UNEP, etc.
CO5 : Analyse the green tax incentives and rebates, business redesign and its models.

INTRODUCTION
The concept of green technology; evolution; nature, scope, importance and types; developing a theory; green technology in
India; relevance in twenty first century. (9)

SUSTAINABILITY & ENVIRONMENT

Organizational environment; internal and external environment; Indian corporate structure and environment; how to go green;
spreading the concept in organization; environmental and sustainability issues for the production of high-tech components and
materials, life cycle analysis of materials, sustainable production and its role in corporate social responsibility (CSR) and corporate
environmental responsibility (CER). (9)

ECOSYSTEM APPROACHES
Approaches from ecological economics; indicators of sustainability; ecosystem services and their sustainable use; bio-diversity;
Indian perspective; alternate theories (9)

ACTS OF GREEN TECHNOLOGY

Environmental reporting and ISO 14001; climate change business and ISO 14064; green financing; financial initiative by UNEP;
green energy technology; green product technology. (9)

GREEN ECONOMICS
Definition; green techniques and methods; green tax incentives and rebates (to green projects and companies); green project
technology in action; business redesign; eco-commerce models. (9)

TOTAL : 45

REFERENCES
1. Green Technology and Green Technologies: Exploring the Causal Relationship by Jazmin Seijas Nogarida, 2008.
2. Green Marketing and Technology: A global Perspective by John F. Whaik, 2005.
3. The Green Energy Technology Book by Leo A. Meyer.
4. Green Project Technology by Richard Maltzman and David Shiden.
5. Green Marketing by JacquelinOttman.
6. Green and World by Andrew S. Winston.

232
 19CHOE04 - CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 : Classify the types of corrosion and theories and also relate the various controlled corrosion process.
CO2 : Examine the factors involved in the corrosion and control methods of various corrosion.
CO3 : Analyse the mechanism of corrosion and evaluate the effects like pH, temperature, flow rate on corrosion.
CO4 : Design and develop the corrosion control methods like cathodic protection, sacrificial anode and impressed current
anodes and anodic protection.
CO5 : Predict the different corrosion testing, monitoring and inspection tests by surface analytical studies.

INTRODUCTION
Introduction, classification, economics and cost of corrosion. emf series, galvanic series, corrosion theories derivation of potential
Current relations of activities controlled and diffusion controlled corrosion process. Potential - pH diagram, Fe-H2O system,
application and limitation. Passivation - Definition, anodic passivation theory of passivation, oxidation laws, effects of oxygen
and alloying on oxidation rates. (9)

CORROSION CONTROL METHODS

Forms of corrosion - Definition, factors and control methods of various forms of corrosion such as pitting, inter granular, crevice,
dezincification, stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue, fretting corrosion, hydrogen embitterment, corrosion processes and control
methods in fertilizers, petrochemical, chemical building industries (9)

MECHANISM OF CORROSION
Environmental aspects, atmospheric corrosion - Classification, factors influencing atmospheric corrosion, temporary corrosion
preventive methods, corrosion in immersed condition, effect of dissolved gases, salts, pH, temperature, and flows rates on
corrosion, marine corrosion, underground corrosion. Biological corrosion, definition, mechanism of corrosion, control of bio-
corrosion. (9)

CORROSION PREVENTION
Corrosion control aspects, electrochemical methods of protection-theory of cathodic protection design of cathodic protection,
sacrificial anodes, impressed current anodes, anodic protection. Corrosion inhibitors for acidic, neutral and alkaline media,
cooling water system - Boiler water system. Organic coating, surface preparation, natural, synthetic resin, paint, formulation and
application. Design aspects in corrosion prevention, corrosion resistant materials. (9)

CORROSION TEST
Corrosion testing, monitoring and inspection, laboratory corrosion tests, accelerated chemical tests for studying different forms
of corrosion. Electrochemical methods of corrosion rate measurements by DC and AC methods, corrosion monitoring methods,
chemical and electrochemical removal of corrosion products, newer techniques to study corrosion processes, inspection methods
by NDT. Surface analytical techniques such as AES, ESCA, SEM. Evaluation of paints by conventional and electrochemical
methods. (9)
TOTAL : 45
233
TEXT BOOKS
1. Roberge P. R., Corrosion Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 2008.
2. Fontana M.G., Greene N.D., Corrosion Engineering, Third Edition, McGraw Hill, NewYork, 2005.
3. Uhling H. H., Revie R.W., Corrosion and Corrosion Control, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1985.

REFERENCE
1. Banarjee.S.N., An introduction to corrosion and corrosion inhibitors, Oxonian Press Ltd., New Delhi, 1985.

234
 19CHOE05 - INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 : Express the fundamentals of chemical engineering and to solve problems.
CO2 : Ability to develop basic fluid concepts, transfer and separation operations.
CO3 : Design equipment for transport and separation processes.
CO4 : Apply material and Energy balance to precisely calculate material required for a process.
CO5 : Apply steady state balances to develop process flow sheets.

OVERVIEW OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Concepts of unit operations and unit processes, and more recent developments, The Chemical Industry-scope, features &
characteristics. Flow sheets, and symbols for various operations. (9)

MATERIAL AND ENERGY BALANCE CALCULATIONS

Material balances in simple systems involving physical changes and chemical reactions; systems involving recycle, purge, and
bypass, combustion reactions, Forms of energy, optimum utilization of energy, Energy balance calculations in simple systems.
Introduction to Computer aided calculations-steady state material and energy balances, combustion reactions. (9)

BASIC FLUID CONCEPTS

Dimensions and Units, Velocity and Stress Fields, Viscosity and surface tension, Non Newtonian viscosity, Dimensional
Analysis (Buckingham PI theorem), Types of flows, Methods of Analysis, Fluid Statics. pipe flow, Pumps, Agitation and
Mixing, Compressors. (9)

HEAT TRANSFER OPERATIONS

Review of conduction, resistance concept, extended surfaces, lumped capacitance; Introduction to Convection, natural and
forced convection, correlations; Radiation; Heat exchangers- Fundamental principles and classification of heat exchangers,
Evaporators. (9)

MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS

Fundamental principles and classification of Distillations, Adsorption, Absorption, Drying, Extraction, Membrane Process. Energy
and Mass Conservation in process systems and industries. Introduction to chemical reactors. (9)

TOTAL : 45

REFERENCES
1. G.T. Austin, R.N. Shreve, Chemical Process Industries, 5th Ed., McGraw Hill, 1984.
2. W.L. McCabe, J.C. Smith and P. Harriott, Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.
3. R. M. Felder and R.W. Rousseau, Elementary Principles of Chemical Processes, 3rd Ed., John Wiley, New York,2004.
4. L.B. Anderson and L.A. Wenzel, Introduction to Chemical Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1961.
5. H.S. Fogler, Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering, 4th Ed., Prentice-Hall, 2006.

235
 19CHOE06 - NANOMATERIAL SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION
LABORATORY

L T P C
0 0 6 3
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 : To synthesize several nanomaterials in different methods in lab scale.
CO2 : To understand and operate the instruments for material characterization.
CO3 : To interpret the properties of synthesized nanomaterials by analyzing the results

EXPERIMENTS
1. Chemical synthesis of Ag nanoparticles; UV-Visible absorption of the colloidal sol.
2. Chemical synthesis of CdS nanoparticles; Optical absorption spectra; Band gap estimation from the band edge.
3. Synthesis of ceria nanofibres by Solvothermal method.
4. Synthesis of silica nanoparticles using Stober method.
5. Synthesis of Au nanoparticles by simple chemical method.
6. Synthesis of Fe3O4 nanoparticles by simple reduction method.
7. Effect of reducing agent on the synthesis of metal nanoparticles.
8. Aqueous to organic phase transfer of Ag and CdS nanoparticles; Confirmation by UV-Visible absorption.
9. Effect of concentration on the synthesis of silver nanoparticles.
10. Effect of reducing agent on gold nanoparticles.
11. Fabrication of silver nanofilms.
12. Synthesis of polyvinyl alcohol fibres by electrospinning method.
13. Synthesis of Au and Ag nanoparticles at aqueous-organic liquid interface; UV-visible spectroscopy of the colloidal film;
comparison with the corresponding colloidal sol.
14. Sol gel synthesis of ZnO/TiO2/CdO nanoparticles.
15. A bioroute to Au nanoparticles.
16. Sol-gel spin coating route to SnO2 nanothin films: surface roughness measurement by AFM.
17. Hydrothermal synthesis of ZnS Nanorods: Nanorods formation by SEM analysis.
18. Fabrication and wettability characterization of nanostructured soft polymer surfaces.
19. Preparation of nanofluids.
20. Determination of viscosity of nanofluids.
21. Evaporation studies of nanofluids.
22. Measurement of stability of nanofluids.
23. Optical properties of nanofluids.
24. Measurement of onset of natural convection in nanofluids.
25. Thermal conductivity measurement of nanofluids.
TOTAL : 60

236
REFERENCES
1. Sarit K. Das, Stephen U. Choi, Wenhua Yu, T. Pradeep, Nanofluids: Science and Technology, Wiley, 2007.
2. Vincenzo Bianco, Oronzio Manca, Sergio Nardini, Kambiz Vafai, Heat Transfer Enhancement with Nanofluids, CRC Press,
2017.
3. Amy S., Thermal Energy Storage Using Phase Change Materials: Fundamentals and Applications Fleischer, Springer,
2015.
4. Mohsen Sheikholeslami and Davood Domairry Ganji, Applications of Nanofluid for Heat Transfer Enhancement, Elsevier,
2017.
5. S.M. Sohel Murshed, Carlos Nieto de Castro, Nanofluids: Synthesis, Properties and Applications, Nova Science Publishers,
2014.
6. T. Pradeep, A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2003.
7. P.R. Chandran, M. Naseer, N. Udupa, N. Sandhyarani. Size controlled synthesis of biocompatible gold nanoparticles and
their activity in the oxidation of NADH. Nanotechnology. 8, 23(1), 2011.
8. I.A. Ibrahim, A.A. Zikry, M.A. Sharaf. Preparation of spherical silica nanoparticles: Stober silica. J. Am. Sci. 6(11), 985-9,
2010.
9. X. Chen, S.S. Mao. Titanium dioxide nanomaterials: synthesis, properties, modifications, and applications. Chemical reviews.
11, 107(7), 2891-959, 2007.
10. Sarit K. Das, Stephen U. Choi, Wenhua Yu, T. Pradeep, Nanofluids: Science and Technology, Wiley, 2007.

237
 19CHOE07 - MULTIVARIATE STATISTICS LABORATORY
L T P C
0 0 6 3
ASSESSMENT : PRACTICAL
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 : Design experiments to obtain statistical principles of Univariate examples.
CO2 : Apply the concepts of statistics to draw conclusions from data
CO3 : Assess practical knowledge to carry out meaningful interpretation of data from real life
CO4 : Conduct experiments to solve complex engineering problems effectively as an individual or team work.
CO5 : Perform as a leader with good ethical principles to meet societal needs in the field of chemical engineering.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Point and Interval Estimation for Normal and Chi-Square Distribution using Excel and R.
2. Point and Interval Estimation for T-Distribution and F-Distribution using Excel and R.
3. K-means Clustering.
4. One-way ANOVA Model in Excel and R.
5. Linear Regression
6. Logistic Regression
7. Naive Bayesian Classifier
8. Decision Trees
9. Simulation of Principal component analysis using Excel and R.
10. Simulation of Fischer Discriminant Analysis using Excel and R.
11. Modeling the Change by Differential Equations using R and Excel.
12. Modeling the Change by Difference Equations using R and Excel.
13. Multivariate Normal & Hoteling's T2 Distribution.
14. Multivariate Analysis of Variance (MANOVA).
15. Correspondence Analysis using R.
TOTAL : 60

REFERENCES
1. Apostol T.M. (1985) Mathematical Analysis, Narosa,Indian Ed.
2. Courant R. And John F. (1965) Introduction to Calculas and Analysis, Wiley.
3. Miller K.S. (1957) Advanced Real Calculas, Harper, New York.
4. Rudin, Walter (1976) Principles of Mathematical Analysis,McGraw Hill.
5. Malik S.C. (2005) Principles of Real Analysis, New Age International (p)Ltd.
6. Bartle R.G. (1976) Elements of Real Analysis

238
 19MOE01 - GRAPH THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : The students will be able to understand the idea of graph theory and to solve the real time problem.
CO2 : To relate the Graph theory Algorithms' in their field of engineering and apply the same in the irrespective mainstream.
CO3 : To become familiar with Special graphs for modeling the networks.
CO4 : Able to design and solve Coloring concepts for defined problems.
CO5 : Model the networks using graph theory.
GRAPHS ANDSUB GRAPHS
Graph-Standard Concepts in Graphs - Sub graphs - Complete Graph - Bipartite Graph - Isomorphism - Adjacency Matrix and
Incidence Matrix-Walk, Trail and Path - Bipartite Graph - Connectedness - The Shortest Path Problem - Dijkstra's Algorithm
(9)
TREES
Trees- Characterization - Blocks - Block Graphs - Cayley's Formula - Spanning Trees - Spanning Tree Algorithms - Kruskal's
and Prim's Algorithm (9)
EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS
Eulerian graphs - Euler's theorem - Hamiltonian graphs - Dirac's and Ore's theorems - Closure of a graph - Bondy -Chvatal
theorem - Traveling salesman problem - The Chinese Postman Problem - Fleury's Algorithm. (9)
COVERING AND COLORING
Covering - Independent Sets - Matching - Perfect Matching- Applications - The Personal Assignment Problem - Coloring -
Chromatic Number - Four Color Problem - Chromatic Polynomials - Application. (9)
DIRECTED GRAPHS
Digraph - orientation - strongly, weakly and unilaterally connected digraphs - directed acyclic graph - adjacency matrix and
incidence matrix of graph - Network Flows - Transport Networks - Max - Flow Min-Cut Theorem - Activity Network (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Gary Chatrand and Ping Zhang, Introduction to Graph Theory, Mc Graw Hill Education (India), 2017.
2. Narsingh Deo, "Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Science", Prentice Hall of India Private
Limited, 2004.

REFERENCES
1. Douglas B.West, "Introduction to Graph Theory" Second Edition, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, 2001.
2. Balakrishnan. R, Ranganathan. K , "A Text book of GraphTheory", Second Edition, Springer Newyork, 2012.
3. Clark. J. and Holton. D.A, "A First Look at GraphTheory", Allied Publishers,1995.
4. Frank Harary, Graph Theory, 10th Edition, Narosa Publishing House, 2001.

239
 19MOE02 - METHODS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : The students will be able to understand the idea of integral equations and to solve the real time problems.
CO2 : To familiarize the students with basic concept of ordinary differential equations, special functions and solve problems
associated with engineering applications.
CO3 : To achieve an understanding of the basic concepts of boundary value problems and characteristic function
representations and method of solving them.
CO4 : Able to construct and solve a mathematical model for heat flow problems in real life situation
CO5 : Able to use the concepts of Calculus of variations and basic concepts for solving equations involving functional
INTEGRAL EQUATIONS
Relation between integral and differential equations - Green's function. Fredholum's equation with separable Kernals Hilbert
Schmidt theory, interactive methods for solving equations of second kind. (9)
SECOND ORDER ORDINARY DIFFERENTITAL EQUATIONS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
Singular points, Series solutions and the methods of Frobenius, Bessel Equation, Bessel Functions, modified Bessel functions
and their properties, Ber and Bei functions. (9)
BOUNDARY PROBLEMS AND CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTION REPRESENTATIONS
Sturm - Liouviller problems. Orthogonal functions and expansions in series of Orthogonal functions. Stodola and Vianello
method for Sturm - Liouviller problems, Fourier - Bessel and Legendre Series (9)
PARTIAL DIFFERENTITAL EQUATIONS
Linear and quasi - linear equations of the first and second order. Characteristics of first and second order linear equations.
Heat flow equations. Problems in one, two and three dimensions - Fourier method. (9)
INTEGRAL TRANSFORM METHODS
Calculus of variations - Variational notation, Constraints and Lagarangian multipliers, variable and points, Rayleigh - Ritz
method. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. M.K. Venkatraman, Higher Mathematics for Engineering and Science, Third Edition, The National Publishing Company,
2014.
2. F.B. Hildebrand: Advanced Calculus for applications second Edition (EEE).Prentice Hall of India P.Ltd., 2014.

REFERENCES
1. F.B. Hildebrand - Methods of Applied Mathematics, Second Edition. Prentice Hall of India P.Ltd., 2012.
2. David Borthwick : An introduction to partial differential equation Springer International Publishing 2017.
3. Mattias Blennow: Mathematical methods in Physics and Engineering, CRC Press, 2018.

240
 19MOE03 - LINEAR AND NON - LINEAR PROGRAMMING

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : The students will be able to understand the idea of linear Programming problems and to solve the real time problems.
CO2 : To familiarize the students with basic concept of Transportation models and solve problems associated with engineering
applications.
CO3 : To achieve an understanding of the basic concepts of Assignment problems and method of solving them.
CO4 : Able to construct and solve a Game theory models in real life situation
CO5 : Able to use the concepts of Non-linear Programming problems for solving Constrained and unconstrained equations.

LINEAR PROGRAMMING
Formulation of LPP - Graphical methods for two variables - The Simplex method - Artificial Variables Techniques - Big M -
method - The Two Phase method - Dual Simplex Method (9)
TRANSPORTATION MODEL
Mathematical formulation of a Transportation problem - Methods for finding initial basic feasible solution - North West corner
rule - Least cost method - Vogel's Approximation method - Modified distribution method - Degeneracy in Transportation
problems. (9)
ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM
Mathematical formulation of an Assignment problem - Hungarian Method - Unbalanced Assignment Models -Maximization
case in Assignment Problems - Restrictions in Assignments - Travelling Sales man Problem. (9)
GAME THEORY
Two person zero - sum Games - The Maxmini - Minimax Principle - Saddle Point and value of the game -Games without saddle
points, Mixed Strategies - Matrix Oddment method for n×n games - Dominance Property - Graphical Method of 2×n or m×2
games. (9)
NON - LINEAR PROGRAMMING
Non - linear Programming Algorithm - Unconstrained Non - linear Algorithms - Constrained Non -linear Lagrange multipliers,
Kuhn - Tucker optimality conditions. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Operations Research An Introduction, Eight Edition, Hamdy A .TAHA, Pearson Prentice Hall 2016, New Delhi.
2. Resource management techniques by V.Sundaresan, Tenth Edition, 2016, A.R Publications, Chennai.

REFERENCES
1. Kanti Swarup, P.K. Gupta and Man Mohan, " Operations Research", Sultan Chand & Sons, Educational publishers, New
Delhi. 20th Edition, 2019.
2. Frederick S. Hillier, Gerald J. Lieberman, "Introduction to Operations Research", Mc Graw Hill, (India) Private Limited,
India, 11th Edition, 2021.

241
 19MOE04 - PROBABILITY AND RANDOM PROCESSES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY

COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : The students will be able to understand the basic probability problems and to solve the real time problems.
CO2 : To familiarize the students with basic concept of probability distributions and solve problems associated with engineering
applications.
CO3 : To achieve an understanding of the basic concepts of Correlation and regression and method of solving them.
CO4 : Able to solve a signal processing problems by using random process concepts.
CO5 : Able to use the concepts of Correlation functions and Power spectral densities for solving Electrical and electronics
problem.

THEORY OF PROBABILITY
Sample Space, Events, Axioms of probability, Conditional probability, Independent events, Theorem of total probability, Baye's
Theorem. (9)

PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS
Definition of Discrete and Continuous random Variables
Discrete distributions : Binomial, Poisson and Geometric - Properties and Simple problems
Continuous distributions : Normal, Uniform Exponential - Properties and Simple problems. (9)

CORRELATION AND REGRESSION

Correlation -Meaning and scope of Correlation - Scatter diagram, Karl Pearson's co-efficient of Correlation, Spearman's Rank
Correlation, Multiple Correlation and partial correlation - simple problems.
Regression Analysis - Meaning and Scope of regression - Regression in two variables - Uses of Regression. (9)

RANDOM PROCESSES
Classification - Stationary process - Markov process - Poisson process - Random telegraph process. (9)

CORRELATION FUNCTIONS AND POWER SPECTRAL DENSITIES

Auto Correlation functions - Cross Correlation functions - Properties - Power spectral density - Cross spectral density - Properties.
(9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics, Tenth Revised Edition, 2020.
2. T. Veerarajan, Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, Second Edition, Tata Mc Graw - Hill 2017.

REFERENCS
1. Robert Hogg & Joseph McKean: Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Pearson 8th Edition 2018.
2. Bhat, B. R.: Modern Probability Theory - An Introductory Text Book, Third Edition, New Age International 2015.
242
3. Cochran,W.G: Sampling Techniques, Wiley Eastern Private Limited, 2007.
4. Sukhatme, P.V. and Sukhatme, B.V.(1977) : Sampling Theory of Survey with Applications, Asia publishing House.
5. Rakesh Dube, "Higher mathematics for Engineering and Science" Manakin Press, 2018.
6. Ibe,O.C.,"Fundamentals of Applied Probability and Random processes", 2nd Edition, Elsevier, 2019.
7. Peyton Peebles, "Probability Random Variables and Random Signal Principles", Tata Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition, NewDelhi,
2017.

243
 19POE01 - INTRODUCTION TO NANOSCIENCE AND NANOTECHNOLOGY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Demonstrate the understanding of length scales concepts, nanostructures and nanotechnology.
CO2 : Understand the different classes of nanomaterials.
CO3 : Identify the principles of processing, manufacturing and characterization of nanomaterials and nanostructures.
CO4 : Outline the applications of nanotechnology and develop an ability to critically evaluate the promise of a nanotechnology
device.

BASICS OF NANOTECHNOLOGY
Introduction - Time and length scale in structures - Definition of a nanosystem - Dimensionality and size dependent phenomena
- Surface to volume ratio - Fraction of surface atoms - Surface energy and surface stress- surface defects - Effect of nanoscale
on various properties - Structual, thermal, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties. (9)

DIFFERENT CLASSES OF NANOMATERIALS

Classification based on dimensionality - Quantum Dots, Wells and Wires - Carbon based nano materials (buckyballs, nanotubes,
graphene) - Metal based nanomaterials (nanogold, nanosilver and metal oxides) - Nanocomposites - Nanopolymers - Nano
ceramics - Biological nanomaterials. (9)

SYNTHESIS OF NANOMATERIALS
Chemical Methods: Metal Nanocrystals by Reduction - Sol - gel processing - Solvothermal Synthesis - Photochemical Synthesis
- Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) - Metal Oxide - Chemical Vapor Deposition (MOCVD). Physical Methods: Ball Milling -
Electrodeposition - Spray Pyrolysis - DC/RF Magnetron Sputtering - Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE). (9)

CHARACTERIZATION OF NANOSTRUCTURES
Introduction, structural characterization, X-ray diffraction (XRD-Powder/Single crystal), Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS),
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) - Energy Dispersive X-ray analysis (EDAX) - Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) -
Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM) - Atomic force microscopy (AFM), UV-vis spectroscopy (liquid and solid state) - Raman
spectroscopy - X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) - Auger electron spectroscopy(AES). (9)

APPLICATIONS
Solar energy conversion and catalysis - Molecular electronics and printed electronics -Nanoelectronics - Polymers with a special
architecture - Liquid crystalline systems - Applications in displays and other devices - Nanomaterials for data storage - Photonics,
Plasmonics - Chemical and biosensors - Nanomedicine and Nanobiotechnology. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Nano technology: Basic Science and Emerging technologies, Mick Wilson, Kamali Kannargare., Geoff Smith Overseas
Press (2005)
2. A Text book of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Pradeep T., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
3. Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology, Hari Singh Nalwa, Academic Press, 2002.
4. Introduction to Nanotechnology, Charles P.Poole,Frank J.Owens, Wiley Interscience (2003)
244
5. Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, B.S. Murty, P. Shankar, Baldev Raj, B B Rath, James Murday, Springer
Science & Business Media, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. Nanotechnology: A gentle introduction to the next Big idea, Mark A.Ratner, Daniel Ratner, Mark Ratne, Prentice Hall
P7R:1st Edition (2002)
2. Fundamental properties of nanostructed materials Ed D. Fioran, G.Sberveglier, World Scientific 1994
3. Dupas C., Houdy P., Lahmani M.,Nanoscience: Nanotechnologies and Nanophysics, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg,
2007

245
 19POE02 - PHYSICS AND TECHNOLOGY OF THIN FILMS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Recognize the fundamental growth and material parameters of thin films.
CO2 : Evaluate and use models for nucleation and growth of thin films.
CO3 : Asses the relation between deposition technique, film structure and film properties.
CO4 : Identify modern techniques for the characterization of thin films
CO5 : Demonstrate the applications of thin films

Preparation of thin films : Preparation methods: electrolytic deposition, cathodic and anodic films, thermal evaporation, cathodic
sputtering, chemical vapour deposition. Molecular beam epitaxy and laser abalation methods. Thickness measurement and
monitoring: electrical, mechanical, optical interference, microbalance, quartz crystal methods. (9)

Growth Kinetics of Thin Films : General features.- nucleation theories - energy formation of a nucleus - critical nucleation
parameters; spherical and non spherical (cap, disc and cubic shaped) Effect of electron bombardment on film structure. Post-
nucleation growth, epitaxial films and growth. (9)

Analytical techniques of characterization : X-ray diffraction - Photoluminescence - UV-Vis-IR spectrophotometer - Atomic

Force Microscope - Scanning Electron Microscope - Hall effect - Vibrational Sample Magnetometer - Secondary Ion Mass
Spectrometry - X-ray Photoemission Spectroscopy - Auger emission spectroscopy. (9)

Properties of Thin films : Dielectric properties - experimental technique for the determination of dielectric properties - optical
properties - experimental technique for the determination of optical constants - mechanical properties - experimental technique
for the determination of mechanical properties of thin films - magnetic and superconducting properties. (9)

Applications : Optoelectronic devices : LED, LASER and Solar cell - Micro Electromechanical Systems (MEMS) - Fabrication of
thin film capacitor - application of ferromagnetic thin films; data storage, Giant Magnetoresistance (GMR) - sensors - fabrication
and characterization of thin film transistor and FET. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. A. Goswami, Thin Film Fundamentals, New Age international (P) Ltd. Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
2. L.I. Maissel and Glang (Eds.), Handbook of Thin film Technology, McGraw-Hill, 1970.
3. K.L. Chopra, Thin Film Phenomena, McGraw-Hill (1983)

REFERENCES
1. Thin-Film Deposition : Principles and Practice, Smith Donald Donald L Smith Smith, McGraw-Hill Professional Pub, 1995
2. J.C. Anderson, The Use of Thin Films in Physical Investigation, Academic Press 1966.
3. J.J. Coutts, Active and Passive Thin Film Devices, Academic Press 1978.
4. George Hass, Physics of Thin Films: Volumes 1.:12, Academic Press 1963.
5. Kiyotaka Wasa, Makoto Kitabatake, Hideaki Adachi, Thin Films Material Technology, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg,
2004.

246
 19POE03 - SOLAR CELL FUNDAMENTALS AND MATERIALS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Demonstrate the knowledge about photovoltaics.
CO2 : Gain knowledge about principle of operation of solar cells
CO3 : Realization about semiconducting materials used in the manufacture of PV cells
CO4 : Outline the various advanced solar cell technologies, their current status and future technological challenges

EVOLUTION OF SOLAR CELLS

Historical development; present and future global issues- commercialization/economic factors- basic components of PV systems
- The solar spectrum - terrestrial and space spectra; air mass (AM0, AM1.5) - Introduction to 1st, 2nd and 3rd generation
photovoltaics. (9)

SOLAR CELL FUNDAMENTALS

Photovoltaic effect - Principle of direct solar energy conversion into electricity in a solar cell - light absorption- creating
charge carriers forming the electric field - driving the charge carriers - solar cell parameters- electrical characteristics - the
ideal solar cell, solar cell in practice, the quantum efficiency and spectral response, optical properties - basics of solar cell
device design. (9)

SEMICONDUCTOR PROPERTIES
Overview of semiconductor properties relevant to solar cell operations- semiconductor band structure, carrier statistics in
semiconductors, the transport equations, carrier mobility, carrier generation by optical absorption - band to band transitions,
free-carrier absorption, recombination- bulk recombination processes, surface recombination, minority carrier life time. (9)

SILICON AND THIN FILM SOLAR CELLS

Si photovoltaics - single crystal silicon cells - semicrystalline and polycrystalline silicon cells - overview of various thin film solar
cells: gallium arsenide solar cells - fabrication techniques, InP & cadmium telluride based solar cells - copper indium diselenide
solar cells - multijunction cells - environmental and health aspects. (9)

ADVANCED SOLAR CELLS

Advanced solar cell concepts - organic (polymer) photovoltaics - new concepts - quantum dots, wires, intermediate band, multiple
exciton generation - Dye sensitized solar cells - perovskite solar cells - challenges in materials and device design - current and
future research trends in PV. (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Fonash S. J., "Solar Cell Device Physics", Academic, 2010.
2. Goetzberger, J. Knobloch, and B. Voss "Crystalline Silicon Solar Cells" Wiley, 1998.
3. Green M. A. "Third Generation Photovoltaics: Advanced Solar Energy Conversion" Springer, 2006 .

REFERENCES
1. Chetan Singh Solanki., Solar Photovoltaic: "Fundamentals, Technologies and Application", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
2. Jha A.R., "Solar Cell Technology and Applications", CRC Press, 2010.

247
 19POE04 - ADVANCED MATERIAL PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing the course successfully, the students will be able to,
CO1 : Recognize the criteria for material selection based on properties of materials and to choose the required material for
a specified application.
CO2 : Understand various metallurgical forming processes such as casting, rolling extrusion, drawing, development of grain
structure and processing of different composite types.
CO3 : Demonstrate knowledge about powder metallurgy, ceramic and polymer processing methods.
CO4 : Identify and choose the required surface treatment technique for coating formation on account of enhancing the
surface properties of the mechanical components for engineering applications.
CO5 : Understand the applicable joining and machining techniques and their limitations

INTRODUCTION AND SELECTION OF MATERIALS

Motivation for selection - Selection for mechanical properties, strength, toughness, fatigue and creep - Selection for surface
durability, corrosion and wear resistance - Relationship between materials selection and processing - Case studies - aero, auto,
marine, machinery and nuclear applications. High and low temperature materials, superconductors, supramagnetic materials,
high entropy alloys, nanomaterials and biomaterials. (9)

METALLURGICAL FORMING AND PROCESSING OF COMPOSITES

Metallurgical forming: Casting, rolling extrusion, drawing, development of grain structure for specific properties. Processing of
composites: lay up methods, press/ autoclave / resin transfer moulding, Reinforced Reaction Injection Molding (RRIM), obtrusion
and filament winding. (9)

POWDER METALLURGY, CERAMIC AND POLYMER PROCESSING

Powder metallurgy and ceramic processing: green fabrication methods, sintering, hot pressing, Hot Isostatic Pressing (HIP),
spark plasma sintering, development of microstructure in powder processed materials. Polymer processing: extrusion, injection
moulding, blow moulding, rotational moulding, vacuum forming and related processes processing of cellular polymers. (9)

COATING METHODS
Introduction to surface Engineering, Differences between surface and bulk properties, Properties of surfaces-wear, wettability.
Chemical vapour deposition, physical vapour deposition, electro deposition, electroless deposition, thermal spray processes.
Principle of various coating processes, process parameters, controlling the yield of coating and various surface properties of the
coating. Criteria for selection of a surface coating technology. Product oriented surface coating technology. (10)

JOINING AND MACHINING

Joining: fusion welding, solid state welding, adhesive bonding, mechanical joining and recent advancements in welding. machining:
Electromachining (electrochemical and electro-discharge), mechanical machining and recent advancements. (8)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Charles J.A., Crane, F.A.A and Furness, J.A.G., "Selection and use of Engineering Materials", 3rd Edition, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 1977.
2. Betzalel Avitzu, "Metal Forming- Processes and Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill, 1977.
248
3. William F Hasford, Robert M Caddell "Metal Forming: Mechanics and Metallurgy" Cambridge University Press P. ltd,
2007.
4. Angelo P C and Subramanian R" Powder Metallurgy Science, Technology and Applications", Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES
1. Michael Barsoum, "Fundamentals of Ceramics", Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co., INC, 1997
2. Gowariker V R, Viswanathan N V, Jayadev Sreedhar, "Polymer Science", New Age International P Ltd., 2005.
3. David S. Rickerby, Allan Matthews "Advanced surface coatings: a handbook of surface engineering", Blackie, 1991.
4. Parmar, R.S, "Welding Engineering and Technology", Khanna Publishers, 2003.

249
 19COE01 - MEDICAL NANO TECHNOLOGY

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOME
The students will be able to
CO1 : Understand the essential features of nanomedicine
CO2 : Identify the medical based nanotools
CO3 : Assess health effects due to nanoparticle exposure
ASSESSING NANOTECHNOLOGY HEALTH
Nanomaterials : The Current State of Nanotechnology Application - Nanotechnology Risks - Risk Analysis - Hazard Identification
- Exposure Assessment for Nanomaterials - Risk Characterization - Risk Management - Best Practices for Nanomaterials in the
Workplace - Safety Research - Needs for Engineered Nanoscale Materials (9)
RISK ASSESSMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Context for Technological Risk - Need for Risk Assessment for Nanotechnology - Adaptive Risk Assessment for Nanomaterials
- Origins and Development of Risk Assessment - Risk Assessment Used in Environmental Decision Making - Issues in Applying
the Four Steps of Risk Assessment to Nanotechnology - Hazard Assessment - Exposure Assessment - Dose - Response
Evaluation (9)
SUSTAINABLE NANOTECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT
Necessity of Risk Assessment in Nanotechnology - The Pace of Nanotechnology Development and the Paucity of Information
- Potential for Wide Dispersion in the Environment Amid Uncertainty - Few Standards or Guidelines - Environmental Risk Issues
- Carbon Nanotubes - Defining the Toxic Dose - Environmentally Friendly Nanotechnology - Life Cycle Analysis for Sustainable
Nanotechnology (9)
HUMAN HEALTH, TOXICOLOGY, AND NANOTECHNOLOGY RISK
Mechanisms of Toxicity - Types of Toxicological Studies - Pulmonary Toxicity Studies - Gastro intestinal Toxicity - In Vitro
Studies - Dermal - In Vitro Toxicity Studies (4)
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
Antimicrobial Properties of Nanoscale Silver - Buckyballs, Titanium Dioxide - Short-term Toxicity Tests - Daphnia LC50 Assays
- Studies of Nanomaterial Toxicity to Fish - Buckyballs and Bass-TiO2 in Arsenic - Field Studies - Environmental Exposures -
Nanoscale Zerovalent Iron (9)
NANOELECTRONIC DEVICES
Resonant tunneling diodes - Field effect transistors - Single electron transfer devices - Potential effect transistors - Light emitting
diodes and lasers - Nanoelectromechanical system devices - Quantum dot cellular automata (5)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. George W. Hanson, "Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics", Prentice Hall, 2007
2. Vladimir V. Mithin et.al, "Introduction to Nanoelectronics: Science, Nanotechnology, Engineering, and Applications"
Cambridge University Press, 2012

REFERENCES
1. Mithin.V, Kochelap.V and Stroscio.M, "Introduction to Nanoelectronics", Cambridge University Press, 2008
2. Karl Gosar et.al, "Nanoelectronics and Nanosystems: From Transistors to Molecular and Quantum devices", Springer,
2005.
250
 19COE02 - ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : The students will be able to know the fundamentals of Nanoscience and their applications in pharamacological industries
CO2 : The students will able to describe polymeric drug delivery systems and their encapsulation methodology to study
targeted drug delivery with different polymeric systems
CO3 : The students will able to identify lipids-nanocarriers and their application in biological system
CO4 : The students will able to study site specific drug delivery for gene therapy
THEORY OF ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY
Fundamentals of Nanocarriers - Size, Surface, Magnetic and Optical Properties, Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of
Nano drug carriers. Critical Factors in drug delivery. Transport of Nanoparticles - In Vitro and Ex Vivo Models. (10)
POLYMERS Dendrimers- Synthesis -Nanoscale containers- Dendritic Nanoscafold systems Biocompatibility of Dendrimers,
Gene transfection. pH based targeted delivery- chitosan and alginate. Copolymers in targeted drug delivery- PCL,PLA,
PLGA. (8)
LIPID BASED NANOCARRIERS
Liposomes, niosomes and solid lipid nanoparticles. Ligand based delivery by liposomes. Cubosomes. (9)
MICROBES AND ANTIBODY BASED NANOCARRIERS
Bacterial dependent delivery of vaccines. Drug delivery and subcellular targeting by virus, Drug packaging and drug loading.
Delivery of therapeutics by antibodies and antibodybioconjugates. (9)
SITE SPECIFIC DRUG DELIVERY
Concepts and mechanism of Site specific drug delivery- Microneedles, Micropumps, microvalves. Implantable microchips.
(9)
TOTAL : 45

REFERENCES
1. Drug Delivery: Engineering Principles for Drug Therapy, M. Salzman, Oxford University Press, 2001.
2. Drug Delivery and Targeting, A.M. Hillery, CRC Press, 2002.
3. Drug Delivery: Principles and Applications, B. Wang, Wiley Intersceince, 2005.
4. Nanoparticle Technology for Drug Delivery, Ram B. Gupta, Uday B. Kompella Taylor & Francis, 2006.

251
 19COE03 - BIOSENSORS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : The students will able to understand protein based biosensors and their enzyme reactivity, stability and their application
in protein based nano crystalline thin film processing
CO2 : The students will able to describe DNA based biosensors to study the presence of heavy metals in the food products
CO3 : The students will able to understand fluorescence, UV-Vis and electrochemical applications of biosensors
CO4 : The students will able to study about the fabrication of biosensors and its application as nanochip analyzer
PROTEIN BASED BIOSENSORS
Nano structure for enzyme stabilization - Single enzyme nano particles - Nanotubes microporous silica - Protein based nano
crystalline Diamond thin film for processing (9)
DNA BASED BIOSENSOR
Heavy metal complexing with DNA and its determination, water and food samples - DNA zymo biosensors (9)
ELECTRO CHEMICAL APPLICATION
Detection in biosensors - Flurorescence - Absorption - Electrochemical. Integration of various techniques - Fibre optic biosensors
(9)
FABRICATION OF BIOSENSORS
Techniques used for microfabrication - Microfabrication of electrodes - On chip analysis (9)
BIOSENSORS IN RESEARCH
Future direction in biosensor research - Designed protein pores-as components of biosensors - Molecular design -
Bionanotechnology for cellular biosensing - Biosensors for drug discovery - Nanoscale biosensors (9)
TOTAL : 45

REFERENCES
1. Biosensors: A Practical Approach, J. Cooper & C. Tass, Oxford University Press, 2004
2. Nanomaterials for Biosensors, Cs. Kumar, Willey - VCH, 2007
3. Smart Biosensor Technology, G.K. Knoff, A.S. Bassi, CRC Press, 2006.

252
 19COE04 - NANOCOMPOSITES

L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOME
The students will be able to
CO1 : Study the different synthesis techniques of metal ceramic nanocomposites and their functionality
CO2 : Describe the processing techniques for heterometallic nanocomposites and to study their electromagnetical property
CO3 : Understand the design of super hard nanocomposites with improved mechanical properties
CO4 : Study the polymer based carbon nanotube composites, to study their mechanical properties and their industrial
applications
NANO CERAMICS
Metal-Oxide or Metal-Ceramic composites, Different aspects of their preparation techniques and their final properties and
functionality. (9)
METAL BASED NANOCOMPOSITES
Metal-metal nanocomposites, some simple preparation techniques and their new electrical and magnetic properties. (9)
DESIGN OF SUPER HARD MATERIALS
Super hard nanocomposites, its designing and improvements of mechanical properties. (9)
NEW KIND OF NANOCOMPOSITES
Fractal based glass-metal nanocomposites, its designing and fractal dimension analysis. Electrical property of fractal based
nanocomposites. Core-Shell structured nanocomposites. (9)
POLYMER BASED NANOCOMPOSITES
Preparation and characterization of diblock Copolymer based nanocomposites; Polymercarbon nanotubes based composites,
their mechanical properties, and industrial possibilities. (9)
TOTAL : 45

REFERENCES
1. Nanocomposites Science and Technology - P. M. Ajayan, L.S. Schadler, P. V. Braun 2006.
2. Physical Properties of Carbon Nanotubes- R. Saito 1998.
3. Carbon Nanotubes (Carbon, Vol 33) - M. Endo, S. Iijima, M.S. Dresselhaus 1997.
4. The search for novel, superhard materials- Stan Veprek (Review Article) JVST A, 1999
5. Electromagnetic and magnetic properties of multi component metal oxides, hetero
6. Nanometer versus micrometer-sized particles-Christian Brosseau,Jamal Ben, Youssef, Philippe Talbot, Anne-Marie Konn,
(Review Article) J. Appl. Phys, Vol 93, 2003
7. Diblock Copolymer, - Aviram (Review Article), Nature, 2002

253
 19COE05 - BIOREFINERY
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ASSESSMENT : THEORY
COURSE OUTCOME
The students will be able to
CO1 : Understand various renewable feedstocks for biofuels production
CO2 : Understand the broad concept of second and third generation biofuel products from biomass and other low-cost agri-
residues and biowastes.
CO3 : Analyze the design processes for biofuel production
CHEMISTRY & BIOCHEMISTRY OF BIOMASS
Types of biomass (e.g. wood waste, forestry residues, agricultural residues, perennial annual crops, organic municipal solid
waste). Composition of lignocellulose (lignin, hemicellulose, cellulose); energy crops; chemical pretreatment; enzymatic
pretreatment; degradation of cellulose; trichoderma cellulases; bacterial cellulases; and comparison with degradation of high
starch. (9)
BIODIESEL
Sources and processing of biodiesel, nature of lipids, fatty acids and triglycerides.Sources and characteristics of lipids for use
as biodiesel feedstock; and conversion of feedstock into biodiesel, (transesterification). Use of vegetable oil (SVO) and waste
vegetable oil (WVO). Environmental issues of biodiesel; major policies and regulations pertaining to the production, distribution,
and use of biodiesel. (9)
BIOMETHANE OR BIOGAS
Hydrolysis; anaerobic digestion; methanogenesis (acetoclastic, hydrogenotrophic), rates of methane formation; and one and
two stage fermentation.Thermal depolymerization.Use of exhaust gases (e.g. CO2, H2S and H2) from geothermal power plants
and industrial operations (e.g. coal and oil refineries) as an energy sources (methane and hydrogen) (9)
GASIFICATION & PYROLYSIS TECHNOLOGIES
Gasification processes and the main types of gasifier designs; production of electricity by combining a gasifier with a gas
turbine or fuel cell.Combined- cycle electricity generation with gas and steam turbines, and generation of heat and steam for
district heating systems or CHP, including kalina Cycle. Production of synthesis gas (i.e. CO, H2, H2O, CO2) tar vapor and ash
particles) for subsequent conversion to hydrogen and transport fuels; advanced gas cleaning technologies for biomass. Biological
conversion of syngas into liquid biofuels. Fast pyrolysis technology to produce a range of fuels, chemicals, and fertilizers;
biorefineries, and new uses for glycerine in biorefineries. (9)
POLICIES AND FUTURE R&D OF BIOFUELS & BIOENERGY
Analysis of both current and future EU regulations and directives on biofuels and bioenergy.Tax regulations. Evaluation of
different production alternatives to produce bioenergy; competitiveness of bioenergy alternatives in agriculture compared to
other energy sources. Evaluation of current and future R&D needs; legal framework to support sustainable development and
increased use of biofuels; government policies and programs with regard to biofuels and investment opportunities worldwide.
(9)
TOTAL : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert C.Brown, "Biorenewable Resourses: Engineering", New Products from Agriculture, Wiley- Blackwell Publishing,
2003.
2. Samir K.Khanal, "Anaerobic Biotechnology for Bioenergy Production: Principles and Application", Wiley- Blackwell Publishing
2008.
REFERENCES
1. Martin Kaltschmitt; Hermann Hofbauer. "Biomass Conversion and Biorefinery", Springer Publishing, 2008.

254
 19HOE01 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Design the Management function for a given organization
CO2 : Design and develop a strategic approach for the completion of the project
CO3 : Analyze the behavior of individuals and groups in organizations in terms of the key factors
CO4 : Formulate the procedure for recruitment, selection, training of staff to establish an organization

Unit I - Introduction to Management: Meaning, Definition and Significance of Management-Basic functions of Management-
Development of Management Thought (9)

Unit II - Management Concepts: Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling- MBO-Six sigma (9)

Unit III - Organizational Behavior: Significance of OB, Role of Leadership, Personality and Motivation, Stress, Attitudes, Values
and Perceptions at work (9)

Unit IV - Business Process Reengineering: Need for BPR, Various phases of BPR, Production and Productivity-Factors influencing
Productivity (8)

Unit V - Human Resource Management: Evolution of Management- Development of Managerial skills-Human Resource
Management - Objectives -Job analysis -Recruitment -Selection and Placement and Training Development (10)

TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, "Principles of Management" Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Mamoria, CB, "Personnel Management", Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. Robbin Finchanm and Peter Rhodes, "Principles of Organizational Behavior" Oxford University Press, 2010.
2. CB Gupta "Management Theory and Practice" Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2009.
3. VSP Rao "Management Text and Cases" Excel Books, New Delhi, 2009.
4. Fred Luthans "Organizational Behavior" Mc-Graw hill, New York, 2005.
5. Knanna OP "Industrial Engineering and Management", Dhanpat Rai publications, New Delhi, 2003.

255
 19HOE02 : CURRENT TRENDS IN INDIAN ECONOMY
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the structure of our Indian Economic System
CO2 : Access the role of industrial sector in Indian economy
CO3 : Interpret the demographic trends for the current scenario
CO4 : Analyze the role of two tier for the achievement of common national goals

Unit - 1 National Income and Agriculture Sector: Economics Development-Meaning-National Income and Per capita Income in
India- Indian Planning-Agricultural Development of India: Major crops- Production-Productivity-Contribution to GDP and Exports
(8)

Unit - II Industrial Sector: India's industrial development-Industrial policies of 1948, 1956 and 1991-Liberalisation-Public sector-
Privatization-Disinvestment policy-Role and importance of large scale industries and small scale industries-Special economic
zones-Contribution to GDP-Growth rate (8)

Unit - III Population: Growth and policy issues-Demographic trends-Vital statistics-India's population: size and growth rate-
Demographic dividend-HDI-Population policy-Issues of Unemployment, Poverty and inequality in India (10)

Unit - IV Service sector: Service sector in India-Banking-Insurance-Telecommunication-IT sector-Software exports-BPO-

Contribution to GDP (9)

Unit - V Federal System and Foreign Trade: Federal setup in India-Taxes: Direct and Indirect Tax-Value added Tax-Foreign direct
investment-Merits and Demerits-India's imports and exports: Composition and direction-Foreign exchange reserve position-
MNC's in India (10)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Ruddar Datt and Sundaram, KPM, Indian Economy, S.Chand and company, New Delhi-2015
2. Ramesh Singh Indian Economy, McGraw hill Education 7th edition, 2015

References: www.jagranjosh.com

256
 19H0E03 - MONETARY ECONOMICS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Evaluate the monetary measures formulated through static and dynamic role of money
CO2 : Design the driving force of circular flow of money
CO3 : Analyse how quantity theory of money fluctuate the price level
CO4 : Estimate the demand and supply of money based on the Interest rate

Unit I Nature and significance of Money: Definition of Money-Functions of Money-Static and Dynamic role of Money-Circular
flow of Money-Monetary standards-Gold standard-Paper currency standard-Principles of Note issue-Measures of Money
supply (9)

Unit II Quantity Theory of Money: Fisher's quantity theory of Money-Assumptions-Cash Balance Approach (Cambridge
Equations)- Equation of Marshall, Pigou and Keynes-Similarities and dissimilarities of cash balance and cash transaction
approaches-Income and expenditure theory-Superiority of Income and expenditure theory-Demand for Money: Classical and
Keynesian liquidity preference theory approach (9)

Unit III Inflation and Deflation: Meaning-Types-Causes of Inflation-Demand Pull and Cost push inflation -Inflationary Gap-
Phillips Curve-Effects of Inflation-Deflation-Causes-Measures to control Inflation and Deflation-Stagflation (9)

Unit IV Commercial Banking and Financial Markets: Functions of Commercial Banks-Credit Creation-Meaning and constitute
of Money Markets-Capital Market-Institutional structure of Capital Market-Primary Market-Secondary Market-Indian capital
Market-Non-Banking financial intermediaries (9)

Unit V Central Banking and Monetary Policy: Central Banking-Functions-Organization-Instruments of Credit control-Monetary
Policy: Meaning, Objectives, and Recent policy changes in RBI-Monetary Policy in a developing economy (9)
TOTAL : 45

TEXT BOOK
1. Jhinghan ML "Monetary Economics:" Vrinda Publications, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. Sethi TT, "Monetary Economic Theory", S Chand & Co, New Delhi, 1996.
2. Mithani DN, "Money Banking and International Trade", Himalaya, Mumbai, 2013.

257
 19HOE04 - ENGLISH FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSE
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Write a description and apply grammatical rules.
CO2 : Analyse a passage and enhance vocabulary.
CO3 : Formulate a research paper
CO4 : Listen to a lecture and prepare a summary.
CO5 : Construct dialogues using appropriate expressions.

FOCUS ON LANGUAGE
Sentence construction- types of clauses- sequence- co ordination- subordination- paragraphing information - describing a system
& procedure (9)

READING
Understand a writer's purpose - Use strategies to ascertain meaning from unfamiliar vocabulary encountered in context - Recall
and use vocabulary regarding urbanization and megacities - To identify and outline main ideas in a passage - Skim a reading
passage for main ideas - Summarize texts and images - Using a dictionary to obtain lexical, phonological and orthographical
information - Identify and use target vocabulary words - Highlight important parts and texts. (13)

WRITING
Achieving appropriate tone and style in academic writing - writing a Research article - Types of Research Designs - Choosing a
Research Problem- The Abstract - The Introduction - The Literature Review - 6. The Methodology - The Results - The Discussion
- The Conclusion - Citing Sources - Proofreading.

LISTENING
Listening to conversation - lectures - topics - discussions - listening comprehension on specific topics - listening to recognize
formal and informal spoken English (11)

SPEAKING
Seminar skills - Engage in verbal role playing in Formal and Informal situation. - Express advice and personal opinions with
supporting information - Paraphrase stories and information - Expressing requests - Suggestions - Complaints - Apology - Giving
and Accepting compliments - Making invitations - Refusing invitations (12)
TOTAL : 45

REFERENCES
1. Wisniewska, I., Riggenbach, H.,& Samuda, V. (2007). Grammar dimensions
2. Form, meaning, and use (4th Ed.). Boston, MA: Heinele Cengage Learning Longman Introductory Course for the TOFEL
Test
3. Original publications and web- based resources will be reviewed as necessary.

258
 19HOE05 - ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Listen to TOEFL exercises and formulate appropriate answers.
CO2 : Speak using right grammar and appropriate pronunciation on general and academic topics.
CO3 : Analyze the passage and answer the question.
CO4 : Generate and organize ideas on a given topic

LISTENING
Listening to conversation - Narration - Suggestion - Assumptions - Predictions - Implications - Problems - Academic conversations
- Discussions - Lectures (11)

SPEAKING
Independent speaking - Integrated speaking - Speaking about a personal experience - Preferences - Report the speakers
opinion - Explain a problem and solution - Give a summary of a academic lecture. (13)

READING
Read and understand short passages - Integrated reading tasks - Read the passage and choose the right summary of the
passage - Reading for main ideas - Scanning the passage for synonyms - Making inferences - Identifying exceptions - Locating
references. (12)

WRITING
Independent writing - Integrated writing - Writing short essays - Writing dialogues - Articles - Sentence construction (9)
TOTAL : 45

REFERENCES
1. Sharpe J.Pamela. Barron's How to prepare for the TOEFL Test of English as a foreign Language. 11th Edition, Galgotia
Publications Pvt. Ltd: New Delhi, 2004.
2. Sharpe J.Pamela. Barron's TOEFL iBT Internet- Based Test. 12th Edition, Galgotia publications Pvt.Ltd: New Delhi, 2009.

259
 19HOE06 - LIFE AND LITERATURE
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Compose an essay on the prose piece
CO2 : Analyse the poem and write a critical appreciation of it
CO3 : Read the story and find the moral values implied in the stories
CO4 : Write a review the fiction

Unit - 1 : Prose
The Postmaster by Rabindranath Tagore
Snapshot of a Dog by J G Thurber
On the Rule of the Road by A.G. Gardiner
The Village Schoolmaster by Oliver Goldsmith
Incident of the French Camp by Robert Browning (13)

Unit - 2 : Poems
Stopping By Woods on a Snowy Evening by Robert Frost
The Ballad of Father Gilligan by W.B. Yeats (9)

Unit - 3 : Short stories

The Model Millionaire by Oscar Wilde
The Ant and the Grasshopper by W. Somerset Maugham
The Doll's House by Katherine Mansfield, Biography
Albert Einstein and Steve Jobs (11)

Unit - 4 : Fiction
The Old Man and the Sea by Ernest Hemmingway
The Scarlet Pimpernel by Baroness Emma Orczy
Practice in creative writing, review writing (13)
TOTAL : 45

REFERENCES
1. Xavier. ed. An Anthology of Popular Essays and Poems. Macmillan: New Delhi, 2009.
2. Kumara Pillai. ed. A Book of Modern Short Stories. Macmillan: New Delhi, 2009.
3. Colleen and Darius Krishnaraj. ed. Convergence , A Book of Short Stories. Macmillan: New Delhi, 2009.
4. Ernest Hemmingway. The Old Man and the Sea. Arrow: Warwickshire, 2000.
5. Baroness Emma Orczy, The Scarlet Pimpernel. Hutchinson : 1995.

260
 COIMBATORE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

(Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University Chennai)

COIMBATORE - 641 014

DIAMOND JUBILEE
(1956 - 2016)

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Curriculum and Syllabi

THIRD TO EIGHTH SEMESTER

Under Choice Based Credit System

( For the students admitted during 2019 - 2020 and onwards )
 INDEX

S.No Contents Page No.

1. Vision and Mission of the Institute 1

2. Vision and Mission of the Department 2

3. Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) 3

4. Programme Outcomes (POs) and Programme Specific Outcomes (PSOs) 4

5. Subjects of study 12

6. List of Professional Electives 15

7. List of One Credit Courses 18

8. List of Open Electives 19

9. Syllabus for Semester - III 23

10. Syllabus for Semester - IV 38

11. Syllabus for Semester - V 52

12. Syllabus for Semester - VI 61

13. Syllabus for Semester - VII 69

14. Syllabus for Semester - VIII 79

15. Syllabus for Professional Electives 80

16. Syllabus for One Credit Courses 152

17 Syllabus for Employability Enhancement Courses 160

18. Syllabus for Open Electives 164